Cadillac 2013 Srx Owners Manual Owner's

2015-10-23

: Cadillac Cadillac-2013-Cadillac-Srx-Owners-Manual-813139 cadillac-2013-cadillac-srx-owners-manual-813139 cadillac pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 432

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (1,1)

2013 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Performance and
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Keys, Doors, and
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1
Additional Storage Features . . . 4-3
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-40
Universal Remote System . . . . 5-45

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1
Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-14
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-23
Drive Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-31
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Driver Assistance Systems . . . 9-46
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-59
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-65
Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-72

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (2,1)

2013 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-89
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Cadillac Premium Care
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-4

Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . 11-13
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-16
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-18
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (3,1)

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,
slogans, vehicle model names, and
vehicle body designs appearing in
this manual including, but not limited
to, GM, the GM logo, CADILLAC,
the CADILLAC Crest and Wreath,
and SRX are trademarks and/or
service marks of General Motors
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,
or licensors.

Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 22755026 B Second Printing

This manual describes features that
may or may not be on your specific
vehicle either because they are
options that you did not purchase or
due to changes subsequent to the
printing of this owner manual.
Please refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your
specific vehicle to confirm each of
the features found on your vehicle.
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
substitute the name “General
Motors of Canada Limited” for
Cadillac Motor Car Division
wherever it appears in this manual.

iii

Canadian Vehicle Owners
Propriétaires Canadiens
A French language manual can be
obtained from your dealer, at
www.helminc.com, or from:
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
savant:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170

Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (4,1)

Introduction

Using this Manual
To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
manual and the page number where
it can be found.

Danger, Warnings, and
Cautions
Warning messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or
reduce them.

{ WARNING
These mean there is something
that could hurt you or other
people.
Notice: This means there is
something that could result in
property or vehicle damage. This
would not be covered by the
vehicle's warranty.

The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of
text. Symbols are shown along with
the text describing the operation or
information relating to a specific
component, control, message,
gauge, or indicator.

M : This symbol is shown when
you need to see your owner manual
for additional instructions or
information.
* : This symbol is shown when
you need to see a service manual
for additional instructions or
information.

Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result in
serious injury or death.
Warning or Caution indicates a
hazard that could result in injury or
death.

Symbols

A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (5,1)

Introduction
Vehicle Symbol Chart
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more
information on the symbol, refer to
the Index.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light
# : Air Conditioning
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
g : Audio®Steering Wheel Controls

or OnStar

$ : Brake System Warning Light
" : Charging System
I : Cruise Control
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
O : Exterior Lamps
# : Fog Lamps
. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses
3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer

(:
j:

Heated Steering Wheel

LATCH System Child
Restraints

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
g : Outside Power Foldaway
Mirrors

O:
/:
>:
7:
d:
M:

Power
Remote Vehicle Start
Safety Belt Reminders
Tire Pressure Monitor
Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
Windshield Washer Fluid

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (6,1)

Introduction

2 NOTES

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (1,1)

In Brief

In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Initial Drive Information
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Heated and Ventilated
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Head Restraint
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Passenger Sensing
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Steering Wheel
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Throttle and Brake Pedal
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-13
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

Vehicle Features
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . .
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . .
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1-16
1-17
1-17
1-18
1-18
1-18
1-19

Rear Vision
Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . .
Active Emergency Braking
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage Compartments . . . . . .
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal Remote System . . .

1-1
1-19
1-19
1-19
1-19
1-20
1-20

Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control
System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . .
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . .
Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . .
Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . .
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . .
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1-21
1-21
1-21
1-22
1-22
1-23
1-23
1-23
1-23

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

1-2

In Brief

Instrument Panel

Black plate (2,1)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (3,1)

In Brief
1. Air Vents on page 8‑8.
2. Turn and Lane-Change Lever.
See Turn and Lane-Change
Signals on page 6‑5.
3. Cruise Control on page 9‑35.
4. Instrument Cluster on page 5‑10.
5. Steering Wheel Controls on
page 5‑2.
Driver Information Center (DIC)
Controls. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5‑27.
6. Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5‑3.
Rear Window Wiper/Washer on
page 5‑5.
7. AM-FM Radio. See the CUE
infotainment manual.
Navigation System (If Equipped).
See the CUE infotainment
manual.

8. Light Sensor. See Twilight
Sentinel on page 6‑4.

1-3

9. Dual Automatic Climate Control
System on page 8‑1.

15. Pedal Adjust Control (Out of
View). See Adjustable Throttle
and Brake Pedal on page 9‑15
(If Equipped).

10. Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6‑1.

16. Start/Stop Button. See Ignition
Positions on page 9‑16.

Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑6
(If Equipped).

17. Hazard Warning Flashers on
page 6‑5.

Instrument Panel Illumination
Control on page 6‑6.

18. Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats on page 3‑9
(If Equipped).

11. Hood Release. See Hood on
page 10‑5.
12. Data Link Connector (DLC)
(Out of View). See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp on page 5‑17.

19. CD Player. See the CUE
infotainment manual.
Blu Ray Optical Drive (If
Equipped). See the CUE
infotainment manual.

13. Steering Wheel Adjustment on
page 5‑2.

20. Parking Brake on page 9‑28.

14. Horn on page 5‑3.

21. Shift Lever. See Automatic
Transmission on page 9‑23.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

1-4

Black plate (4,1)

In Brief

22. Lane Departure Warning
Button (If Equipped). See Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) on
page 9‑57.

Initial Drive
Information

Parking Assist (If Equipped).
See Driver Assistance Systems
on page 9‑46.

This section provides a brief
overview about some of the
important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle.

Economy Mode (If Equipped).
See Fuel Economy Mode on
page 9‑26.

For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual.

23. Front Storage on page 4‑2.
24. StabiliTrak® System on
page 9‑33.
Traction Control System (TCS)
on page 9‑31.

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter may be used to lock and
unlock the doors from up to 60 m
(195 ft) away from the vehicle.

Q:
K:

Press to lock all doors.

Press to unlock the driver door
or all doors depending on the
vehicle personalization settings.
Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized.
See “Remote Locking, Unlocking,
Starting” under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑40.

L : Press and release one time to
initiate vehicle locator.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (5,1)

In Brief
Press and hold L for
three seconds to sound the panic
alarm.

2. Immediately press and hold /
for at least two seconds until the
turn signal lamps flash.

Press L again or start the vehicle
to cancel the panic alarm.

When the vehicle starts, the parking
lamps will remain on as long as the
engine is running. The doors will be
locked and the climate control
system may come on.

8 : Press and hold to open or
close the liftgate.
Press the key release button near
the bottom of the transmitter to
remove the key. The key can be
used for the driver door and the
glove box.

The engine will continue to run for
10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a
10-minute time extension. Remote
start can be extended only once.

See Keys on page 2‑2 and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2‑3.

To cancel a remote start, do any of
the following:

Remote Vehicle Start
If available, this feature allows the
engine to be started from outside of
the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle
1. Press and release
RKE transmitter.

Q on the

1-5

Door Locks
Keyless Access

Canceling a Remote Start

Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.

Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.

Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start on
page 2‑9.

When the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
of the driver door, pressing the lock/
unlock button on that door handle
will lock/unlock the doors. If the
lock/unlock button is pressed again
within five seconds, all passenger
doors will unlock. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2‑3.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

1-6

Black plate (6,1)

In Brief

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

Power Door Locks

To lock or unlock the doors from
the outside, press Q or K on the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation on
page 2‑3.

There is a power door lock switch
on the front door panels.

Key
To lock or unlock the door, use the
key in the driver door. Turn the key
counterclockwise once to unlock the
driver door; turning the key again
will unlock the passenger doors.

Inside the Vehicle
To unlock a door from the inside,
pull once on the door handle to
unlock it, and a second time to
open it.

Q:
K:

Power Liftgate Operation

Press to lock the doors.
Press to unlock the doors.

See Power Door Locks on
page 2‑11.

Liftgate
Manual Liftgate Operation
For vehicles without keyless access,
unlock the vehicle before opening
the liftgate.
Press the touch pad in the handle of
the liftgate, above the license plate,
and lift up to open.
Do not press the touch pad while
closing the liftgate. This will cause
the liftgate to be unlatched.

On vehicles with a power liftgate,
the switch is on the driver door. The
vehicle must be in P (Park) to use
the power feature. The taillamps
flash when the power liftgate
moves.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (7,1)

In Brief
Choose a power liftgate mode by
turning the dial on the switch until
the indicator lines up with the
desired position. Press the center of
the switch.

1-7

Windows

Remote Window Operation

Press or pull the switch part of the
way to open or close the window.

The vehicle may have remote
operating windows that will open
all the windows from outside the
vehicle by pressing and holding K
on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter.

The three modes are:
MAX: The liftgate opens to the full
open height.
3/4: The liftgate opens to a reduced
height that can be set by the vehicle
operator in a range of approximately
three-quarters open to full open.
OFF: The liftgate only operates
manually in this position.
See Liftgate on page 2‑13.

Fully press the front of the
switch down and release it to
express-down the window. Fully pull
the switch up and release it to
express-up the window.
Press v { to activate the window
lockout on the rear doors.
See Power Windows on page 2‑22.

See Power Windows on page 2‑22.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

1-8

Black plate (8,1)

In Brief

Seat Adjustment
Manual Seats

4. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
To raise or recline the seatback, use
the lever on the outboard side of
the seat.
See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4
and Reclining Seatbacks on
page 3‑6.

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
.

Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the
control (1) forward or rearward.

Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control (1) up
or down.

Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the rear of the control (1)
up or down.

Power Seats

See Power Seat Adjustment on
page 3‑4.
.

To adjust a manual seat:
1. Pull the handle at the front of the
seat cushion.

See Reclining Seatbacks on
page 3‑6.

2. Move the seat forward or
rearward to adjust the seat
position.
3. Release the handle to stop the
seat from moving.

Raise or recline the seatback by
tilting control (2) forward or
rearward.

1. Seat Position Control
2. Seatback Adjustment Control
3. Lumbar Adjustment Control

Increase or decrease the lumbar
support by pressing and holding
the front or rear of control (3).
See Lumbar Adjustment on
page 3‑5.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (9,1)

In Brief

Memory Features

If equipped, the “1,” “2,” and MEM
buttons on the outboard side of the
driver seat are used to manually
save and recall the positions of the
driver seat, outside mirrors, and
adjustable throttle and brake pedal
positions.
See Memory Seats on page 3‑7 and
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑40.

Heated and Ventilated
Seats

1-9

Press C or {, if available, to
ventilate the driver or passenger
seat. A ventilated seat has a fan
that pulls or pushes air through the
seat. The air is not cooled.
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the seat will change to
the next lower setting, and then to
the off setting. The indicator lights
next to the buttons indicate three for
the highest setting and one for the
lowest. If the front heated seats are
on high, the level may automatically
be lowered after approximately
30 minutes.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats on page 3‑9.
The heated and ventilated front
seats can also be programmed to
come on during a remote start.
See Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑40.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

1-10

Black plate (10,1)

In Brief

Head Restraint
Adjustment

Safety Belts

Passenger Sensing
System

Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the
head restraint height in the proper
position.

United States

See Head Restraints on page 3‑2
and Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4.
Refer to the following sections for
important information on how to use
safety belts properly:
.

Safety Belts on page 3‑13.

How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly on page 3‑14.

Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑15.

Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3‑41.

Canada and Mexico
The passenger sensing system
will turn off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag
is affected by the passenger
sensing system.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (11,1)

In Brief
The passenger airbag status
indicator will be visible on the
overhead console when the vehicle
is started. See Passenger Sensing
System on page 3‑27.

2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move each mirror to the
desired position.

Mirror Adjustment

See Folding Mirrors on page 2‑20.

Exterior

Automatic Dimming Mirror

1-11

Steering Wheel
Adjustment

3. Return the selector switch to the
center position.

If the vehicle has the automatic
dimming mirror, the driver outside
mirror and the inside rearview mirror
automatically adjust for the glare of
headlamps behind you. See
Automatic Dimming Mirror on
page 2‑21 or Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror on page 2‑21.

To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.

Manual Folding Mirrors Shown,
Power Folding Similar
To adjust the mirror:
1. Move the selector switch to L
(Left) or R (Right) to choose the
driver or passenger mirror.

3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

1-12

Black plate (12,1)

In Brief

Throttle and Brake Pedal
Adjustment

See Adjustable Throttle and Brake
Pedal on page 9‑15.

If the vehicle has this feature, the
position of the throttle and brake
pedals can be adjusted.

Interior Lighting
Dome Lamps
The dome lamp controls are in the
overhead console.

1 : The lamp comes on when a
door is opened.
+:

Turns the dome lamp on.

Reading Lamps
There are reading lamps on the
overhead console and over the rear
passenger doors. These lamps
come on when any door is opened.
To manually turn the reading lamps
on or off:

The switch used to adjust the
pedals is located on the right side of
the steering column, below the
wiper stalk. Pull the switch toward
you to move the pedals further from
the floor, or push the switch away
from you to move the pedals closer
to the floor.

For the overhead console
reading lamps, press the m or
n next to each lamp.

For the rear passenger reading
lamps, press the lamp lens.

For more information on interior
lighting, see Instrument Panel
Illumination Control on page 6‑6.
To change the dome lamp settings,
press the following:

* : Turns the lamp off, even when
a door is open.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (13,1)

In Brief

Exterior Lighting

AUTO: Turns the headlamps on
automatically at normal brightness,
together with the parking lamps,
taillamps, license plate lamps, and
instrument panel lights.

; : Turns the parking lamps on
together with the taillamps, license
plate lamps, and instrument panel
lights.
3:

The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering column.
There are four positions:

O : Briefly turn to this position to
turn the automatic light control off or
on again.

Turns the headlamps on
together with the parking lamps,
taillamps, license plate lamps, and
instrument panel lights.

For vehicles with fog lamps,
press to turn the lamps on or off.
See:
.

Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6‑1

Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
on page 6‑2

1-13

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
move the windshield wiper lever to
select the wiper speed.
HI: Use for fast wipes.
LO: Use for slow wipes.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

1-14

Black plate (14,1)

In Brief
Windshield Washer

Rear Window Wiper/Washer

Pull the windshield wiper lever
toward you to spray windshield
washer fluid and activate the wipers.

The rear wiper controls are on the
end of the windshield wiper lever.

Rainsense™
INT: Use for intermittent
wipes. To adjust wipe frequency,
turn the x INT band up for more
frequent wipes or down for less
frequent wipes. If the vehicle has
Rainsense™, see the following
Rainsense information.
OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.

For vehicles with Rainsense:
INT: Move the windshield wiper
lever to INT. Turn the x INT band
on the wiper lever to adjust the
sensitivity.
.

Turn the band up for more
sensitivity to moisture.

Turn the band down for less
sensitivity to moisture.

Move the windshield wiper lever
out of the INT position to
deactivate Rainsense.

For a single wipe, briefly move
the wiper lever down. For several
wipes, hold the wiper lever down.

ON: Press the upper portion of the
button for continuous rear window
wipes.
OFF: The rear wiper turns off when
the button is returned to the middle
position.
INT: Press the lower portion of the
button to set a delay between
wipes.

Push the windshield wiper
lever forward to spray washer fluid
on the rear window.
See Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5‑3 and Rear Window Wiper/
Washer on page 5‑5.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (15,1)

In Brief

1-15

Climate Controls
The climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust the
heating, cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Touch Screen Controls
1. Outside Temperature Display

Climate Control Buttons

2. Driver and Passenger
Temperature Displays
3. Fan Control

1. Driver and Passenger
Temperature Controls

5. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
6. Defrost

4. SYNC TEMP (Synchronized
Temperature)

2. Fan Control

7. Rear Window Defogger

5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)

3. OFF (Fan)

8. Recirculation

6. Climate Control Selection
(Application Tray Button)

4. Driver and Passenger Heated
and Ventilated Seats
(If Equipped)

7. Rear (Rear Climate Control
Touch Screen)
8. Air Delivery Mode Control

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

1-16

Black plate (16,1)

In Brief

See Dual Automatic Climate Control
System on page 8‑1 and Rear
Climate Control System on page 8‑6
(If Equipped).

Vehicle Features
Steering Wheel Controls

Transmission

For vehicles with OnStar® or a
Bluetooth® system, press to talk or
interact with those systems. See
OnStar Overview on page 14‑1
or “Bluetooth” in the separate
infotainment manual.

c : Press to decline an incoming
call, or end a current call. Press to
mute or unmute the infotainment
system when not on a call.

Driver Shift Control (DSC)
Driver Shift Control (DSC) allows
you to shift an automatic
transmission similar to a manual
transmission. To use the DSC
feature:
1. Move the shift lever to the left
from D (Drive) to Sport Mode.
2. To enter M (Manual Mode), press
the shift lever forward (+) to
upshift or rearward (−) to
downshift.
See Manual Mode on page 9‑24.

For vehicles with audio steering
wheel controls, some audio controls
can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.

S or T :

Press to go to the
previous or next menu option.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (17,1)

In Brief

y or z : Press the five-way
control up or down to go to the next
or previous selection.

Cruise Control

SEL: Press to select a highlighted
menu option.

SET−: Move the control down
briefly to set the speed and activate
cruise control or to decrease vehicle
speed if the cruise control is already
activated.

Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.

C or B :

Press to go to the next or
previous favorite when listening to
the radio. Press to go to the next or
previous track when listening to a
media source.

See Cruise Control on page 9‑35 or
Adaptive Cruise Control on
page 9‑37 (if equipped).

x + or x −:

Press to increase or
decrease the volume.
See Steering Wheel Controls on
page 5‑2.

1-17

Infotainment System
J:

Press to turn the system on
and off. An indicator appears in the
instrument cluster when turned on.
+RES: Move the control up briefly
to resume to a previously set speed
or to increase vehicle speed if the
cruise control is already activated.

See the infotainment manual for
information on the radio, audio
players, phone, navigation system,
and voice or speech recognition.
It also includes information on
settings and downloadable
applications (if equipped).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

1-18

Black plate (18,1)

In Brief

Driver Information
Center (DIC)

SEL: Press to open a menu or
select a menu item. Press and hold
to reset values on certain screens.

Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)

The DIC display is in the instrument
cluster. It shows the status of many
vehicle systems.

See Driver Information Center (DIC)
on page 5‑27.

LDW is intended to help avoid
unintentional lane departures at
speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
greater. LDW uses a camera sensor
to detect the lane markings. The
LDW indicator, @, appears green if
a lane marking is detected. If the
vehicle departs the lane, the
indicator will change to amber and
flash. In addition, the driver seat will
pulse or beeps will sound.

Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System

y or z : Move SEL up or down to
go to the previous or next selection.
S or T :

Press to move between
the interactive display zones in the
cluster. Press S to go back to the
previous menu.

FCA is intended to help avoid or
reduce the harm caused by
front-end crashes. FCA provides a
green indicator when a vehicle is
detected directly ahead. It provides
a flashing visual alert and pulses
the driver seat, or beeps, when
approaching a vehicle directly
ahead too quickly. FCA also
provides a visual alert if following
another vehicle much too closely.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System on page 9‑50.

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
on page 9‑57.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (19,1)

In Brief

Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA)
If equipped, SBZA will alert the
driver to vehicles in the vehicle's
side blind zone. When the system
detects a vehicle in the side blind
zone, the SBZA display will light up
in the corresponding outside side
mirror and will flash if the turn signal
is on.
See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
on page 9‑55.

Rear Vision
Camera (RVC)
If equipped, RVC displays a view of
the area behind the vehicle, on the
center stack display, when the
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).
See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing on page 9‑46.

Ultrasonic Parking Assist
URPA uses sensors on the rear
bumper to assist with parking
and avoiding objects while in
R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
less than 8 km/h (5 mph). URPA
may display a warning triangle on
the Rear Vision Camera screen and
a graphic on the instrument cluster
to provide the object distance. In
addition, multiple beeps or pulses
may occur if very close to an object.
The vehicle may also have the Front
Parking Assist system, a higher
speed Backing Warning System,
and the Rear Automatic Braking
system.
See Driver Assistance Systems on
page 9‑46.

1-19

Active Emergency
Braking System
If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC) it also has the
Active Emergency Braking System,
which includes Intelligent Brake
Assist (IBA) and the Automatic
Collision Preparation (ACP) System.
These systems can provide a boost
to braking or automatically brake the
vehicle to help avoid crashes.
See Active Emergency Braking
System on page 9‑53.

Storage Compartments
The glove box is air conditioned and
can be used to store items at a
lower temperature. Move the slide
control to open or close the opening
to adjust the air flow. See Glove Box
on page 4‑1.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

1-20

Black plate (20,1)

In Brief

Power Outlets
The accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

These are powered while the
vehicle is in ON/RUN/START or
ACC/ACCESSORY mode, or until
the driver door is opened within
10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.

The vehicle may have up to five
accessory power outlets.

The power outlet located in the rear
cargo area is powered at all times.

The accessory power outlets are:

See Power Outlets on page 5‑7.

Below the climate control system
inside the front storage bin.

Inside the center floor console.

On the rear of the center floor
console. For vehicles with a rear
climate control system, there will
be two accessory power outlets
on the rear of the center floor
console.

In the rear cargo area.

Universal Remote System

If available, this system provides a
way to replace up to three remote
control transmitters used to activate
devices such as garage door
openers, security systems, and
home automation devices.

Read the instructions completely
before attempting to program the
Universal Remote system. Because
of the steps involved, it may be
helpful to have another person
available to assist you with
programming the Universal Remote
system.
See Universal Remote System on
page 5‑45.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (21,1)

In Brief

Performance and
Maintenance
Traction Control
System (TCS)
The traction control system limits
wheel spin. The system is on when
the vehicle is started.
.

To turn off traction control, press
and release g on the center
stack. i illuminates in the
instrument cluster. The Traction
Control Off message is
displayed in the DIC. See Ride
Control System Messages on
page 5‑37.
Press and release g again to
turn traction control back on. i
goes out in the instrument
cluster. The Traction Control
On message is displayed in the
DIC. See Ride Control System
Messages on page 5‑37.

1-21

See Traction Control System (TCS)
on page 9‑31.

See StabiliTrak® System on
page 9‑33.

StabiliTrak® System

Tire Pressure Monitor

The StabiliTrak system assists with
directional control of the vehicle in
difficult driving conditions. The
system is on when the vehicle is
started.

This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).

To turn off both Traction Control
and StabiliTrak, press and
hold g on the center stack,
until g and i illuminate in the
instrument cluster. The Traction
Control Off message is
displayed in the DIC. See Ride
Control System Messages on
page 5‑37.
Press g again to turn on both
systems. g and i go out in the
instrument cluster. The Traction
Control On message is
displayed in the DIC. See Ride
Control System Messages on
page 5‑37.

The low tire pressure warning
light alerts to a significant loss in
pressure of one of the vehicle's
tires. If the warning light comes on,
stop as soon as possible and inflate
the tires to the recommended
pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10.
The warning light will remain on until
the tire pressure is corrected.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

1-22

Black plate (22,1)

In Brief

The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
may be an early indicator that the
tire pressures are getting low and
the tires need to be inflated to the
proper pressure.
The TPMS does not replace normal
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
the correct tire pressures.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
on page 10‑53.

Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit
This vehicle may come with a spare
tire and tire changing equipment or
a tire sealant and compressor kit.
The kit can be used to temporarily
seal small punctures in the tread
area of the tire. See Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit on page 10‑67.
If the vehicle came with a spare tire
and tire changing equipment, see If
a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑65.

Engine Oil Life System
The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle use
and displays the CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message when it is time
to change the engine oil and filter.
The oil life system should be reset
to 100% only following an oil
change.
Resetting the Oil Life System
1. Using the DIC controls on
the right side of the steering
wheel, display REMAINING OIL
LIFE on the DIC. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5‑27. When remaining
oil life is low, the CHANGE
ENGINE OIL SOON message
will appear on the display. See
Engine Oil Messages on
page 5‑33.

2. Press SEL on the DIC controls
and hold SEL down for a few
seconds to clear the CHANGE
ENGINE OIL SOON message
and reset the oil life at 100%.
Be careful not to reset the oil
life display accidentally at any
time other than after the oil is
changed. It cannot be reset
accurately until the next oil
change.
The oil life system can also be reset
as follows:
1. Turn the ignition on with the
engine off.
2. Fully press and release the
accelerator pedal three times
within five seconds.
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message is not on, the
system is reset.
See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10‑10.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (23,1)

In Brief

Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol)
Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can
use either unleaded gasoline or
ethanol fuel containing up to
85% ethanol (E85). See Fuel E85
(85% Ethanol) on page 9‑61. For
all other vehicles, use only the
unleaded gasoline described under
Recommended Fuel on page 9‑59.

Driving for Better Fuel
Economy
Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
possible.
.

Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.

Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.

Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.

When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.

Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.

Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated.

Combine several trips into a
single trip.

Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.

Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.

1-23

Roadside Service
U.S.: 1-800-224-1400
Canada: 1-800-882-1112
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Mexico: 01-800-466-0805
New vehicles are automatically
enrolled in the Roadside Service
program.
See Roadside Service (Mexico) on
page 13‑7 or Roadside Service
(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑11.

OnStar®
If equipped, this vehicle has a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live Advisor
for Emergency, Security, Navigation,
Connection, and Diagnostic
Services. See OnStar Overview on
page 14‑1.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

1-24

Black plate (24,1)

In Brief

2 NOTES

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (1,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and
Windows
Keys and Locks
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . 2-12
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

Doors
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . .
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . .

Windows
2-17
2-17
2-18
2-18

Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Dimming Mirror . . .
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . .

2-1

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

2-19
2-20
2-20
2-21
2-21
2-21

Interior Mirrors
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-21
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

2-2

Black plate (2,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys and Locks
Keys

This key, located inside the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
is used for the driver door and
glove box.

{ WARNING
Leaving children in a vehicle with
a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter is dangerous and
children or others could be
seriously injured or killed. They
could operate the power windows
or other controls or make the
vehicle move. The windows will
function with the RKE transmitter
in the vehicle, and children or
others could be caught in the path
of a closing window. Do not leave
children in a vehicle with an RKE
transmitter.

To remove the key, press the button
near the bottom of the transmitter,
and pull the key out. Never pull the
key out without pressing the button.
If it becomes difficult to turn the key,
inspect the key blade for debris.
See your dealer if a new key is
needed.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (3,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Contact Roadside Service if locked
out of the vehicle. See Roadside
Service (Mexico) on page 13‑7 or
Roadside Service (U.S. and
Canada) on page 13‑11.
With an active OnStar subscription,
an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview on page 14‑1.

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13‑21 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and Industry Canada
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
If there is a decrease in the RKE
operating range:
.

Check the distance. The
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.

Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.

Check the transmitter's battery.
See “Battery Replacement” later
in this section.

If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
dealer or a qualified technician
for service.

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter functions may work up to
60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle.
Keep in mind that other conditions,
such as those previously stated, can
impact the performance of the
transmitter.

2-3

With Remote Start and Power
Liftgate Shown, Without Similar

Q (Lock):

Press to lock all doors.
The turn signal indicators may
flash and/or the horn may sound
to indicate locking, see “Remote
Lock, Unlock, Start” under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑40.

If the driver door is open when Q is
pressed, all doors lock except the
driver door, if Unlocked Door Anti
Lock Out is enabled through the
vehicle personalization. If the
passenger door is open when Q is
pressed, all doors lock.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

2-4

Black plate (4,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Pressing Q may also arm the
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Alarm System on page 2‑17.

On some models, pressing and
holding K will open all of the
windows.

K (Unlock): Press to unlock the
driver door or all doors. See
“Remote Lock, Unlock, Start” under
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑40. When remotely
unlocking the vehicle at night the
fog lamps and reverse lamps will
come on for about 20 seconds to
light your approach to the vehicle.
The turn signal indicators may flash
and/or the horn may sound to
indicate unlocking. See “Remote
Lock, Unlock, Start” under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑40.

/ (Remote Start):

For vehicles
with this feature, press and
release Q and then press and
hold / for at least two seconds to
start the engine from outside the
vehicle using the RKE transmitter.
See Remote Vehicle Start on
page 2‑9 for additional information.

L (Vehicle Locator/Panic

Memory seat positions may be
recalled when unlocking the vehicle.
See “Remote Lock, Unlock, Start”
under Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑40.

Alarm): Press and release one
time to initiate vehicle locator. The
exterior lamps flash and the horn
chirps three times. Press and hold
L for three seconds to sound the
panic alarm. The horn sounds and
the turn signal lamps flash for
30 seconds, or until L is pressed
again or the vehicle is started.

Pressing K will disarm the
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Alarm System on page 2‑17.

8 (Remote Liftgate Release):
Press and hold to open or close the
power liftgate.

Keyless Access Operation
With the keyless access system,
you can lock and unlock the doors
and access the hatch without
removing the RKE transmitter from
your pocket, purse, briefcase, etc.
The RKE transmitter should be
within 1 m (3 ft) of the door or hatch
being opened.
The keyless access can be
programmed to unlock all doors
on the first lock/unlock press from
the driver door. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑40.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
the Driver Door
When the doors are locked and the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of
the driver door handle, pressing the
lock/unlock button on the driver door
handle will unlock the driver door.
If the lock/unlock button is pressed
again within five seconds, all
passenger doors will unlock.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (5,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
Passenger Doors
When the doors are locked and the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of
the door handle, pressing the lock/
unlock button on that door handle
will unlock all doors. Pressing the
lock/unlock button will cause all
doors to lock if any of the following
occur:
.

The lock/unlock button was used
to unlock all doors.

Any vehicle door has opened
and all doors are now closed.

Passenger Shown, Driver Similar
Pressing the lock/unlock button will
cause all doors to lock if any of the
following occur:
.

It has been more than
five seconds since the first lock/
unlock button press.

Two lock/unlock button presses
were used to unlock all doors.

Any vehicle door has opened
and all doors are now closed.

Passive Locking
If the vehicle has the keyless
access system, this feature allows
you to select whether the doors
automatically lock during normal
vehicle exit. When the vehicle is
turned off and all doors are closed,
the vehicle will determine how many
RKE transmitters remain in the
vehicle interior. If at least one RKE

2-5

transmitter has been removed from
the interior of the vehicle, the doors
will lock after eight seconds.
Temporarily disable the locking
feature by pressing and holding the
power door switch for several
seconds with a door open. Passive
locking will then remain disabled
until the door switch is pressed,
or until the vehicle is turned on.
To customize whether the doors
automatically lock when exiting the
vehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,
Start” under Vehicle Personalization
on page 5‑40.
Keyless Liftgate Opening
Press the touch pad on the liftgate
handle to open the liftgate if the
keyless entry transmitter is within
1 m (3 ft).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

2-6

Black plate (6,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Only keyless entry transmitters
programmed to the vehicle will work.
If a transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
The vehicle can be reprogrammed
so that lost or stolen transmitters no
longer work. Each vehicle can have
up to eight transmitters matched
to it.

Insert the vehicle key of the
transmitter into the key lock
cylinder on the driver door
handle and turn the key,
counterclockwise, to the unlock
position five times within
10 seconds.
The Driver Information Center
(DIC) displays READY TO
LEARN ELECTRONIC KEY #2,
3, 4, ETC.

4. Press the START button. When
the transmitter is learned the
DIC display will show that it is
ready to program the next
transmitter.
5. Remove the transmitter from the
transmitter pocket and press the
transmitter K or Q button.

Programming with a Recognized
Transmitter (Keyless Access
Vehicles Only)

To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 3
through 5.

A new transmitter can be
programmed to the vehicle when
there is one recognized transmitter.

When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and
hold the START button
for 10 seconds to exit
programming mode.

To program, the vehicle must be off
and all of the transmitters, both
currently recognized and new, must
be with you.
1. Place the recognized
transmitter(s) in the cupholder.

located between the driver and
front passenger seats. The
storage area will need to be
opened and the storage tray
lifted up to access the
transmitter pocket.

3. Place the new transmitter into
the transmitter pocket. The
transmitter pocket is inside the
center console storage area

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (7,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Programming without a
Recognized Transmitter (Keyless
Access Vehicles Only)
If there are no currently recognized
transmitters available, follow this
procedure to program up to eight
transmitters. This feature is not
available in Canada. This procedure
will take approximately 30 minutes
to complete. The vehicle must be off
and all of the transmitters you wish
to program must be with you.
1. Insert the vehicle key of the
transmitter into the key lock
cylinder on the driver door
handle and turn the key,
counterclockwise, to the unlock
position five times within
10 seconds.
The Driver Information Center
(DIC) displays REMOTE LEARN
PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

2-7

2. Wait for ten minutes until the
DIC displays PRESS ENGINE
START BUTTON TO LEARN
and then press the START
button.
The DIC displays will again
show REMOTE LEARN
PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
3. Repeat Step 2 two additional
times. After the third time all
previously known transmitters
will no longer work with the
vehicle. Remaining transmitters
can be relearned during the next
steps.
The DIC display should
now show READY FOR
REMOTE # 1.

4. Place the new transmitter into
the transmitter pocket. The
transmitter pocket is inside the
center console storage area
located between the driver and
front passenger seats. The
storage area will need to be
opened and the storage tray
lifted up to access the
transmitter pocket.
5. Press the START button. When
the transmitter is learned the
DIC display will show that it is
ready to program the next
transmitter.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

2-8

Black plate (8,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows

6. Remove the transmitter from the
transmitter pocket and press the
transmitter K or Q button.

Replace the battery if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message displays in the DIC.

To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 4
through 6.

1. Press the button near the bottom
of the transmitter and pull the
key out.

When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and
hold the START button for
10 seconds to exit
programming mode.

Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery

2. Place the transmitter in the
transmitter pocket.

If the transmitter battery is weak,
the DIC may display NO REMOTE
DETECTED when you try to start
the vehicle. The REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message may also be displayed at
this time.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
N (Neutral), press the brake
pedal and the START button.

To start the vehicle:

Notice: When replacing the
battery, do not touch any of the
circuitry on the transmitter. Static
from your body could damage the
transmitter.

1. Open the center console storage
area and the storage tray.

Replace the transmitter battery
as soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

2. Use the oval base of the key
blade to separate the two halves
of the transmitter.
3. Remove the old battery. Do not
use a metal object.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (9,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows
4. Insert the new battery on the
back housing, positive side
facing down. Replace with a
CR2032 or equivalent battery.

If the vehicle has heated seats, they
may come on during a remote start.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats on page 3‑9

5. Align the key release button and
snap the transmitter back
together.

Laws in some local communities
may restrict the use of remote
starters. For example, some laws
may require a person using remote
start to have the vehicle in view.
Check local regulations for any
requirements.

Remote Vehicle Start
If available, this feature allows the
engine to be started from outside of
the vehicle.

/ (Remote Vehicle Start):

This
button will be on the RKE
transmitter if the vehicle has remote
start.
The climate control system will use
the previous settings during a
remote start. The rear defog may
come on during remote start based
on cold ambient conditions. The
rear fog indicator light does not
come on during remote start.

Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System on page 2‑3 for additional
information.
Starting the Engine Using Remote
Start
1. Press and release
RKE transmitter.

Q on the

2-9

2. Immediately press and hold /
for at least two seconds until the
turn signal lamps flash. The turn
signal lamps flashing confirms
the request to remote start the
vehicle has been received.
During the remote start the
doors will be locked and the
parking lamps will remain on as
long as the engine is running.
The engine will shut off after
10 minutes unless a time
extension is done or the ignition
is put in ON/RUN/START.
3. Press the brake pedal and select
the ON/RUN/START ignition
mode to drive the vehicle.
Extending Engine Run Time
For a 10-minute extension, repeat
Steps 1 and 2 while the engine is
still running. The remote start can
only be extended once.
When the remote start is extended,
the second 10-minute period will
start immediately.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

2-10

Black plate (10,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows

For example, if the vehicle has
been running for five minutes, and
10 minutes are added, the engine
will run for a total of 15 minutes.
A maximum of two remote starts,
or a remote start with an extension,
are allowed between ignition cycles.

Conditions in Which Remote Start
Will Not Work

The ignition is in any mode other
than OFF.

The transmitter is in the vehicle.

The hood is not closed.

The hazard warning flashers
are on.

Shutting the Engine Off After a
Remote Start

There is an emission control
system malfunction.

To cancel a remote start, do any of
the following:

The engine coolant temperature
is too high.

The oil pressure is low.

Two remote vehicle starts have
already been used.

The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Press / until the parking lamps
turn off.

Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.

Turn the vehicle on and then
back off.

{ WARNING

The remote start will not operate if
any of the following occur:
.

The vehicle's ignition must be
changed to ON/RUN/START and
then back to OFF before the remote
start procedure can be used again.

Door Locks

Unlocked doors can be
dangerous.
.

Passengers, especially
children, can easily open the
doors and fall out of a moving
vehicle. The chance of being
thrown out of the vehicle in a
crash is increased if the
doors are not locked. So, all
passengers should wear
safety belts properly and the
doors should be locked
whenever the vehicle is
driven.

Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child can
be overcome by extreme heat
and can suffer permanent
injuries or even death from
heat stroke. Always lock the
vehicle whenever leaving it.
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (11,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows
WARNING (Continued)
.

Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door
when slowing or stopping the
vehicle. Lock the doors to
help prevent this from
happening.

Keyless Access

lock/unlock button on that door
handle will lock/unlock the doors.
If the lock/unlock button is pressed
again within five seconds, all
passenger doors will unlock. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation on page 2‑3.

2-11

Power Door Locks

Key
To lock or unlock the door, use the
key in the driver door. Turn the key
counterclockwise once to unlock the
driver door; turning the key again
will unlock the passenger doors.
Inside the Vehicle
To unlock a door from the inside,
pull once on the door handle to
unlock it, and a second time to
open it.

Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors.
K (Unlock): Press to unlock the
doors.

Lockout Deterrent
Lockout deterrent decreases the
chances that the keys may be
accidentally locked in the vehicle.

When the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
of the driver door, pressing the

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

2-12

Black plate (12,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows

When door locking is requested by
pressing Q on the front door panels
or the RKE transmitter and the
driver door is open, all doors will
lock and the driver door will
immediately unlock. The driver door
must be closed when Q is pressed
for all doors to remain locked.
This feature can be programmed to
provide the lockout deterrent feature
only when the ignition mode is ACC/
ACCESSORY, or ON/RUN/START.
See “Power Door Locks” in Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑40.

Delayed Locking
When this feature is enabled and
the doors are locked with the power
lock switch on the front door panels,
three chimes sound to signal that
the delayed locking feature is in
use. All doors lock five seconds
after the last door is closed.

When the delayed locking feature is
in use, pressing Q on the front door
panels or the RKE transmitter will
override the feature and lock all
doors immediately.

The power door locks can be
programmed through the Driver
Information Center (DIC). See
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑40.

This feature can be programmed by
using the Driver Information Center
(DIC). See “Delayed Door Lock” in
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑40. The delayed locking
feature is only available if “Unlocked
Door Anti-Lockout” is disabled.

Safety Locks
The rear door safety locks prevent
passengers from opening the rear
doors from inside the vehicle.

Automatic Door Locks
The doors will lock automatically
when all doors are closed, the
ignition is on, and the shift lever is
moved out of P (Park). The doors
will automatically unlock when the
vehicle is stopped and the shift
lever is moved into P (Park).
Use the manual or power door locks
to unlock the doors if someone
needs to exit, and to lock the doors
again.

Press o { to activate the safety
locks. The indicator light comes on
when activated.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (13,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows
The rear door power windows are
also disabled. See Power Windows
on page 2‑22.
Press o { again to deactivate the
safety locks and power windows.
If a rear door handle is pulled when
the safety lock is deactivated, that
door will remain locked and the
indicator light may flash. Release
the handle, then press the safety
lock twice to deactivate the safety
locks.

Doors

2-13

WARNING (Continued)

Liftgate

Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air and
set the fan speed to the
highest setting. See “Climate
Control Systems” in the
Index.

If the vehicle is equipped with
a power liftgate, disable the
power liftgate function.

{ WARNING
Exhaust gases can enter the
vehicle if it is driven with the
liftgate or trunk/hatch open,
or with any objects that pass
through the seal between the
body and the trunk/hatch or
liftgate. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO) which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
If the vehicle must be driven with
the liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
.

Close all of the windows.

Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
(Continued)

See Engine Exhaust on
page 9‑22.
Notice: If you open the liftgate
without checking for overhead
obstructions such as a garage
door, you could damage the
liftgate or the liftgate glass.
Always check to make sure the
area above and behind the liftgate
is clear before opening it.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

2-14

Black plate (14,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Manual Liftgate

Power Liftgate

For vehicles without keyless access,
unlock the vehicle before opening
the liftgate.

{ WARNING
You, or others, could be injured if
caught in the path of the power
liftgate. Make sure there is no one
in the way of the liftgate as it is
opening and closing.

Press the touch pad located in the
handle of the liftgate, above the
license plate, and lift up to open.
Do not press the touch pad while
closing the liftgate. This will cause
the liftgate to be unlatched.

Choose the power liftgate mode by
turning the dial on the switch until
the indicator lines up with the
desired position. Press the center of
the switch.

Always close the liftgate before
driving.
On vehicles with a power liftgate,
the switch is on the driver door. The
vehicle must be in P (Park) to use
the power feature. The taillamps
flash when the power liftgate
moves.

The three modes are:
MAX: The liftgate opens to the full
open height.
3/4: The liftgate opens to a reduced
height that can be set by the vehicle
operator in a range of approximately
three-quarters open to full open.
Use this setting to prevent the
liftgate from opening into overhead
obstructions such as a garage door
or roof mounted cargo during power
operation. The liftgate can still be
manually opened all the way.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (15,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows
OFF: The liftgate only operates
manually in this position.

The power liftgate may be
temporarily disabled under extreme
temperatures or low battery
conditions. If this occurs, the liftgate
can still be operated manually.

Manual operation of a liftgate that
also has power operation requires
more effort than with a standard
manual liftgate.
In either the MAX or the 3/4 mode,
the liftgate can be power opened
and closed by:
.

Pressing 8 on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
until the liftgate starts moving.
See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation on
page 2‑3.
Pressing 8 on the center of
the mode switch on the driver
door, with the driver door
unlocked.
Pressing the touch pad switch
on the liftgate outside handle,
with all doors unlocked, to open
the liftgate.

2-15

Press and release 8 on the
liftgate next to the latch to close the
liftgate.
Pressing any liftgate button, or the
touch pad switch while the liftgate is
moving, stops it. Pressing the button
or RKE switch again reverses the
direction. There is a minimum
distance that the power liftgate must
already be open for the system to
hold it open. If movement is stopped
below that minimum, the liftgate
closes.
Do not force the liftgate open or
closed during a power cycle.

If you shift the transmission out of
P (Park) while the power function is
in progress, the liftgate power
function will continue to completion.
If you shift the transmission out of
P (Park) and accelerate before the
power liftgate latch is closed, the
liftgate may reverse to the open
position. Cargo could fall out of the
vehicle. Always make sure the
power liftgate is closed and latched
before you drive away.
If you power open the liftgate and
the liftgate support struts have lost
pressure, the turn signals flash and
a chime sounds. The liftgate stays
open temporarily, then slowly
closes. See your dealer for service
before using the liftgate.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

2-16

Black plate (16,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Obstacle Detection Features
If the liftgate encounters an obstacle
during a power open or close cycle,
a warning chime will sound and the
liftgate will automatically reverse
direction to the full closed or open
position. After removing the
obstruction, the power liftgate
operation can be used again.
If the liftgate encounters multiple
obstacles on the same power cycle,
the power function will deactivate.
After removing the obstructions, the
liftgate will resume normal power
operation.
The vehicle has pinch sensors
located on the side edges of the
liftgate. If an object is caught
between the liftgate and the body
and presses against this sensor, the
liftgate will reverse direction and
open fully. The liftgate will remain
open until it is activated again or
closed manually.

Setting the Power Liftgate
3/4 Mode
To change the liftgate stop position.
1. Turn the liftgate switch to either
the MAX, or the 3/4 mode
position and power open the
liftgate.
2. Stop the liftgate movement at
the desired height by pressing
any liftgate switch. Manually
adjust the liftgate position if
required.
3. Press and hold the button on the
liftgate next to the latch until the
turn signals flash and a beep
sounds to indicate that the new
setting is recorded.
When power opened with the
3/4 mode selected, the liftgate stops
at the new set position.

If you do not receive the audible and
visual feedback when setting the
intermediate stop position, you are
attempting to set the height below
the 3/4 open height minimum
(approximately 1.52 m or 5 ft).
The liftgate cannot be set below that
minimum and the new setting will
not be recorded.

Manual Operation of Power
Liftgate
To change the liftgate to manual
operation, turn the mode switch to
the OFF position.
With the power liftgate disabled
and all of the doors unlocked, the
liftgate can be manually opened
and closed. The effort required to
operate a power liftgate is greater
than the effort required to operate a
non-power liftgate.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (17,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows
To open the liftgate, press the touch
pad on the handle on the outside of
the liftgate, and lift the gate open. To
close the liftgate, use the pull cup to
lower the liftgate and close. With the
power liftgate disabled, the liftgate
electric latch will still power latch
once contact is made with the
striker. Always close the liftgate
before driving.

Vehicle Security

If the RKE button is pressed while
power operation is disabled, the turn
signals flash and the liftgate will
not move.

The indicator light, on the
instrument panel near the
windshield, indicates the status of
the system.

The liftgate has an electric latch.
If the battery is disconnected or has
low voltage, the liftgate will not
open. The liftgate will resume
operation when the battery is
reconnected and charged.

Arming the System

This vehicle has theft-deterrent
features; however, they do not make
the vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm System
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm
system.

1. Close all doors, liftgate,
and hood.
2. Lock the vehicle using the
transmitter or the power door
lock button. The indicator light
on the instrument panel should
come on and stay on for about
30 seconds.

2-17

3. After 30 seconds, the alarm
system will arm, and the
indicator light will begin to slowly
flash indicating the alarm is
operating.
If a door, the hood, or liftgate is
opened without first unlocking with
the transmitter, the turn signals will
flash and the horn will sound for
about 30 seconds. The alarm
system will then re-arm to monitor
for the next unauthorized event.
The theft-deterrent alarm system will
not activate if the doors are locked
with the key. You can start the
vehicle with a recognized transmitter
in the vehicle if the alarm has been
set off.

Disarming the System
To disarm the system, either unlock
the doors using the transmitter,
or start the vehicle with a
recognized transmitter in the
vehicle.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

2-18

Black plate (18,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows

To avoid setting off the alarm by
accident:
.

Lock the vehicle with the
transmitter after all occupants
have left the vehicle and all
doors are closed.

Always unlock a door with the
transmitter. Unlocking a door any
other way will not disarm the
alarm.

If you set off the alarm by accident,
turn off the alarm by pressing K on
the transmitter. The alarm will not
stop if you try to unlock a door any
other way.

How to Detect a Tamper
Condition
If K is pressed and the horn chirps
three times, an attempted break-in
occurred while the system was
armed.

If the alarm has been activated, the
THEFT ATTEMPTED message will
appear on the DIC. See Key and
Lock Messages on page 5‑34 for
additional information.

ACC/ACCESSORY mode or the
ON/RUN/START mode and a valid
transmitter is present in the vehicle.

Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13‑21 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and Industry Canada
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

Immobilizer Operation
This vehicle has a passive
theft-deterrent system.
The system does not have to be
manually armed or disarmed.
The vehicle is automatically
immobilized when the vehicle is
turned off.
The immobilization system is
disarmed when the pushbutton
start is activated to enter the

The security light, in the instrument
cluster, comes on if there is a
problem with arming or disarming
the theft-deterrent system.
The system has one or more
RKE transmitters matched to an
immobilizer control unit in your
vehicle. Only a correctly matched
RKE transmitter will start the
vehicle. If the transmitter is ever
damaged, you may not be able to
start your vehicle.
When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light comes on briefly when
the ignition is turned on.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (19,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows
If the engine does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
ignition off and try again.
If the vehicle will not change
ignition modes (ACC/ACCESSORY,
ON/RUN/START, OFF), and the
RKE transmitter appears to be
undamaged, try another transmitter.
Or, you may try placing the
transmitter in the transmitter pocket
located in the center console. See
“NO REMOTE DETECTED” under
Key and Lock Messages on
page 5‑34.

If the ignition modes will not change
with the other transmitter, your
vehicle needs service. If the ignition
does change modes, the first
transmitter may be faulty. See
your dealer who can service the
theft-deterrent system and have a
new RKE transmitter programmed to
the vehicle.
It is possible for the immobilizer
system to learn new or replacement
RKE transmitters. Up to eight
transmitters can be programmed for
the vehicle. To program additional
transmitters, see “Programming
Transmitters to the Vehicle” under
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation on page 2‑3.
Do not leave the key or device
that disarms or deactivates the
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.

2-19

Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors

{ WARNING
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

2-20

Black plate (20,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Mirrors

2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move each mirror in the
desired direction.

Power Folding Mirrors

3. Return the selector switch to the
center position.
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
The vehicle may have side blind
zone alert. See Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA) on page 9‑55.

Folding Mirrors
Manual Folding Mirrors Shown,
Power Folding Similar
To adjust the mirror:
1. Move the selector switch to L
(Left) or R (Right) to choose the
driver or passenger mirror.

Manual Folding Mirrors
If equipped, manually fold the
mirrors inward toward the vehicle to
prevent damage when going
through an automatic car wash.
Push the mirror outward to return it
to the original position.

If equipped, to fold the mirrors:
1. With the selector switch in
the ) position, press the down
arrow on the control pad. Both
mirrors will automatically fold.
2. Pressing the down arrow again
will return the mirrors to their
original position.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (21,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Resetting the Power Folding
Mirrors

Automatic Dimming
Mirror

Reset the power folding mirrors if:

If the vehicle has the automatic
dimming mirror, the driver outside
mirror automatically adjusts for the
glare of headlamps behind you.

The mirrors are accidentally
obstructed while folding.

They are accidentally manually
folded/unfolded.

The mirrors do not stay in the
unfolded position.

The mirrors vibrate at normal
driving speeds.

Fold and unfold the mirrors one time
using the mirror controls to reset
them to their normal position.
A noise may be heard during the
resetting of the power folding
mirrors. This sound is normal after a
manual folding operation.

Heated Mirrors
1 (Rear Window Defogger):
Press to heat the mirrors.
See “Rear Window Defogger” under
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System on page 8‑1.

Reverse Tilt Mirrors
If the vehicle is equipped with
memory mirrors, there is an option
to have the mirrors tilt down, when
in R (Reverse), to more easily see
the ground near the vehicle.
When the vehicle is shifted to
R (Reverse), both the driver and
passenger mirrors will tilt downward.
They will return to their previous
position when the vehicle is shifted
out of R (Reverse), the ignition is
turned to OFF, or the vehicle is left
in R (Reverse) for an extended
period of time.
This feature can be turned on or off.
See Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑40.

2-21

Interior Mirrors
Manual Rearview Mirror
Adjust the inside rearview mirror
for a clear view of the area behind
your vehicle. To avoid glare of the
headlamps from behind, push the
tab forward for daytime and pull it
for nighttime use.
Vehicles with OnStar® have three
control buttons at the bottom of the
mirror. See your dealer for more
information about OnStar and how
to subscribe to it. See OnStar
Overview on page 14‑1.

Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror
The vehicle may have an automatic
dimming inside rearview mirror.
Automatic dimming reduces the
glare from the headlamps of the
vehicle behind you. The dimming
feature and the indicator light come
on each time the vehicle is started.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

2-22

Black plate (22,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Vehicles with OnStar have three
control buttons located at the
bottom of the mirror. See your
dealer for more information about
OnStar and how to subscribe to it.
See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1.

Cleaning the Mirror
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.

Windows

{ WARNING
Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
especially with the windows
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics are
designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ WARNING
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never
leave the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter in a vehicle with
children. When there are children
in the rear seat, use the window
lockout switch to prevent
operation of the windows. See
Keys on page 2‑2.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (23,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Press or pull the switch part of the
way to open or close the window.

Express-Down/Up Windows

The power windows:
.

Can be operated with the
ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or
ON/RUN/START.
Can be operated within
10 minutes of switching the
ignition off. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) on
page 9‑19.
Will stop operation when any
door is opened.

Windows that have the
express-down/up feature allow the
windows to be lowered and raised
fully without holding the window
switch. Press the window switch
fully and release it to activate the
express-down feature. Pull the
window switch fully up and release it
to activate the express-up feature.
The express mode can be canceled
at any time by briefly pressing or
pulling the switch.

Programming the Power
Windows
Programming the power windows
may be necessary if the vehicle's
battery has been disconnected or
discharged.

2-23

If the window will not express up
after power has been restored and a
message is displayed in the Driver
Information Center:
1. Close all doors.
2. Place the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/
START.
3. From any partial open position,
close the window and continue
to pull the switch briefly after the
window has fully closed.

Obstacle Detection Feature
The Obstacle Detection Feature is
part of the express-up feature and is
active:
.

In the middle and upper portions
of the window opening.

During window up movements.

In ignition OFF during all window
up movements and during
express-up window movements
in ignition ON/RUN/START.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

2-24

Black plate (24,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows

If there is something blocking the
window during automatic closing,
the window will reverse direction
for a short distance. Weather
conditions such as extreme cold
and/or ice may cause the window to
auto-reverse. The window will return
to normal operation once the object
or condition is removed.
If conditions prevent the window
from closing and the window
continues to auto-reverse, it is
possible to close the window with
the ignition in ON/RUN/START by
holding the window switch in the
partially or fully pulled up position.
Release of the switch from the
partially pulled up position will cause
the window to stop. Release of the
switch from the fully pulled up
position will activate the express-up
and related obstacle detection
features.

Overload

Window Lockout

If the windows are repeatedly
operated within a short time, the
window operation is disabled for a
short time.

Remote Window Operation

This feature prevents the rear
passenger windows from operating,
except from the driver position.

The vehicle may have remote
operating windows that will open
all the windows from outside the
vehicle by pressing and holding K
on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter.

Press v { to activate the rear
window lockout, the indicator light in
the switch illuminates.
The rear door lock safety locks are
also enabled. See Safety Locks on
page 2‑12.
Press v { again to deactivate the
rear window lockout.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (25,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows
If a rear door handle is pulled when
the safety lock is deactivated, that
door will remain locked and the
indicator light may flash. Release
the handle, then press the safety
lock twice to deactivate the safety
locks.

Roof

Sun Visors

The sunroof only operates when the
ignition is in ON/RUN/START or
ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). See
Ignition Positions on page 9‑16 and
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
on page 9‑19.

2-25

Sunroof
On vehicles with a sunroof, the
switches are on the overhead
console.

1. Sunroof Switch
2. Sunshade Switch
Sunroof Switch

Pull the sun visor down to block
glare. If equipped, detach the sun
visor from the center mount to pivot
to the side window or to extend
along the rod.

Vent: To vent the sunroof, press
the rear of the sunroof switch (1) to
the first detent and release, the
sunroof will open to the vent
position.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

2-26

Black plate (26,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Open/Close: To open or close the
sunroof, press the front or rear of
the sunroof switch (1) to the first
detent and hold, to open or close
the sunroof to a desired position.
Comfort Stop: The sunroof has a
comfort stop feature that stops the
sunroof from opening to the
full-open position. Press the rear
of the sunroof switch (1) to the
second detent and release to open
the sunroof to the comfort open
position. Press and release the rear
of the sunroof switch (1) again to
fully open the sunroof. Press the
front of the sunroof switch (1) to the
second detent and release, to
express close the sunroof.

Sunshade Switch
Open/Close: To open or close the
sunshade, press the front or back of
the sunshade switch (2) to the first
detent and hold, to open or close
the sunshade to a desired position.
Express Open/Express Close:
To express open or close the
sunshade, press the sunshade
switch (2) to the second detent and
release.
Fully close the sunroof before fully
closing the sunshade.

Anti-Pinch Feature
If an object is in the path of the
sunroof when it is closing, the
anti-pinch feature detects the object
and stops the sunroof from closing
at the point of the obstruction. The
sunroof then returns to the full-open
position.

Dirt and debris may collect on the
sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation or noise. It could also
plug the water drainage system.
Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
roof sealing area using a clean
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (1,1)

Seats and Restraints

Seats and
Restraints
Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Front Seats
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-4
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . 3-5
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

Rear Seats
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Rear Seat
Pass-Through Door . . . . . . . . 3-12

Safety Belts
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . .
Safety System Check . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . .

3-13
3-14
3-15
3-18
3-19
3-19
3-19
3-20

Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . .
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-20
3-22
3-24
3-25
3-25
3-26

3-1

Passenger Sensing
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-32
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-33
Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-33

Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Infants and Young
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child Restraint Systems . . . . .
Where to Put the Restraint . . .
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . .
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat) . . . .

3-34
3-36
3-38
3-40
3-41
3-49
3-50
3-52

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-2

Black plate (2,1)

Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints

{ WARNING
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of the restraint is at the same
height as the top of the occupant's
head. This position reduces the
chance of a neck injury in a crash.

Front Seats
The vehicle's front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. To raise or lower the
head restraint, press the button
located on the side of the head
restraint, and pull up or push the
head restraint down, and release
the button. Pull and push on the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (3,1)

Seats and Restraints
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not designed to be
removed.

Rear Seats
The vehicle's rear seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.

To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.

The vehicle's rear seat has an
adjustable headrest in the center
seating position that can be
adjusted the same way as the
outboard head restraints.

3-3

If you are installing a child restraint
in the rear seat, see “Securing a
Child Restraint Designed for the
LATCH System” under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) on page 3‑41.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-4

Black plate (4,1)

Seats and Restraints

Power Seat Adjustment

Front Seats
Seat Adjustment

{ WARNING
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
To adjust a manual seat:
1. Pull the handle at the front of the
seat cushion.

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:

2. Move the seat forward or
rearward to adjust the seat
position.

Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.

3. Release the handle to stop the
seat from moving.

Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down.

4. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (5,1)

Seats and Restraints
.

Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the rear of the control up
or down.

Lumbar Adjustment
Power Lumbar

3-5

Thigh Support
Adjustment

To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑6.
To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment on page 3‑5.
Some vehicles are equipped with a
feature that activates a vibration in
the driver seat to help the driver
avoid crashes. See Driver
Assistance Systems on page 9‑46.

If available, press and hold the front
or rear of the control to increase or
decrease lumbar support. Release
the control when the seatback
reaches the desired level of lumbar
support.

If available, adjust the manual leg
extension by pulling up on the lever,
and then pulling or pushing on the
support to lengthen or shorten it.
Release the lever to lock it in place.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-6

Black plate (6,1)

Seats and Restraints

Reclining Seatbacks

{ WARNING
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries.
For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
safety belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined if
the vehicle is moving.

To recline a manual seatback:

Manual Reclining Seatbacks

2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.

1. Lift the lever.

3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (7,1)

Seats and Restraints
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.

Memory Seats

3-7

Storing Memory Positions
To save positions to the “1” and “2”
buttons:

Power Reclining Seatbacks

1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback
recliner, both outside mirrors,
and adjustable pedals to the
desired driving positions.
2. Press and hold MEM (Memory)
and “1” at the same time until a
beep sounds.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a
second driver using “2.”

To adjust a power seatback,
if available:
.

Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.

Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.

Manually Recalling Memory
Positions
Press and hold "1" or "2" to
manually recall the previously
stored memory positions. Releasing
"1” or "2" before the stored positions
are reached stops the recall.
There is also the ability to press and
release “1” or “2” to manually recall
the previously stored memory
positions. The ignition must be
in ON/RUN/START, and the
transmission must be in P (Park).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-8

Black plate (8,1)

Seats and Restraints

Placing the ignition in OFF before
the stored positions are reached
stops the recall.
If something has blocked the driver
seat and/or the adjustable pedals
while recalling a memory position,
the recall may stop. Remove the
obstruction; then press and hold the
appropriate manual control for the
memory item that is not recalling for
two seconds. Try recalling the
memory position again by pressing
the appropriate memory button.
If the memory position is still not
recalling, see your dealer for
service.

Depending upon the Auto Memory
Recall feature enabled in the vehicle
personalization menu, memory “1”
or “2” positions are recalled in the
following ways:

To activate the recall when On - At
Ignition On is selected in the vehicle
personalization menu:

To activate the recall when On Driver Door Open is selected in the
vehicle personalization menu:

See Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑40.

On vehicles with RKE, press K
on the RKE transmitter and open
the door.

On vehicles with keyless access,
press the lock/unlock button on
the outside driver door handle
and open the driver door. The
RKE transmitter must be present
for the recall to activate.

Automatically Recalling Memory
Positions (Auto Memory Recall)
The Auto (Automatic) Memory
Recall feature automatically recalls
the current driver’s previously stored
“1” or “2” position when entering the
vehicle.

If the driver door is already
open, press K on the RKE
transmitter to activate the recall.

Place the ignition in ON/RUN/
START.

To stop recall movement, press one
of the memory, power mirror,
or power seat controls; or press the
adjustable pedal switch. If On - At
Ignition On is selected in the vehicle
personalization menu, placing the
ignition in OFF also stops the recall.
If something has blocked the driver
seat and/or the adjustable pedals
while recalling a memory position,
the recall may stop. Remove the
obstruction; then press and hold the
appropriate manual control for the
memory item that is not recalling for
two seconds. Try recalling the
memory position again by opening
the driver door and pressing K on
the RKE transmitter. If the memory
position is still not recalling, see
your dealer for service.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (9,1)

Seats and Restraints
Easy Exit Recall
If programmed on in the vehicle
personalization menu, this feature
moves the seat approximately 7 cm
(3 in) rearward automatically
allowing the driver more room to exit
the vehicle.
Easy Exit recall activates when one
of the following occurs:
.

The vehicle is turned off and the
driver door is opened within a
short time.
The vehicle is turned off with the
driver door open.

See Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑40.
To stop recall movement, press one
of the memory, power seat controls,
or the adjustable pedal switch.
If something has blocked the driver
seat while recalling the exit position,
the recall may stop. Remove the
obstruction; then press and hold the
power seat control rearward for
two seconds. Try recalling the exit

3-9

position again. If the exit position is
still not recalling, see your dealer for
service.

Heated and Ventilated
Front Seats

{ WARNING
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns. To
reduce the risk of burns, people
with such a condition should use
care when using the seat heater,
especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover, or similar item. This may
cause the seat heater to
overheat. An overheated seat
heater may cause a burn or may
damage the seat.

Heated and Ventilated Seat
Buttons Shown, Heated Seat
Buttons Similar
If available, the buttons are near the
climate controls on the center stack.
To operate, the ignition must be in
ON/RUN/START.
Press M or L to heat the driver or
passenger seat.
Press C or {, if available, to
ventilate the driver or passenger
seat. A ventilated seat has a fan
that pulls or pushes air through the
seat. The air is not cooled.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-10

Black plate (10,1)

Seats and Restraints

When this feature is off, the symbols
on the buttons are white. When a
heated seat is turned on, the symbol
turns red. When a ventilated seat
(if available) is turned on, the
symbol turns blue.
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the seat will change to
the next lower setting, and then to
the off setting. The indicator lights
next to the buttons indicate three for
the highest setting and one for the
lowest. If the front heated seats are
on high, the level may automatically
be lowered after approximately
30 minutes.
The passenger seat may take
longer to heat up.

Remote Start Heated and
Ventilated Seats
During a remote start, the heated or
ventilated seats can be turned on
automatically. When it is cold
outside, the heated seats turn on,
and when it is hot outside the
ventilated seats turn on. This
feature is canceled when the
ignition is turned on. Press the
button to use the heated or
ventilated seats after the vehicle is
started.
The heated or ventilated seat
indicator lights on the button do not
turn on during a remote start.
The temperature performance of an
unoccupied seat may be reduced.
This is normal.
The heated or ventilated seats will
not turn on during a remote start
unless they are enabled in the
vehicle personalization menu. See
Remote Vehicle Start on page 2‑9
and Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑40.

Rear Seats
Split Folding Seatbacks
With this feature, either side of the
rear seatback can be folded down
for more cargo space.

Folding the Seatbacks
Notice: Folding a rear seat with
the safety belts still fastened may
cause damage to the seat or the
safety belts. Always unbuckle the
safety belts and return them to
their normal stowed position
before folding a rear seat.
To fold the seatback:
1. Unbuckle the rear safety belts
and move the front seatbacks to
the upright position. See
Reclining Seatbacks on
page 3‑6.
2. Make sure that there is nothing
under, in front of, or on the seat.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (11,1)

Seats and Restraints
Raising the Seatbacks

{ WARNING
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
3. Lift the lever on the top of the
seatback. A tab near the
seatback lever raises when the
seatback is unlocked.
4. Fold the seatback forward. A tab
near the seatback lever retracts
when the seatback is locked in
place.
Keep the seatback in the upright,
locked position when not in use.

{ WARNING
A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
sure that the safety belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.

3-11

To raise the seatback:
1. Lift the lever on top of the
seatback. Raise the seatback
and release the lever. A tab near
the seatback lever raises when
the seatback is unlocked.
2. Push the seatback rearward until
it locks in the upright position.
A tab near the seatback lever
retracts when the seatback is
locked in place.
3. Make sure the rear safety belts
are not twisted or caught
between the seat cushion and
the seatback.

Reclining the Seatbacks
To recline the seatback:
1. Lift and hold the lever on top of
the seatback. A tab near the
seatback lever raises when the
seatback is unlocked.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-12

Black plate (12,1)

Seats and Restraints
the off setting. Three lights indicate
the highest setting, and one light
indicates the lowest.

2. Tilt the seatback rearward, and
then release the lever when the
seatback is in the desired
position. A tab near the seatback
lever retracts when the seatback
is locked in place.

Rear Seat
Pass-Through Door

Heated Rear Seats

{ WARNING
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns.
See the Warning under Heated
and Ventilated Front Seats on
page 3‑9.

If available, the buttons are on the
rear climate control panel on the
rear of the center console.
With the ignition in ON/RUN/START,
press M or L to heat the left or
right outboard seat cushion and
seatback. An indicator on the
climate control display appears
when this feature is on.
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the heated seat changes
to the next lower setting, and then

There is a rear seat pass-through
door in the center of the rear
seatback. Fold down the center
armrest and push down on the latch
to open the door.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (13,1)

Seats and Restraints

Safety Belts
This section of the manual
describes how to use safety belts
properly. It also describes some
things not to do with safety belts.

{ WARNING
Do not let anyone ride where a
safety belt cannot be worn
properly. In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing
safety belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

3-13

Why Safety Belts Work

It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
passengers to ride in any area of
the vehicle that is not equipped
with seats and safety belts.
Always wear a safety belt, and
check that all passenger(s) are
restrained properly too.
This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the safety belts.
See Safety Belt Reminders on
page 5‑14.

When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
going until something stops you.
It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the safety belts!

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-14

Black plate (14,1)

Seats and Restraints

When you wear a safety belt, you
and the vehicle slow down together.
There is more time to stop because
you stop over a longer distance and,
when worn properly, your strongest
bones take the forces from the
safety belts. That is why wearing
safety belts makes such good
sense.

Questions and Answers About
Safety Belts
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a
safety belt?
A: You could be — whether you are
wearing a safety belt or not.
Your chance of being conscious
during and after a crash, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is
much greater if you are belted.
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear safety
belts?
A: Airbags are supplemental
systems only; so they work with
safety belts — not instead of

them. Whether or not an airbag
is provided, all occupants still
have to buckle up to get the
most protection.
Also, in nearly all states and in
all Canadian provinces, the law
requires wearing safety belts.

There are important things to know
about wearing a safety belt properly.

How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly
This section is only for people of
adult size.
There are special things to know
about safety belts and children. And
there are different rules for smaller
children and infants. If a child will be
riding in the vehicle, see Older
Children on page 3‑34 or Infants
and Young Children on page 3‑36.
Follow those rules for everyone's
protection.
It is very important for all occupants
to buckle up. Statistics show that
unbelted people are hurt more often
in crashes than those who are
wearing safety belts.

Sit up straight and always keep
your feet on the floor in front
of you.

Always use the correct buckle
for your seating position.

Wear the lap part of the belt low
and snug on the hips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (15,1)

Seats and Restraints
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
.

Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash.

{ WARNING
You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your safety belt properly.
.

Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
loose or twisted.

Never wear the shoulder belt
under both arms or behind
your back.

Never route the lap or
shoulder belt over an
armrest.

3-15

Lap-Shoulder Belt
All seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt.
The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see “Seats”
in the Index.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
the belt across you. Do not let it
get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if
you pull the belt across you very
quickly. If this happens, let the
belt go back slightly to unlock it.
Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be engaged.
If this happens, let the belt go
back all the way and start again.

3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the belt
is not long enough, see Safety
Belt Extender on page 3‑19.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-16

Black plate (16,1)

Seats and Restraints

4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
height adjuster, move it to the
height that is right for you. See
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
later in this section for
instructions on use and
important safety information.

Adjust the height so that the
shoulder portion of the belt is on
the shoulder and not falling off of it.
The belt should be close to, but not
contacting, the neck. Improper
shoulder belt height adjustment
could reduce the effectiveness of
the safety belt in a crash. See How
to Wear Safety Belts Properly on
page 3‑14.

To unlatch the belt, just push the
button on the buckle.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
5. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt.
It may be necessary to pull
stitching on the safety belt
through the latch plate to fully
tighten the lap belt on smaller
occupants.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
right front passenger seating
positions.

Move the height adjuster up to the
desired position by pushing up on
the height adjuster.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (17,1)

Seats and Restraints
After the height adjuster is set to the
desired position, try to move it down
without pressing the release button
to make sure it has locked into
position. Press the release button to
lower the height adjuster.

Safety Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has safety belt
pretensioners for front outboard
occupants. Although the safety belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the safety belt assembly.
They can help tighten the safety
belts during the early stages of a
moderate to severe frontal and
near frontal crash and will deploy in
side, rear and rollover events if the
threshold conditions for pretensioner
activation are met.
Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash,
they will need to be replaced, and
probably other new parts for the
vehicle's safety belt system. See
Replacing Safety Belt System Parts
after a Crash on page 3‑20.

3-17

Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides
This vehicle may have rear shoulder
belt comfort guides for the outboard
passenger positions in the rear seat.
If not, they are available through
your dealer. The guides may
provide added safety belt comfort
for older children who have
outgrown booster seats and for
some adults. When installed on a
shoulder belt, and properly adjusted,
the comfort guide positions the belt
away from the neck and head.
Here is how to install a comfort
guide to the safety belt:
1. Remove the guide from its
storage pocket on the side of
the seat.

2. Place the guide over the belt,
and insert the two edges of the
belt into the slots of the guide.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-18

Black plate (18,1)

Seats and Restraints
WARNING (Continued)
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.

To remove and store the comfort
guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt can
be removed from the guide. Slide
the guide back into its storage
pocket located on the side of
the seat.

Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
wear safety belts.

3. Be sure that the belt is not
twisted and it lies flat. The
elastic cord must be under the
belt and the guide on top.

{ WARNING
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. The shoulder
belt should go over the shoulder
(Continued)

4. Buckle, position, and release
the safety belt as described
previously in this section. Make
sure the shoulder portion of the
belt is on the shoulder and not
falling off of it. The belt should
be close to, but not contacting,
the neck.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (19,1)

Seats and Restraints

Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.

A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a safety
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making safety
belts effective is wearing them
properly.

But if a safety belt is not long
enough, your dealer will order you
an extender. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you
will wear, so the extender will be
long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
else use it, and use it only for the
seat it is made to fit. The extender
has been designed for adults. Never
use it for securing child seats. To
wear it, attach it to the regular safety
belt. See the instruction sheet that
comes with the extender.

Safety System Check
Now and then, check that the safety
belt reminder light, safety belts,
buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
anchorages are all working properly.
Look for any other loose or
damaged safety belt system parts
that might keep a safety belt system
from doing its job. See your dealer

3-19

to have it repaired. Torn or frayed
safety belts may not protect you in a
crash. They can rip apart under
impact forces. If a belt is torn or
frayed, get a new one right away.
Make sure the safety belt reminder
light is working. See Safety Belt
Reminders on page 5‑14.
Keep safety belts clean and dry.
See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑19.

Safety Belt Care
Keep belts clean and dry.

{ WARNING
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them. In
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-20

Black plate (20,1)

Seats and Restraints

Replacing Safety Belt
System Parts after a
Crash

{ WARNING
A crash can damage the safety
belt system in the vehicle.
A damaged safety belt system
may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in
serious injury or even death in a
crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working
properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.

After a minor crash, replacement of
safety belts may not be necessary.
But the safety belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.

Airbag System

New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the safety belt
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Have the safety belt pretensioners
checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
stays on after you start the vehicle
or while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5‑15.

The vehicle has the following
airbags:
.

A frontal airbag for the driver.

A frontal airbag for the front
outboard passenger.

A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the driver.

A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the front outboard
passenger.

A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and for the second row
passenger seated directly
behind the driver.

A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the
second row passenger seated
directly behind the front outboard
passenger.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (21,1)

Seats and Restraints
All vehicle airbags have the word
AIRBAG on the trim or on an
attached label near the deployment
opening.
For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the center of the
steering wheel for the driver and on
the instrument panel for the front
outboard passenger.
For seat-mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
side of the seatback closest to
the door.
For roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by safety
belts. Even though today's airbags
are also designed to help reduce
the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:

{ WARNING
You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
wearing your safety belt, even
with airbags. Airbags are
designed to work with safety
belts, not replace them. Also,
airbags are not designed to inflate
in every crash. In some crashes
safety belts are the only restraint.
See When Should an Airbag
Inflate? on page 3‑24.
Wearing your safety belt during a
crash helps reduce the chance of
hitting things inside the vehicle or
being ejected from it. Airbags are
“supplemental restraints” to the
safety belts. Everyone in the
vehicle should wear a safety belt
properly, whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.

3-21

{ WARNING
Because airbags inflate with great
force and faster than the blink of
an eye, anyone who is up
against, or very close to any
airbag when it inflates can be
seriously injured or killed. Do not
sit unnecessarily close to any
airbag, as you would be if sitting
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Safety belts help keep
you in position before and during
a crash. Always wear a safety
belt, even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle.
Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-22

Black plate (22,1)

Seats and Restraints

Where Are the Airbags?

{ WARNING
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag
when it inflates can be seriously
injured or killed. Airbags plus
lap-shoulder belts offer protection
for adults and older children, but
not for young children and infants.
Neither the vehicle's safety belt
system nor its airbag system is
designed for them. Young
children and infants need the
protection that a child restraint
system can provide. Always
secure children properly in the
vehicle. To read how, see Older
Children on page 3‑34 or Infants
and Young Children on
page 3‑36.

There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol.
The system checks the airbag
electrical system for malfunctions.
The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5‑15 for
more information.

The driver frontal airbag is in the
center of the steering wheel.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (23,1)

Seats and Restraints

The front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel.

3-23

Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar

The driver and front outboard
passenger seat-mounted side
impact airbags are in the side of the
seatbacks closest to the door.

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
right front passenger, and second
row outboard passengers are in the
ceiling above the side windows.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-24

Black plate (24,1)

Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
block the inflation path of a
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Never secure anything to the roof
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
by routing a rope or tie‐down
through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.

When Should an Airbag
Inflate?
Frontal airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe frontal
or near frontal crashes to help
reduce the potential for severe
injuries mainly to the driver's or front
outboard passenger's head and
chest. However, they are only
designed to inflate if the impact
exceeds a predetermined
deployment threshold. Deployment
thresholds are used to predict how
severe a crash is likely to be in time
for the airbags to inflate and help
restrain the occupants.
Whether the frontal airbags will or
should inflate is not based primarily
on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate at
different crash speeds depending on
whether the vehicle hits an object
straight on or at an angle, and
whether the object is fixed or
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
or wide.
Thresholds can also vary with
specific vehicle design.
Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
impacts, or in many side impacts.
In addition, the vehicle has
dual-stage frontal airbags.
Dual-stage airbags adjust the
restraint according to crash severity.
The vehicle has electronic frontal
sensors, that help the sensing
system distinguish between a
moderate frontal impact and a more
severe frontal impact. For moderate
frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags
inflate at a level less than full
deployment. For more severe frontal
impacts, full deployment occurs.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (25,1)

Seats and Restraints
The vehicle has seat-mounted side
impact and roof-rail airbags. See
Airbag System on page 3‑20.
Seat-mounted side impact and
roof-rail airbags are intended to
inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes depending on the location
of the impact. In addition, these
roof-rail airbags are intended to
inflate during a rollover or in a
severe frontal impact. Seat-mounted
side impact and roof-rail airbags will
inflate if the crash severity is above
the system's designed threshold
level. The threshold level can vary
with specific vehicle design.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are not intended to inflate in frontal
impacts, near frontal impacts,
rollovers, or rear impacts. Roof-rail
airbags are not intended to inflate in
rear impacts. A seat-mounted side
impact airbag is intended to deploy
on the side of the vehicle that is
struck. Both roof-rail airbags will
deploy when either side of the
vehicle is struck, or if the sensing

3-25

system predicts that the vehicle is
about to roll over, or in a severe
frontal impact.

How Does an Airbag
Restrain?

In any particular crash, no one can
say whether an airbag should have
inflated simply because of the
vehicle damage or repair costs.

In moderate to severe frontal or
near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering
wheel or the instrument panel. In
moderate to severe side collisions,
even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.

What Makes an Airbag
Inflate?
In a deployment event, the sensing
system sends an electrical signal
triggering a release of gas from the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
airbag causing the bag to break out
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
and related hardware are all part of
the airbag module.
For airbag locations, see Where Are
the Airbags? on page 3‑22.

Airbags supplement the protection
provided by safety belts by
distributing the force of the
impact more evenly over the
occupant's body.
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
are designed to help contain the
head and chest of occupants in the
outboard seating positions in the
first and second rows. The rollover
capable roof-rail airbags are
designed to help reduce the risk of
full or partial ejection in rollover
events, although no system can
prevent all such ejections.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-26

Black plate (26,1)

Seats and Restraints

But airbags would not help in
many types of collisions, primarily
because the occupant's motion is
not toward those airbags. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? on
page 3‑24.
Airbags should never be regarded
as anything more than a supplement
to safety belts.

What Will You See after
an Airbag Inflates?
After the frontal airbags and
seat-mounted side impact airbags
inflate, they quickly deflate, so
quickly that some people may not
even realize an airbag inflated.
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
partially inflated for some time after
they inflate. Some components of
the airbag module may be hot for
several minutes. For location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? on page 3‑22.
The parts of the airbag that come
into contact with you may be warm,
but not too hot to touch. There may

be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
prevent the driver from seeing out of
the windshield or being able to steer
the vehicle, nor does it prevent
people from leaving the vehicle.

{ WARNING
When an airbag inflates, there
may be dust in the air. This dust
could cause breathing problems
for people with a history of
asthma or other breathing trouble.
To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as
it is safe to do so. If you have
breathing problems but cannot
get out of the vehicle after an
airbag inflates, then get fresh air
by opening a window or a door.
If you experience breathing
problems following an airbag
deployment, you should seek
medical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn
on the interior lamps, turn on the
hazard warning flashers, and shut
off the fuel system after the airbags
inflate. You can lock the doors, turn
off the interior lamps, and turn off
the hazard warning flashers by
using the controls for those
features.

{ WARNING
A crash severe enough to inflate
the airbags may have also
damaged important functions in
the vehicle, such as the fuel
system, brake and steering
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
appears to be drivable after a
moderate crash, there may be
concealed damage that could
make it difficult to safely operate
the vehicle.
Use caution if you should attempt
to restart the engine after a crash
has occurred.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (27,1)

Seats and Restraints
In many crashes severe enough to
inflate the airbag, windshields are
broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage may
also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag.
.

Airbags are designed to inflate
only once. After an airbag
inflates, you will need some new
parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the
airbag system will not be there
to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
airbag modules and possibly
other parts. The service manual
for the vehicle covers the need
to replace other parts.
The vehicle has a crash sensing
and diagnostic module which
records information after a
crash. See Vehicle Data
Recording and Privacy on
page 13‑19 and Event Data
Recorders on page 13‑20.

3-27

Let only qualified technicians
work on the airbag systems.
Improper service can mean that
an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for
service.

Passenger Sensing
System
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system for the front
outboard passenger position. The
passenger airbag status indicator
will light on the overhead console
when the vehicle is started.

United States

Canada and Mexico
The words ON and OFF, or the
symbol for on and off, are visible
during the system check. If you use
remote start, if equipped, to start the
vehicle, you may not see the system
check. When the system check is
complete, either the word ON or
OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will
be visible. See Passenger Airbag
Status Indicator on page 5‑16.
The passenger sensing system
turns off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag
is affected by the passenger
sensing system.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-28

Black plate (28,1)

Seats and Restraints

The passenger sensing system
works with sensors that are part of
the front outboard passenger seat.
The sensors are designed to detect
the presence of a properly-seated
occupant and determine if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
should be allowed to inflate or not.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in the correct
child restraint for their weight
and size.
We recommend that children be
secured in a rear seat, including:
an infant or a child riding in a
rear-facing child restraint; a child
riding in a forward-facing child seat;
an older child riding in a booster
seat; and children, who are large
enough, using safety belts.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.

{ WARNING

WARNING (Continued)

A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the passenger frontal
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
passenger frontal airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.

Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the
airbag is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.

Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
inflate under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag is off.
(Continued)

The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger airbag if:
.

The front outboard passenger
seat is unoccupied.

The system determines that an
infant is present in a child
restraint.

A front outboard passenger
takes his/her weight off of the
seat for a period of time.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (29,1)

Seats and Restraints
.

There is a critical problem with
the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag,
the off indicator will light and stay lit
as a reminder that the airbag is off.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 5‑16.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
anytime the system senses that a
person of adult size is sitting
properly in the front outboard
passenger seat.
When the passenger sensing
system has allowed the airbag to be
enabled, the on indicator will light
and stay lit as a reminder that the
airbag is active.

For some children, including
children in child restraints, and for
very small adults, the passenger
sensing system may or may not turn
off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, depending upon
the person’s seating posture
and body build. Everyone in the
vehicle who has outgrown child
restraints should wear a safety belt
properly — whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.

{ WARNING
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5‑15 for more
information, including important
safety information.

3-29

If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
Child Restraint
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle.
3. Remove any additional items
from the seat such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions
provided by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to
“Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat)” under
Securing Child Restraints (Rear
Seat) on page 3‑50 or Securing
Child Restraints (Front
Passenger Seat) on page 3‑52.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-30

Black plate (30,1)

Seats and Restraints

5. If, after reinstalling the child
restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the on indicator is still
lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
slightly recline the vehicle
seatback and adjust the seat
cushion, if adjustable, to make
sure that the vehicle seatback is
not pushing the child restraint
into the seat cushion.
Also make sure the child
restraint is not trapped under the
vehicle head restraint. If this
happens, adjust the head
restraint. See Head Restraints
on page 3‑2.
6. Restart the vehicle.
The passenger sensing system may
or may not turn off the airbag for a
child restraint depending upon the
child’s seating posture and body
build. It is better to secure the child
restraint in a rear seat.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an
Adult-Size Occupant

Use the following steps to allow the
system to detect that person and
enable the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove any additional material
from the seat, such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, seat massagers, a
laptop, or other electronic
devices.
3. Place the seatback in the fully
upright position.

If a person of adult size is sitting
in the front outboard passenger
seat, but the off indicator is lit, it
could be because that person
is not sitting properly in the seat.

4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
cushion, with legs comfortably
extended.
5. Restart the vehicle and have the
person remain in this position for
two to three minutes after the on
indicator is lit.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (31,1)

Seats and Restraints
Additional Factors Affecting
System Operation
Safety belts help keep the
passenger in position on the seat
during vehicle maneuvers and
braking, which helps the passenger
sensing system maintain the
passenger airbag status. See
“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”
in the Index for additional
information about the importance of
proper restraint use.
A thick layer of additional material,
such as a blanket or cushion,
or aftermarket equipment such
as seat covers, seat heaters, and
seat massagers can affect how well
the passenger sensing system
operates. We recommend that you
not use seat covers or other
aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3‑32 for more information
about modifications that can affect
how the system operates.

3-31

{ WARNING

Stowing of articles under the
passenger seat or between the
passenger seat cushion and
seatback may interfere with the
proper operation of the passenger
sensing system.

For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
battery is disconnected, an airbag
can still inflate during improper
service. You can be injured if you
are close to an airbag when it
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the
airbag system. Be sure to follow
proper service procedures, and
make sure the person performing
work for you is qualified to do so.

Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Airbags affect how the vehicle
should be serviced. There are parts
of the airbag system in several
places around the vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have
information about servicing the
vehicle and the airbag system. To
purchase a service manual, see
Service Publications Ordering
Information on page 13‑17.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-32

Black plate (32,1)

Seats and Restraints

Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Adding accessories that change the
vehicle's frame, bumper system,
height, front end, or side sheet
metal may keep the airbag system
from working properly.
The operation of the airbag system
can also be affected by changing or
moving any parts of the front seats,
safety belts, airbag sensing and
diagnostic module, steering wheel,
instrument panel, roof-rail airbag
modules, ceiling or pillar garnish
trim, overhead console, front
sensors, side impact sensors,
rollover sensor module, airbag
wiring, or cargo restraint system and
convenience net.
Your dealer and the service manual
have information about the location
of the airbag sensors, sensing and
diagnostic module, and airbag
wiring.

In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system that
includes sensors as part of the front
outboard passenger seat. The
passenger sensing system may
not operate properly if the original
seat trim is replaced with non-GM
covers, upholstery, or trim; or with
GM covers, upholstery, or trim
designed for a different vehicle. Any
object, such as an aftermarket seat
heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
or device, installed under or on top
of the seat fabric, could also
interfere with the operation of the
passenger sensing system. This
could either prevent proper
deployment of the passenger
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
sensing system from properly
turning off the passenger airbag(s).
See Passenger Sensing System on
page 3‑27.

If the vehicle has rollover roof‐rail
airbags, see Different Size Tires
and Wheels on page 10‑61 for
additional important information.
If your vehicle needs to be modified
because you have a disability and
you have questions about whether
the modifications will affect the
vehicle's airbag system, or if you
have questions about whether the
airbag system will be affected if the
vehicle is modified for any other
reason, call Customer Assistance.
See Customer Assistance Offices
(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5 or
Customer Assistance Offices
(Mexico) on page 13‑5.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (33,1)

Seats and Restraints

Airbag System Check
The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
Airbag Readiness Light on
page 5‑15.
Notice: If an airbag covering is
damaged, opened, or broken, the
airbag may not work properly. Do
not open or break the airbag
coverings. If there are any
opened or broken airbag covers,
have the airbag covering and/or
airbag module replaced. For the
location of the airbags, see
Where Are the Airbags? on
page 3‑22. See your dealer for
service.

3-33

Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash

If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See
your dealer for service.

{ WARNING

If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away.
See Airbag Readiness Light on
page 5‑15.

A crash can damage the
airbag systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system
may not work properly and
may not protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death.
To help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-34

Black plate (34,1)

Seats and Restraints

Child Restraints
Older Children

The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the
weight and height limitations for that
booster. Use a booster seat with a
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:
.

Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.

Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
Does the shoulder belt rest on
the shoulder? If yes, continue.
If no, try using the rear safety
belt comfort guide. See “Rear
Safety Belt Comfort Guides”
under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
page 3‑15. If the shoulder belt
still does not rest on the
shoulder, then return to the
booster seat.

Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.

Older children who have outgrown
booster seats should wear the
vehicle safety belts.

Can proper safety belt fit be
maintained for the length of the
trip? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way to
wear safety belts?
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or
neck. The lap belt should fit
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
This applies belt force to the
child's pelvic bones in a crash.
It should never be worn over the
abdomen, which could cause
severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
page 3‑15.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (35,1)

Seats and Restraints
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position.

WARNING (Continued)
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.

In a crash, children who are not
buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.

{ WARNING
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same safety belt. The
safety belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and
seriously injured. A safety belt
must be used by only one person
at a time.

3-35

{ WARNING
Never allow a child to wear the
safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-36

Black plate (36,1)

Seats and Restraints

Infants and Young
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants
and all other children. Neither the
distance traveled nor the age and
size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.

{ WARNING
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck and
the safety belt continues to
tighten. Never leave children
unattended in a vehicle and never
allow children to play with the
safety belts.

Airbags plus lap-shoulder belts offer
protection for adults and older
children, but not for young children
and infants. Neither the vehicle's
safety belt system nor its airbag
system is designed for them. Every
time infants and young children ride
in vehicles, they should have the
protection provided by appropriate
child restraints.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ WARNING
Never hold an infant or a child
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
crash forces, an infant or a child
will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
For example, in a crash at only
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
infant will suddenly become a
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)
arms. An infant should be
secured in an appropriate
restraint.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (37,1)

Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the right front
seat. Secure a rear-facing child
restraint in a rear seat. It is also
better to secure a forward-facing
child restraint in a rear seat. If you
must secure a forward-facing
child restraint in the right front
seat, always move the front
passenger seat as far back as it
will go.

Q: What are the different types of
add-on child restraints?
A: Add-on child restraints, which
are purchased by the vehicle
owner, are available in four basic
types. Selection of a particular
restraint should take into
consideration not only the child's
weight, height, and age but also
whether or not the restraint will
be compatible with the motor
vehicle in which it will be used.
For most basic types of child
restraints, there are many
different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be

3-37

sure it is designed to be used
in a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying
that it meets federal motor
vehicle safety standards.
The restraint manufacturer
instructions that come with the
restraint state the weight and
height limitations for a particular
child restraint. In addition, there
are many kinds of restraints
available for children with
special needs.

{ WARNING
To reduce the risk of neck and
head injury during a crash, infants
need complete support. In a
crash, if an infant is in a
rear-facing child restraint, the
crash forces can be distributed
across the strongest part of an
infant's body, the back and
shoulders. Infants should always
be secured in rear-facing child
restraints.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-38

Black plate (38,1)

Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should
always be secured in appropriate
child restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Forward-Facing Child Seat
Rear-Facing Infant Seat
A rear-facing infant seat provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.

A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with the
harness.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (39,1)

Seats and Restraints
Securing an Add-On Child
Restraint in the Vehicle

{ WARNING

Booster Seats
A booster seat is a child restraint
designed to improve the fit of the
vehicle's safety belt system.
A booster seat can also help a child
to see out the window.

A child can be seriously injured
or killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that
child restraint and the instructions
in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of injury,
the child restraint must be secured
in the vehicle. Child restraint
systems must be secured in vehicle
seats by lap belts or the lap belt
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
the LATCH system. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) on page 3‑41.

3-39

Children can be endangered in a
crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle.
When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both, and to this manual.
The child restraint instructions are
important, so if they are not
available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.
In some areas of the United States
and Canada, Certified Child
Passenger Safety Technicians
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-40

Black plate (40,1)

Seats and Restraints

In the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website to
locate the nearest child safety seat
inspection station. For CPST
availability in Canada, check with
Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within the
Child Restraint

{ WARNING
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child is not
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child
properly following the instructions
that came with that child restraint.

Where to Put the
Restraint
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer
when properly restrained in a child

restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position.
We recommend that children and
child restraints be secured in a rear
seat, including: an infant or a child
riding in a rear-facing child restraint;
a child riding in a forward-facing
child seat; an older child riding in a
booster seat; and children, who are
large enough, using safety belts.
A label on your sun visor says,
“Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front.” This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.

{ WARNING
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates. This
is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates and the
passenger seat is in a forward
position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right
front passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the
airbag is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the right front seat, always move
the front passenger seat as far
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (41,1)

Seats and Restraints
WARNING (Continued)
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
on page 3‑27 for additional
information.
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with your
child restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
If the vehicle does not have a rear
seat that will accommodate a
rear-facing child restraint, we
recommend that rear-facing child
restraints not be transported in the
vehicle, even if the airbag is off.
Child restraints and booster seats
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
better than others. Always make
sure the child restraint is properly
secured.

Depending on where you place the
child restraint and the size of the
child restraint, you may not be able
to access adjacent safety belt
assemblies or LATCH anchors for
additional passengers or child
restraints. Adjacent seating
positions should not be used if the
child restraint prevents access to or
interferes with the routing of the
safety belt.
Wherever you install a child
restraint, be sure to secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
your vehicle — even when no child
is in it.

3-41

Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children
(LATCH System)
The LATCH system secures a child
restraint during driving or in a crash.
LATCH attachments on the child
restraint are used to attach the child
restraint to the anchors in the
vehicle. This system is designed to
make installation of a child restraint
easier.
Make sure that a LATCH-compatible
child restraint is properly installed
using the anchors, or use the
vehicle's safety belts to secure the
restraint, following the instructions
that came with that restraint, and
also the instructions in this manual.
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the
safety belts to properly secure the
child restraint. A child restraint must
never be installed using only the top
tether and anchor.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-42

Black plate (42,1)

Seats and Restraints

In order to use the LATCH system
in your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
attachments. The child restraint
manufacturer will provide you with
instructions on how to use the child
restraint and its attachments. The
following explains how to attach a
child restraint with these
attachments in your vehicle.

Lower Anchors

Top Tether Anchor

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
built into the vehicle. There are
two lower anchors for each
LATCH seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments (2).

A top tether (3, 4) anchors the
top of the child restraint to the
vehicle. A top tether anchor is built
into the vehicle. The top tether
attachment (2) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.

Not all vehicle seating positions or
child restraints have lower anchors
and attachments or top tether
anchors and attachments.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (43,1)

Seats and Restraints
The child restraint may have
a single tether (3) or a dual
tether (4). Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.

3-43

Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations

To assist in locating the lower
anchors, each seating position with
lower anchors has two labels, near
the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.

Rear Seat

I (Top Tether Anchor):

Seating
positions with top tether anchors.

H (Lower Anchor): Seating
positions with two lower anchors.

To assist in locating the top tether
anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is located on the cover.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-44

Black plate (44,1)

Seats and Restraints
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint on page 3‑40 for
additional information.
Top Tether Anchors

The top tether anchors for each rear
seating position are located under
the covers, on the back of the rear
seatback. Be sure to use an anchor
located on the same side of the
vehicle as the seating position
where the child restraint will be
placed.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if

Securing a Child Restraint
Designed for the LATCH
System

{ WARNING
If a LATCH-type child restraint is
not attached to anchors, the child
restraint will not be able to protect
the child correctly. In a crash, the
child could be seriously injured or
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
restraint properly using the
anchors, or use the vehicle safety
(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)
belts to secure the restraint,
following the instructions that
came with the child restraint and
the instructions in this manual.

{ WARNING
Do not attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor.
Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
during a crash. A child or others
could be injured. To reduce the
risk of serious or fatal injuries
during a crash, attach only one
child restraint per anchor.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (45,1)

Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck and
the safety belt continues to
tighten. Buckle any unused safety
belts behind the child restraint so
children cannot reach them. Pull
the shoulder belt all the way out
of the retractor to set the lock,
if the vehicle has one, after the
child restraint has been installed.
Notice: Do not let the LATCH
attachments rub against the
vehicle’s safety belts. This may
damage these parts. If necessary,
move buckled safety belts to
avoid rubbing the LATCH
attachments.

Do not fold the empty rear seat
with a safety belt buckled. This
could damage the safety belt or
the seat. Unbuckle and return the
safety belt to its stowed position,
before folding the seat.
If you need to secure more than one
child restraint in the rear seat, see
Where to Put the Restraint on
page 3‑40.
This system is designed to make
installation of child restraints easier.
When using lower anchors, do not
use the vehicle's safety belts.
Instead use the vehicle's anchors
and child restraint attachments to
secure the restraints. Some
restraints also use another vehicle
anchor to secure a top tether.
1. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower

3-45

attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the top tether and
the safety belts. Refer to your
child restraint manufacturer
instructions and the instructions
in this manual.
1.1. Find the lower anchors for
the desired seating
position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
For the outboard rear
seating positions, if the
head restraint interferes
with the proper installation
of the child restraint, the
head restraint may be
removed. See “Head
Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation” at the end of
this section.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-46

Black plate (46,1)

Seats and Restraints

1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments on the child
restraint to the lower
anchors.
2. If the child restraint manufacturer
recommends that the top tether
be attached, attach and tighten
the top tether to the top tether
anchor, if equipped. Refer to the
child restraint instructions and
the following steps:

2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
the top tether according to
your child restraint
instructions and the
following instructions:

If you are using a dual
tether in the rear outboard
seating position and the
head restraint has been
removed, route the dual
tether over the seatback.

2.1. Find the top tether anchor
and open its cover to
expose the anchor.
If you are using a dual
tether in the rear outboard
seating position with an
adjustable head restraint,
route the dual tether around
the head restraint.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (47,1)

Seats and Restraints

If you are using a single
tether in the rear outboard
seating position with an
adjustable head restraint,
route the single tether
under the head restraint
and in between the head
restraint posts.

If you are using a single
tether in the rear outboard
seating position and the
head restraint has been
removed, route the single
tether over the seatback.

3-47

If you are using a dual
tether in the rear center
seating position, lower the
adjustable headrest down
to its stowed position and
route the dual tether over
the headrest.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-48

Black plate (48,1)

Seats and Restraints
Head Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation

If you are using a single
tether in the rear center
seating position, lower the
adjustable headrest down
to its stowed position and
route the single tether over
the headrest.
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
LATCH path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. There should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement for proper installation.

The rear outboard head restraints
can be removed if they interfere with
the proper installation of the child
restraint. The headrest in the rear
center seating position is not
removable and should be lowered
to the stowed position for child
restraint installation.
To remove the head restraint:
1. Partially fold the seatback
forward. See Rear Seats on
page 3‑10 for additional
information.

2. Press both buttons on the head
restraint posts at the same time,
and pull up on the head
restraint.
3. Store the head restraint in the
cargo area of the vehicle.
4. When the child restraint is
removed, reinstall the head
restraint before the seating
position is used.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (49,1)

Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING

To reinstall the head restraint:

With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.

3-49

3. Try to move the head restraint to
make sure that it is locked in
place.

Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash

{ WARNING

1. Insert the head restraint posts
into the holes in the top of the
seatback. The notches on the
posts must face the driver side
of the vehicle.
2. Push the head restraint down.
If necessary, press the height
adjustment release button to
further lower the head restraint.
See Head Restraints on
page 3‑2.

A crash can damage the LATCH
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the LATCH system is
working properly after a crash,
see your dealer to have the
system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system
and it was being used during a
crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-50

Black plate (50,1)

Seats and Restraints

New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat)
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the
child restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3‑41 for how and
where to install the child restraint
using LATCH. If a child restraint is
secured in the vehicle using a
safety belt and it uses a top tether,
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3‑41 for top tether anchor
locations.

Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
If the child restraint does not have
the LATCH system, you will be
using the safety belt to secure the
child restraint in this position. Be
sure to follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint. Secure
the child in the child restraint when
and as the instructions say.

If more than one child restraint
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the Restraint on page 3‑40.
1. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
If the head restraint interferes
with the proper installation of the
child restraint, the head restraint
may be removed. See “Head
Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3‑41.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (51,1)

Seats and Restraints

3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the
lock. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened but
not pulled out of the retractor.

3-51

5. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the belt,
and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-52

Black plate (52,1)

Seats and Restraints

Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
6. If the child restraint has a top
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3‑41.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt
and let it return to the stowed
position. If the top tether is
attached to a top tether anchor,
disconnect it. If the head restraint
was removed, reinstall it before
the seating position is used. See
“Head Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3‑41 for additional
information on installing the head
restraint properly.

Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint on
page 3‑40.

In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system which is
designed to turn off the right front
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. See Passenger
Sensing System on page 3‑27 and
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
on page 5‑16 for more information,
including important safety
information.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (53,1)

Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING

WARNING (Continued)

A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates. This
is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates and the
passenger seat is in a forward
position.

Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the
airbag is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the right front seat, always move
the front passenger seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.

Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right
front passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
(Continued)

If the vehicle does not have a rear
seat that will accommodate a
rear-facing child restraint, a
rear-facing child restraint should not
be installed in the vehicle, even if
the airbag is off.

See Passenger Sensing System
on page 3‑27 for additional
information.

3-53

If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3‑41 for how and
where to install the child restraint
using LATCH. If a child restraint is
secured using a safety belt and it
uses a top tether, see Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) on page 3‑41 for
top tether anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-54

Black plate (54,1)

Seats and Restraints

You will be using the lap-shoulder
belt to secure the child restraint in
this position. Follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint.
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right
front passenger frontal airbag
and seat-mounted side impact
airbag, the off indicator on
the passenger airbag status
indicator should light and stay
lit when you start the vehicle.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 5‑16.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.

4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle, so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the
lock. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened but
not pulled out of the retractor.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (55,1)

Seats and Restraints
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.

6. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the belt,
and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.

If the vehicle does not have a
rear seat and the child restraint
has a top tether, follow the
child restraint manufacturer's
instructions regarding the use
of the top tether. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3‑41.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

3-55

If the airbags are off, the off
indicator in the passenger airbag
status indicator will come on and
stay on when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit, see
“If the On Indicator is Lit for a Child
Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
System on page 3‑27.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

3-56

Black plate (56,1)

Seats and Restraints

2 NOTES

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (1,1)

Storage

Storage
Compartments

Storage Compartments
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Center Console Storage . . . . . .

4-1
4-1
4-2
4-2
4-2

Glove Box
Lift the glove box handle up to open
it. Use the key to lock and unlock
the glove box.

4-1

the maximum cool air to enter the
glove box. Move the slide control to
allow cool air into the glove box.
After opening the air flow, close the
glove box door to keep the cold air
from entering the vehicle.

Cupholders

Additional Storage Features
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Cargo Management
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Cargo Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Roof Rack System
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

The glove box is air conditioned and
can be used to store items at a
lower temperature. The vehicle air
conditioning must be turned on for

This vehicle has a cupholder
equipped with a divider that can be
adjusted to accommodate large
containers or small containers.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

4-2

Black plate (2,1)

Storage

For large containers, push the
button to move aside the divider and
make the cupholder deeper. For
small containers, push down on the
top edge of the divider to lock it
back in place and make the
cupholder shorter.

Front Storage

open. There is a USB port inside.
See “USB/SD Port” in the
infotainment manual.

There is an accessory power outlet
inside. See Power Outlets on
page 5‑7.

Keep the storage area closed when
not in use.

Armrest Storage

Touch and hold the chrome bar at
the bottom of the climate control
system panel again to close.

For vehicles with a rear seat
armrest, pull the rear seat armrest
forward to access cupholders with
removable liners. For vehicles with
a rear storage area, pull the lever to
access.

Center Console Storage
The center console has an armrest,
upper storage tray, and a lower
storage area.
The armrest can be adjusted, slide
the top of the armrest to adjust to
the desired position.
If equipped with storage behind the
climate control system, touch and
hold the chrome bar at the bottom of
the climate control system panel to

A storage area is located in front of
the shift lever. Push upward on the
top of the door and release; the
door automatically opens.

Push the driver side button to
access the upper storage tray. Push
the passenger side button to access
the lower storage area.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (3,1)

Storage
There is an accessory power outlet
inside the center console and two
USB ports. See Power Outlets on
page 5‑7 and the separate
infotainment manual.

Additional Storage
Features

into the rear compartment, or the
lower (2) position to conceal objects
in the rear compartment.

Cargo Cover

Install the Cargo Cover

For vehicles with the dual position
cargo cover, it can be used to cover
items in the cargo area of the
vehicle.

Push the button to open the storage
area on the rear of the center
console. If equipped with rear seat
entertainment (RSE), the audio/
video jacks, USB port, and SD port
will be inside. See the separate
infotainment manual.

4-3

The shade can be set in two
positions. It can be set in a halfway
open (1) position for loading objects

1. Hold the cartridge so that the
pull-out shade faces the rear of
the vehicle.

2. Align the cartridge over the pins
on the trim panels of the vehicle.
3. Push down on the cartridge to
snap it into place.
4. Unroll the shade toward the rear
of the vehicle.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

4-4

Black plate (4,1)

Storage

Cargo Tie-Downs
For vehicles equipped with cargo
tie‐downs, the four tie-downs are
located in the rear compartment of
the vehicle. Use the tie-downs to
secure small loads.

Cargo Management
System
5. Insert the shade pins in the
channels (3) on both sides.

2. Slide the button on the top to
release the cartridge.

6. Slide the shade to the lower (2)
position, or the halfway open (1)
position.

3. Pull up to remove the cartridge
from the pins.

Remove the Cargo Cover
1. Remove the cover from the
channels and carefully roll it
back up.

{ WARNING
An unsecured cargo cover could
strike people in a sudden stop or
turn, or in a crash. Store the
cargo cover securely or remove it
from the vehicle.

To open the cargo management
system, press the rear of the handle
to unlatch it and then lift the
handle up.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (5,1)

Storage

4-5

WARNING (Continued)
closed position and latch before
driving. If the cover is removed,
always store it outside of the
vehicle. When it is replaced,
always be sure that it is securely
reattached.

A prop rod locks to hold the cover
up when opened.

Press the red button on the prop rod
to close the cover.

Four hooks are located on the
inside cover and can be used for
storing items.

Rear Storage Area

There may be additional storage
compartments on each side of the
cargo management system. Lift the
panel up to open.

{ WARNING
An improperly latched and closed
cargo cover, or cargo cover left in
the open position, could be
thrown about the vehicle during a
crash or sudden maneuver.
Someone could be injured. Be
sure to return the cover to the
(Continued)

To access the rear storage areas of
the cargo management system, and
the tire sealant and compressor kit:
1. Remove the cargo cover,
if equipped.
2. Open the cargo management
system cover.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

4-6

Black plate (6,1)

Storage
U-Rail

3. Release the prop rod from the
inside cover by sliding the red
clip down.
Unhook the prop rod from the
pin on the inside cover. Store the
unhooked prop rod by folding it
into the cargo management
compartment.

4. Store the cargo management
system cover by hooking it onto
the weatherstrip.

For vehicles with a u-rail system,
the fence can be moved to different
positions on the u-rail track to
secure cargo.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (7,1)

Storage
3. Reinstall the fence and lock both
latches (1) by turning to align Q
with the arrow on the
adapter (2).

Push both adapter buttons to move
the adapters (2) on the straight part
of the u-rail.
To move the fence around the u-rail,
disconnect one side:
1. Unlock by turning the latch (1) to
align K with the arrow on the
adapter (2).
2. Push the adapter button to move
the adapters (2) to the desired
position.

Use the fence to secure items in
place.
Removing the Fence
Unlock by turning both latches (1) to
align K with the arrow on the
adapter (2). Lift and remove the
fence.

4-7

Installing the Fence

Insert the fence into the adapters
and lock both latches (1) by turning
to align Q with the arrow on the
adapter (2).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

4-8

Black plate (8,1)

Storage

Storing the Fence

D-Ring Sliders

1. Lift the cargo management
system cover.

For vehicles with a D-ring system,
there are four D-ring sliders that
move along rails. These can be
used as tie-downs when storing
cargo.

2. Release the cover from the prop
rod as described in the previous
steps.

The loop of the D-ring slider must
be facing inward toward the storage
area and the ring must be in the up
position for proper usage.

3. Insert the top of the fence into
the lower two clips (1).
4. Turn the bottom of the fence up
and insert it into the upper two
clips (2).

Insert the D-ring sliders (1) into the
channel (2) located in the middle of
the rail. Push the button to move the
D-ring slider along the rail.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (9,1)

Storage

Cargo Net

{ WARNING

4-9

There are four openings in the
headliner: two located behind the
front seats and two behind the rear
seats.

Do not stack items higher than
the upper end of the cargo net or
hang anything from the net. Avoid
items that have sharp edges or
that apply excessive force to the
net. If items are not properly
stored, damage to the net could
occur and items can be thrown
about the vehicle. You or others
could be injured. Always store
items behind the net.

3. Mount the cargo net to the rear
seat tethers located on the back
of the folded down rear seats
and pull on the straps to tighten
the net.

For vehicles equipped with a cargo
net, it can be used to store light
loads, keeping them from falling
over or being thrown into the cabin
during heavy braking.

1. Insert the top corners of the
cargo net into the large opening
in the headliner and secure by
sliding them into the small
opening.

The net should not be overloaded or
used to store heavy loads.

2. The rear seatbacks should be
folded down when the net is
installed in the headliner
opening located behind the front
seats.

4. When the net is installed in the
headliner opening located
behind the rear seats, the rear
seatbacks should be upright.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

4-10

Black plate (10,1)

Storage
3. Roll up the cargo net, storing it
into the attached vinyl bag.
4. Open the cargo management
system cover.
5. For vehicles with an inflator kit,
store the cargo net in the
available space next to the kit.

Convenience Net
5. Mount the cargo net to the cargo
tie-downs located on the lower
side panels.

6. Pull on the straps to tighten
the net.

Cargo Net Storage
The cargo net can be removed from
the vehicle and stored in the cargo
management system.
1. Disconnect the net from the roof
openings and the tethers.
2. Press the red button on the
center of the net to fold it in half.

This vehicle may have a
convenience net located in the rear
of the vehicle. Attach it to the cargo
tie‐downs for storing small loads.
Do not use the net to store heavy
loads.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (11,1)

Storage

Roof Rack System

{ WARNING
If something is carried on top of
the vehicle that is longer or wider
than the roof rack — like paneling,
plywood, or a mattress — the
wind can catch it while the vehicle
is being driven. The item being
carried could be violently torn off,
and this could cause a collision
and damage the vehicle. Never
carry something longer or wider
than the roof rack on top of the
vehicle unless using a GM
certified accessory carrier.
For vehicles with a roof rack, the
rack can be used to load items.
For roof racks that do not have
crossrails included, GM Certified
crossrails can be purchased as an
accessory. See your dealer for
additional information.

Notice: Loading cargo on the
roof rack that weighs more than
100 kg (220 lbs) or hangs over the
rear or sides of the vehicle may
damage the vehicle. Load cargo
onto the roof rack so that it rests
evenly between the siderails,
making sure to fasten cargo
securely.

To prevent damage or loss of cargo
when driving, check to make sure
crossrails and cargo are securely

4-11

fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
rack will make the vehicle’s center
of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden
braking, or abrupt maneuvers;
otherwise it may result in loss of
control. If driving for a long distance,
on rough roads, or at high speeds,
occasionally stop the vehicle to
make sure the cargo remains in its
place. Do not exceed the maximum
vehicle capacity when loading the
vehicle. For more information on
vehicle capacity and loading, see
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

4-12

Black plate (12,1)

Storage

2 NOTES

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (1,1)

Instruments and Controls

Instruments and
Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 5-3
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3
Rear Window Wiper/
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Headlamp Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-14
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-15
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-17
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Electric Parking Brake
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Service Electric Parking Brake
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 5-22
Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-22
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-23
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-24

Fuel Economy Light . . . . . . . . .
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . .
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . .
Adaptive Forward Lighting
(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . .
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . .

5-1
5-24
5-25
5-25
5-25
5-25
5-26
5-26
5-26

Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27

Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake System Messages . . . .
Compass Messages . . . . . . . . .
Cruise Control Messages . . . .
Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . .
Engine Cooling System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . .
Engine Power Messages . . . .
Fuel System Messages . . . . . .
Key and Lock Messages . . . . .
Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-30
5-30
5-30
5-31
5-31
5-32
5-32
5-33
5-33
5-33
5-34
5-34

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-2

Black plate (2,1)

Instruments and Controls

Object Detection System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ride Control System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Airbag System Messages . . . .
Security Messages . . . . . . . . . .
Service Vehicle Messages . . .
Starting the Vehicle
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmission Messages . . . . .
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . .
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . .

5-35
5-37
5-38
5-38
5-38

Controls

Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.

Steering Wheel
Adjustment

Steering Wheel Controls

5-38
5-38
5-39
5-40
5-40
5-40

Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-40

Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . 5-45
Universal Remote System
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Universal Remote System
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48

To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.

For vehicles with audio steering
wheel controls, some audio controls
can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.

g (Push to Talk): For vehicles with
OnStar® or a Bluetooth system,
press to talk or interact with those
systems. See OnStar Overview on
page 14‑1 or “Bluetooth” in the
separate infotainment manual.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (3,1)

Instruments and Controls

c (End Call): Press to decline an
incoming call, or end a current call.
Press to mute or unmute the
infotainment system when not on
a call.

C or B (Next or Previous
Favorite): Press to go to the next
or previous favorite when listening
to the radio. Press to go to the next
or previous track when listening to a
media source.
x + or x − (Volume):

Press to
increase or decrease the volume.

5-3

The steering wheel takes about
three minutes to start heating.

Horn
Press a on the steering wheel pad
to sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

Heated Steering Wheel

With the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
move the windshield wiper lever to
select the wiper speed.

S or T (Previous or Next):

Press
to go to the previous or next menu
option.

y or z (Next or Previous):

Move
SEL up or down to go to the next or
previous selection.
SEL (Select): Press to select a
highlighted menu option.

( (Heated Steering Wheel):

For
vehicles equipped with a heated
steering wheel, press to turn on or
off. A light next to the button
displays when the feature is
turned on.

HI: Use for fast wipes.
LO: Use for slow wipes.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-4

Black plate (4,1)

Instruments and Controls
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wiper motor.
Wipe Parking

INT (Intermittent Wipes): Use for
intermittent wipes. To adjust wipe
frequency, turn the x INT band up
for more frequent wipes or down for
less frequent wipes. If the vehicle
has Rainsense™, see the following
Rainsense information.
OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.

8 (Mist):

For a single wipe, briefly
move the wiper lever down. For
several wipes, hold the wiper
lever down.
Clear snow and ice from the wiper
blades before using them. If frozen
to the windshield, carefully loosen or
thaw them. Damaged blades should
be replaced. See Wiper Blade
Replacement on page 10‑25.

Keep this area of the windshield
clear of debris to allow for best
system performance.

If the ignition is changed to
STOPPING THE ENGINE/OFF
mode while the wipers are
on LO, HI, or INT, they will
immediately stop.
If the windshield wiper lever is then
moved to off before the driver door
is opened or within 10 minutes, the
wipers will restart and move to the
base of the windshield.
If the ignition is changed to
STOPPING THE ENGINE/OFF
while the wipers are performing
wipes due to windshield washing,
the wipers continue to run until they
reach the base of the windshield.

Rainsense™
For vehicles with Rainsense, a
sensor located near the top center
of the windshield detects the
amount of water on the windshield
and automatically controls the
frequency of the windshield wiper.

INT (Rainsense Wipe Sensitivity
Control): Move the windshield
wiper lever to INT. Turn the x INT
band on the wiper lever to adjust the
sensitivity.
.

Turn the band up for more
sensitivity to moisture.

Turn the band down for less
sensitivity to moisture.

Move the windshield wiper lever
out of the INT position to
deactivate Rainsense.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (5,1)

Instruments and Controls
Wiper Arm Assembly Protection
When using an automatic car wash,
move the windshield wiper lever to
OFF. This disables the automatic
Rainsense windshield wipers and/or
manual windshield wipers.
With Rainsense, if the transmission
is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle
speed is very slow, the wipers will
automatically stop at the base of the
windshield.
The wiper operations return to
normal when the transmission is no
longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle
speed has increased.

Windshield Washer
Pull the windshield wiper lever
toward you to spray windshield
washer fluid and activate the wipers.

The wipers will continue until the
lever is released or the maximum
wash time is reached. When the
windshield wiper lever is released,
additional wipes may occur
depending on how long the
windshield washer had been
activated. See Washer Fluid on
page 10‑20 for information on filling
the windshield washer fluid
reservoir.

5-5

Rear Window Wiper/
Washer
The rear wiper controls are on the
end of the windshield wiper lever.

{ WARNING
In freezing weather, do not use
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the
windshield, blocking your vision.

ON: Press the upper portion of the
button for continuous rear window
wipes.
OFF: The rear wiper turns off when
the button is returned to the middle
position.
INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes):
Press the lower portion of the button
to set a delay between wipes.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-6

Black plate (6,1)

Instruments and Controls

a (Rear Washer):

Reverse Gear Wipes

Headlamp Washer
For vehicles with headlamp
washers, they are located to the
side of the headlamps.

Rear Wiper Arm Assembly
Protection

If the rear wiper control is off, the
rear wiper will automatically operate
continuously when the shift lever
is in R (Reverse), and the front
windshield wiper is performing low
or high speed wipes. If the rear
wiper control is off, the shift lever
is in R (Reverse), and the front
windshield wiper is performing
interval wipes, then the rear wiper
automatically performs interval
wipes.

Push the
windshield wiper lever forward to
spray washer fluid on the rear
window. The lever automatically
returns to its original position when
released.

When using an automatic car wash,
move the rear wiper control to OFF.
This disables the rear wiper.
If the transmission is in N (Neutral)
and the vehicle speed is very slow,
the rear wiper will automatically stop
at the base of the rear window.
The wiper operations return to
normal when the transmission is no
longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle
speed has increased.

This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑40.
The windshield washer reservoir is
used for the windshield and the rear
window. Check the fluid level in the
reservoir if either washer is not
working. See Washer Fluid on
page 10‑20.

The headlamps must be on in order
to use the headlamp washers. If the
headlamps are not on, only the
windshield will be washed.
Pull the wiper lever toward you
and hold briefly to activate. The
headlamp washers will spray once,
pause, and spray again. The
headlamp washer will spray again
after five windshield wash cycles.
See Washer Fluid on page 10‑20 for
information on filling the windshield
washer fluid.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (7,1)

Instruments and Controls

5-7

Compass

Clock

To set the date:

The vehicle may have a compass
display on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). The compass
receives its heading and other
information from the Global
Positioning System (GPS) antenna,
StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speed
information.

The infotainment system controls
are used to access the time and
date settings through the menu
system. See “Home Page” in the
infotainment manual for information
about how to use the menu system.

1. Press the SETTINGS screen
button and press Time and Date.

The compass system is designed to
operate for a certain number of
miles or degrees of turn before
needing a signal from the GPS
satellites. When the compass
display shows CAL, drive the
vehicle for a short distance in an
open area where it can receive a
GPS signal. The compass system
will automatically determine when a
GPS signal is restored and provide
a heading again. See Compass
Messages on page 5‑31 for the
messages that may be displayed for
the compass.

To set the time:

Setting the Time
1. From the Home Page, press the
SETTINGS screen button and
press Time and Date.
2. Press Set Time and press +
or − to increase or decrease
hours, minutes, and AM or PM.
Press 12Hr or 24Hr for 12 or
24 hour clock.
3. Press } to go back to the
previous menu.

2. Press Set Date and press +
or − to increase or decrease
month, day, or year.
3. Press } to go back to the
previous menu.

Power Outlets
The accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
The vehicle may have five
accessory power outlets.
The accessory power outlets are:
.

Below the climate control system
inside the front storage bin.

Inside the center floor console.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-8
.

Black plate (8,1)

Instruments and Controls

On the rear of the center floor
console. For vehicles with a rear
climate control system, there will
be two accessory power outlets
on the rear of the center floor
console.
In the rear cargo area.

These are powered while the
vehicle is in ON/RUN/START or
ACC/ACCESSORY mode, or until
the driver door is opened within
10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.
The power outlet located in the rear
cargo area is powered at all times.
There is a small cap that must be
removed to access the accessory
power outlet. When not using the
outlet be sure to cover it with the
protective cap.
Notice: Leaving electrical
equipment plugged in for an
extended period of time while
the vehicle is off will drain the
battery. Power is always supplied

to the rear cargo outlet. Always
unplug electrical equipment when
not in use and do not plug in
equipment that exceeds the
maximum 20 ampere rating.

Cigarette Lighter

Certain accessory power plugs
may not be compatible with the
accessory power outlet and could
overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
If a problem is experienced, see
your dealer.

To activate the cigarette lighter,
push it into the heating element and
let go. The lighter pops out when it
is ready to be used.

When adding electrical equipment,
be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included
with the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment on page 9‑72.
Notice: Hanging heavy
equipment from the power outlet
can cause damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty. The
power outlets are designed for
accessory power plugs only, such
as cell phone charge cords.

There may be a cigarette lighter
located under the climate control
system, inside the front storage bin.

Notice: Holding a cigarette lighter
in while it is heating does not let
the lighter back away from the
heating element when it is hot.
Damage from overheating can
occur to the lighter or heating
element, or a fuse could be
blown. Do not hold a cigarette
lighter in while it is heating.

Ashtrays
There may be an ashtray located
under the climate control system on
the instrument panel. Press the door
to release the ashtray.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (9,1)

Instruments and Controls

5-9

To empty the ashtray, remove it from
the instrument panel by holding the
edges and pulling straight out. To
reinstall, push the tray back into
place.

Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators

Gauges can indicate when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
function. Often gauges and warning
lights work together to indicate a
problem with the vehicle.

There may also be ashtrays located
on the center floor console behind
the shift lever and in the rear doors.

Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.

When one of the warning lights
comes on and stays on while
driving, or when one of the gauges
shows there may be a problem,
check the section that explains what
to do. Follow this manual's advice.
Waiting to do repairs can be costly
and even dangerous.

Notice: If papers, pins, or other
flammable items are put in the
ashtray, hot cigarettes or other
smoking materials could ignite
them and possibly damage the
vehicle. Never put flammable
items in the ashtray.

Warning lights come on when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
function. Some warning lights come
on briefly when the engine is started
to indicate they are working.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-10

Black plate (10,1)

Instruments and Controls

Instrument Cluster

English Shown, Metric Similar

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (11,1)

Instruments and Controls
Cluster Application Displays

Audio

The cluster has three interactive
display zones.

While the Audio application page is
displayed, press SEL to enter the
Audio menu. In the Audio menu
search for music or change the
audio source.

Use the five-way control on the right
steering wheel control to move
between the different display zones
and scroll through the different
displays.
The left and right zones display
Driver Information Center (DIC)
information. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5‑27.
The center zone displays
application information for
navigation, audio, phone,
or settings.
Navigation
If there is no active route, a
compass will be displayed. If there
is an active route, press SEL to end
route guidance or turn the voice
prompts on or off.

Phone
While the Phone application page is
displayed, press SEL to enter the
Phone menu. In the Phone menu,
if there is no active phone call,
view recent calls or scroll through
contacts. If there is an active call,
mute the phone or switch to handset
operation.
Settings
Press SEL while the Settings
application page is displayed to
enter the Settings menu.

5-11

Units: Press SEL while Units is
highlighted to enter the Units menu.
Choose English or metric units by
pressing SEL while the desired item
is highlighted. A checkmark will be
displayed next to the selected item.
Info Pages: Press SEL while Info
Pages is highlighted to select the
items to be displayed in the DIC
information displays. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5‑27.
Open Source Software: Press
SEL while Open Source Software is
highlighted to display open source
software information.

Speedometer
The speedometer shows the
vehicle's speed in either kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-12

Black plate (12,1)

Instruments and Controls

Odometer
The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles.
This vehicle has a tamper-resistant
odometer. If the vehicle needs a
new cluster installed, the new
odometer is set to the mileage of
the old odometer. If this is not
possible, it is set at zero and a label
is put on the driver door to show the
old mileage reading.

Trip Odometer
The trip odometer can show how far
the vehicle has been driven since
the trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed and
reset through the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5‑27.

Fuel Gauge

Tachometer
The tachometer displays the
engine speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm).
Notice: If the engine is operated
with the tachometer in the shaded
warning area, the vehicle could
be damaged, and the damages
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Do not operate
the engine with the tachometer in
the shaded warning area.

When the ignition is on, the fuel
gauge indicates about how much
fuel is left in the tank.
There is an arrow near the fuel
gauge pointing to the side of the
vehicle the fuel door is on.
When the indicator nears empty,
the low fuel light comes on. There
still is a little fuel left, but the vehicle
should be refueled soon.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (13,1)

Instruments and Controls
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
.

At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.

It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.

The gauge moves a little while
turning a corner or speeding up.
The gauge takes a few seconds
to stabilize after the ignition is
turned on, and goes back to
empty when the ignition is
turned off.

5-13

Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge

English
Metric

This gauge measures the
temperature of the vehicle's engine.
While driving under normal
operating conditions, if the needle
moves into the shaded area, the
engine is too hot. Pull off the road,
stop the vehicle, and turn off the
engine as soon as possible.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-14

Black plate (14,1)

Instruments and Controls

Safety Belt Reminders
Driver Safety Belt Reminder
Light
There is a driver safety belt
reminder light on the instrument
cluster.

Passenger Safety Belt
Reminder Light
There is a passenger safety belt
reminder light near the passenger
airbag status indicator. See
Passenger Sensing System on
page 3‑27.

The front passenger safety belt
warning light and chime may turn on
if an object is put on the seat such
as a briefcase, handbag, grocery
bag, laptop, or other electronic
device. To turn off the warning light
and/or chime, remove the object
from the seat or buckle the
safety belt.

Second Row Passenger Belt
Reminder Light

When the vehicle is started this light
flashes and a chime comes on to
remind drivers to fasten their safety
belt. Then the light stays on solid
until the belt is buckled. This cycle
may continue several times if the
driver remains or becomes
unbuckled while the vehicle is
moving.

When the vehicle is started this light
flashes and a chime may come on
to remind the front passenger to
fasten their safety belt. Then the
light stays on solid until the belt is
buckled. This cycle may continue
several times if the passenger
remains or becomes unbuckled
while the vehicle is moving.

If the driver safety belt is buckled,
neither the light nor chime
comes on.

If the front passenger safety belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.

Second row seating positions
monitored for safety belt use
are represented by a colored
symbol in the Driver information
Center (DIC) indicating safety belt
status. When the vehicle is started,
three safety belt symbols come on

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (15,1)

Instruments and Controls
and stay on for several seconds in
the instrument cluster to alert the
driver that passengers may need to
fasten their safety belts. After the
passenger safety belt is buckled,
the corresponding safety belt
symbol in the instrument cluster
turns green. If a safety belt is not
initially buckled, the instrument
cluster displays a gray safety belt
symbol. While the vehicle is moving,
if a second row passenger that
was previously buckled becomes
unbuckled, the corresponding safety
belt symbol will change to flashing
red and a chime may sound.

Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
the airbag sensor(s), passenger
sensing system, the pretensioners,
the airbag modules, the wiring, and
the crash sensing and diagnostic
module. For more information on the
airbag system, see Airbag System
on page 3‑20.

The airbag readiness light comes
on for several seconds when the
vehicle is started. If the light does
not come on then, have it fixed
immediately.

5-15

{ WARNING
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be
working properly. The airbags in
the vehicle might not inflate in a
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
If there is a problem with the airbag
system, a Driver Information Center
(DIC) message may also come on.
See Airbag System Messages on
page 5‑38.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-16

Black plate (16,1)

Instruments and Controls

Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System on page 3‑27 for
important safety information. The
overhead console has a passenger
airbag status indicator.

for on and off, for several seconds
as a system check. If you are using
remote start, if equipped, to start the
vehicle from a distance you may not
see the system check. Then, after
several more seconds, the status
indicator will light either ON or OFF,
or either the on or off symbol to let
you know the status of the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
If the word ON or the on symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag is
allowed to inflate.

United States

Canada and Mexico
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol

If the word OFF or the off symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the
passenger sensing system has
turned off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag.

If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
passenger sensing system. See
your dealer for service.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (17,1)

Instruments and Controls

Charging System Light

5-17

See Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages on page 5‑30.
If a short distance must be driven
with the light on, be sure to turn off
all accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.

The charging system light comes on
briefly when the ignition is turned
on, but the engine is not running, as
a check to show the light is working.
It should go out when the engine is
started.
If the light stays on, or comes on
while driving, there may be a
problem with the electrical charging
system. Have it checked by your
dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.
When this light comes on, or is
flashing, the Driver Information
Center (DIC) also displays a
message.

Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
A computer system called OBD II
(On-Board Diagnostics-Second
Generation) monitors the operation
of the vehicle to ensure emissions
are at acceptable levels, helping to
maintain a clean environment. The
malfunction indicator lamp comes
on when the vehicle is placed in
Service Only Mode, as a check to
show it is working. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer. See Ignition Positions on
page 9‑16.

If the malfunction indicator lamp
comes on while the engine is
running, this indicates that the
OBD II system has detected a
problem and diagnosis and service
might be required.
Malfunctions often are indicated by
the system before any problem is
apparent. Being aware of the light
can prevent more serious damage
to the vehicle. This system also
assists the service technician in
correctly diagnosing any
malfunction.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-18

Black plate (18,1)

Instruments and Controls

Notice: If the vehicle is
continually driven with this light
on, the emission controls might
not work as well, the vehicle fuel
economy might not be as good,
and the engine might not run as
smoothly. This could lead to
costly repairs that might not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Notice: Modifications made to the
engine, transmission, exhaust,
intake, or fuel system of the
vehicle or the replacement
of the original tires with other
than those of the same Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC) can
affect the vehicle's emission
controls and can cause this light
to come on. Modifications to
these systems could lead to
costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. This could also
result in a failure to pass a
required Emission Inspection/
Maintenance test. See
Accessories and Modifications on
page 10‑3.

This light comes on during a
malfunction in one of two ways:
Light Flashing: A misfire condition
has been detected. A misfire
increases vehicle emissions and
could damage the emission control
system on the vehicle. Diagnosis
and service might be required.
To prevent more serious damage to
the vehicle:
.

Reduce vehicle speed.

Avoid hard accelerations.

Avoid steep uphill grades.

If towing a trailer, reduce the
amount of cargo being hauled as
soon as it is possible.

If the light continues to flash, find a
safe place to stop and park the
vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at
least 10 seconds, and restart the
engine. If the light is still flashing,
follow the previous steps and see
your dealer for service as soon as
possible.

Light On Steady: An emission
control system malfunction has
been detected on the vehicle.
Diagnosis and service might be
required.
The following may correct an
emission control system
malfunction:
.

Check that the fuel cap is fully
installed. See Filling the Tank on
page 9‑62. The diagnostic
system can determine if the
fuel cap has been left off or
improperly installed. A loose or
missing fuel cap allows fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
A few driving trips with the cap
properly installed should turn the
light off.

Check that good quality fuel is
used. Poor fuel quality causes
the engine not to run as
efficiently as designed and may
cause stalling after start-up,
stalling when the vehicle is
changed into gear, misfiring,
hesitation on acceleration,

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (19,1)

Instruments and Controls
.

or stumbling on acceleration.
These conditions might go away
once the engine is warmed up.
If one or more of these conditions
occurs, change the fuel brand used.
It may require at least one full tank
of the proper fuel to turn the light off.
See Recommended Fuel on
page 9‑59.
If none of the above have made
the light turn off, your dealer can
check the vehicle. The dealer has
the proper test equipment and
diagnostic tools to fix any
mechanical or electrical problems
that might have developed.

Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs
Depending on where you live,
your vehicle may be required to
participate in an emission control
system inspection and maintenance
program. For the inspection, the
emission system test equipment will
likely connect to the vehicle's Data
Link Connector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. See your dealer if assistance
is needed.
The vehicle may not pass
inspection if:
.

The malfunction indicator lamp is
on with the engine running, or if
the vehicle is placed in Service
Only Mode and the malfunction
indicator lamp does not come
on. See your dealer for
assistance in verifying proper
operation of the malfunction
indicator lamp.

5-19

The OBD II (On-Board
Diagnostics) system determines
that critical emission control
systems have not been
completely diagnosed. The
vehicle would be considered not
ready for inspection. This can
happen if the 12-volt battery has
recently been replaced or run
down. The diagnostic system is
designed to evaluate critical
emission control systems during
normal driving. This can take
several days of routine driving.
If this has been done and the
vehicle still does not pass the
inspection for lack of OBD II
system readiness, your dealer
can prepare the vehicle for
inspection.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-20

Black plate (20,1)

Instruments and Controls

Brake System Warning
Light
The vehicle brake system consists
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
circuit is not working, the remaining
circuit can still work to stop the
vehicle. For normal braking
performance, both circuits need to
be working.
If the warning light comes on, there
is a brake problem. Have the brake
system inspected right away.

{ WARNING
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake
system warning light is on.
Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a
crash. If the light is still on after
the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.

brake is released, or while driving,
there is a problem with the Electric
Parking Brake system or another
system. A message may also
display in the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Brake System
Messages on page 5‑30.
If the light does not come on,
or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric Parking
Brake Light

Electric Parking Brake
Light
Metric

English

This light comes on briefly when the
vehicle is turned on. If it does not
come on then, have it fixed so it
will be ready to warn if there is a
problem.
If the light comes on and stays on,
there is a base brake problem.

Metric

English

This light comes on when the
parking brake is applied. If the light
continues flashing after the parking

This light should come on briefly
when the vehicle is in ON/RUN. If it
does not come on, have it fixed so it
will be ready to warn if there is a
problem.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (21,1)

Instruments and Controls
If this light stays on, there is a
problem with the Electric Parking
Brake system or another system on
the vehicle that is causing the
parking brake system to work at a
reduced level. The vehicle can still
be driven, but should be taken to a
dealer as soon as possible. See the
information for the Electric Parking
Brake under Parking Brake on
page 9‑28. If a message displays in
the Driver Information Center (DIC),
see Brake System Messages on
page 5‑30.

If the light does not come on, have it
fixed so it will be ready to warn if
there is a problem.

Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light

If the ABS light is the only light on,
the vehicle has regular brakes,
but the antilock brakes are not
functioning.

This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.

If the ABS light stays on, turn the
ignition off.
If the light comes on while driving,
stop as soon as it is safely possible
and turn off the vehicle. Then start
the engine again to reset the
system. If the ABS light stays on,
or comes on again while driving, the
vehicle needs service. A chime may
also sound when the light comes on
steady.

If both the ABS and the brake
system warning light are on, the
vehicle's antilock brakes are not
functioning and there is a problem
with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service.

5-21

See Brake System Warning Light on
page 5‑20 and Brake System
Messages on page 5‑30.

Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light

If available, this light briefly comes
on amber while starting the vehicle.
If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light then turns off.
This light comes on green when the
system is on and ready to operate.
When the system determines that
the vehicle is leaving its lane
without using the turn signal, this
light will change to amber and flash.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-22

Black plate (22,1)

Instruments and Controls

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
on page 9‑57.

Traction Off Light

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If available, this light in the Driver
Information Center (DIC) displays
green when a vehicle is detected
ahead.
This light will display amber when
you are following a vehicle ahead
much too closely.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System on page 9‑50.

See Traction Control System (TCS)
on page 9‑31 and StabiliTrak®
System on page 9‑33.

StabiliTrak® OFF Light

This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then
turns off.
The traction off light comes on when
the Traction Control System (TCS)
has been turned off by pressing and
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
button.
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
light come on when StabiliTrak is
turned off.
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
limited. Adjust driving accordingly.

This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer.
This light comes on when the
StabiliTrak system is turned off.
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction
Control System (TCS) is also off.
If the TCS is off, the system does
not assist in controlling the vehicle.
Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTrak
systems and the warning light
turns off.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (23,1)

Instruments and Controls
See Traction Control System (TCS)
on page 9‑31 and StabiliTrak®
System on page 9‑33.

feature(s) is no longer functioning
and whether the vehicle requires
service.

Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light

If the indicator/warning light is on
and flashing, the TCS and/or the
StabiliTrak system is actively
working.
See StabiliTrak® System on
page 9‑33 and Traction Control
System (TCS) on page 9‑31.

The StabiliTrak or Traction Control
System (TCS) indicator/warning
light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.

Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning
Light

If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by the dealer. If the system
is working normally the indicator
light goes off.
Notice: The engine coolant
temperature warning light
indicates that the vehicle has
overheated. Driving with this light
on can damage the engine and it
may not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. See Engine
Overheating on page 10‑18.
The engine coolant temperature
warning light comes on when the
engine has overheated.
If this happens, pull over and turn
off the engine as soon as possible.
See Engine Overheating on
page 10‑18.

If the light does not come on, have
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light turns off.
If the light is on and not flashing, the
TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak
system have been disabled. A DIC
message may display. Check the
DIC messages to determine which

5-23

This light comes on briefly while
starting the vehicle.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-24

Black plate (24,1)

Instruments and Controls

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is
started. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS.
When the Light Is On Steady
This indicates that one or more of
the tires are significantly
underinflated.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
tire pressure message may also
display. See Tire Messages on
page 5‑38. Stop as soon as
possible, and inflate the tires to the
pressure value shown on the Tire
and Loading Information label. See
Tire Pressure on page 10‑51.

When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation on page 10‑54.

Engine Oil Pressure Light
Notice: Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine
oil low can also damage the
engine. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Check the oil level as soon as
possible. Add oil if required, but
if the oil level is within the
operating range and the oil
pressure is still low, have the
vehicle serviced. Always follow
the maintenance schedule for
changing engine oil.

The oil pressure light should come
on briefly as the engine is started.
If it does not come on, have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the light comes on and stays on, it
means that oil is not flowing through
the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
some other system problem. See
your dealer.

Fuel Economy Light

This light is in the Driver Information
Center (DIC) display.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (25,1)

Instruments and Controls
For vehicles with the fuel economy
mode light, it comes on when the
eco (economy) button, located next
to the shift lever, is pressed. Press
the button again to turn off the light
and exit the fuel economy mode.
See Driving for Better Fuel
Economy on page 1‑23 and Fuel
Economy Mode on page 9‑26 for
more information.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is near the fuel gauge and
comes on briefly when the ignition is
turned on as a check to show it is
working.
It also comes on when the fuel tank
is low on fuel. The light turns off
when fuel is added. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced.

5-25

Security Light

High-Beam On Light

The security light should come on
briefly as the engine is started. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.

This light comes on when the
high-beam headlamps are in use.

If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Immobilizer Operation
on page 2‑18.

See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer on page 6‑2.

Adaptive Forward
Lighting (AFL) Light

This light should come on briefly as
the vehicle is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-26

Black plate (26,1)

Instruments and Controls

This light comes on solid when
there is a problem with the AFL
system. It flashes when the system
is switching between lighting
modes. See Adaptive Forward
Lighting (AFL) on page 6‑3.

Lamps On Reminder

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light comes on when the
exterior lamps are in use. See
Exterior Lamp Controls on page 6‑1.

This light in the Driver Information
Center (DIC) comes on when
the Adaptive Cruise Control
(if equipped) is active. See Adaptive
Cruise Control on page 9‑37.

Front Fog Lamp Light

Cruise Control Light
The fog lamp light comes on when
the fog lamps are in use.
The light goes out when the fog
lamps are turned off. See Front Fog
Lamps on page 6‑6 for more
information.

The cruise control light is white
when the cruise control is on and
ready, and turns green when the
cruise control is set and active.
See Cruise Control on page 9‑35.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (27,1)

Instruments and Controls

Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
The DIC displays are shown in the
left and right interactive display
zones on the instrument cluster. The
displays show the status of many
vehicle systems. The controls for
the DIC are on the right steering
wheel control.

S or T :

Press the five-way control
to move between the interactive
display zones in the cluster.
Press S to go back to the
previous menu.

4. Press SEL while an item is
highlighted to select or deselect
that item. When an item is
selected, a checkmark will
appear next to it.

SEL (Select): Press the center to
open a menu or select a menu item.
Press and hold to reset values on
certain screens.

DIC Information Displays

DIC Information Display
Options
The information displays on the DIC
can be turned on or off through the
Settings menu.
1. Press SEL while viewing the
Settings page in the center
display zone on the cluster.
2. Scroll to Info Pages and
press SEL.
3. Press y or z to move through
the list of possible information
displays.

y or z : Press the five-way
control to move up or down in a list.

5-27

The following is the list of all
possible DIC information displays.
Some of the information displays
may not be available for your
particular vehicle.
Speed: The digital speedometer
shows the vehicle speed in either
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
per hour (mph).
Trip 1 and Trip 2: The Trip display
shows the current distance traveled,
in either kilometers (km) or
miles (mi), since the trip odometer
was last reset. The trip odometer
can be reset by pressing and
holding SEL while this display is
active.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-28

Black plate (28,1)

Instruments and Controls

Fuel Range: The Fuel Range
display shows the approximate
distance the vehicle can be driven
without refueling. LOW will be
displayed when the vehicle is low
on fuel. The fuel range estimate is
based on an average of the
vehicle's fuel economy over recent
driving history and the amount of
fuel remaining in the fuel tank.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy:
The Instantaneous Fuel Economy
display shows the current fuel
economy in either liters per
100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles
per gallon (mpg). This number
reflects only the fuel economy that
the vehicle has right now and
changes frequently as driving
conditions change.

Timer: This display can be used as
a timer. To start the timer, press SEL
while this display is active. The
display will show the amount of time
that has passed since the timer was
last reset. To stop the timer, press
SEL briefly while this display is
active and the timer is running. To
reset the timer to zero, press and
hold SEL while this display is active.

Average Fuel Economy: The
Average Fuel Economy display
shows the approximate average
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)
or miles per gallon (mpg). This
number is calculated based on the
number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded
since the last time this menu item
was reset. The Average Fuel
Economy can be reset by pressing
and holding SEL while this display
is active.

Average Speed: The Average
Speed display shows the average
speed of the vehicle in kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph). This average is
calculated based on the various
vehicle speeds recorded since the
last reset of this value. The average
speed can be reset by pressing and
holding SEL while this display is
active.

Compass: The Compass display
shows the direction the vehicle is
driving.
Turn Arrow: The Turn Arrow
display shows the next maneuver
when using route guidance.
Travel Time: The Travel Time
display shows the estimated time
duration remaining for the current
route.
Distance to Destination: The
Distance to Destination display
shows the distance to the
destination when using route
guidance.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (29,1)

Instruments and Controls
Speed Limit: The Speed Limit
display shows the current speed
limit. The information for this page
comes from a roadway database.
Speed Warning: The Speed
Warning display allows the driver to
set a speed that they do not want to
exceed. To set the Speed Warning,
press SEL when Speed Warning is
displayed. Press y or z to adjust
the value. This feature can be
turned off by pressing and holding
SEL while viewing this page. If the
selected speed limit is exceeded, a
pop-up warning is displayed with a
chime.
Cruise Set Speed: The Cruise Set
Speed display shows the speed the
cruise control or Adaptive Cruise
Control is set to.
Follow Distance: The Follow
Distance display shows the current
following distance to the vehicle
ahead.
Battery Voltage: The Battery
Voltage display shows the current
battery voltage.

5-29

Oil Life: The Oil Life display shows
an estimate of the oil's remaining
useful life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE
99% is displayed, that means 99%
of the current oil life remains.

To reset the engine oil life system,
press and hold SEL for several
seconds while the Oil Life display is
active. See Engine Oil Life System
on page 10‑10.

When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display.
See Engine Oil Messages on
page 5‑33. The oil should be
changed as soon as possible.
See Engine Oil on page 10‑8. In
addition to the engine oil life system
monitoring the oil life, additional
maintenance is recommended in
the Maintenance Schedule. See
Maintenance Schedule on
page 11‑4.

Tire Pressure: The Tire Pressure
display shows the approximate
pressures of all four tires. Tire
pressure is displayed in either
kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per
square inch (psi). If the pressure is
low, the value for that tire is shown
in amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor
System on page 10‑53 and Tire
Pressure Monitor Operation on
page 10‑54.

Remember, the Oil Life display
must be reset after each oil change.
It will not reset itself. Also, be
careful not to reset the Oil Life
display accidentally at any time
other than when the oil has just
been changed. It cannot be reset
accurately until the next oil change.

Maintenance Required: This
display shows how many kilometers
(miles) until the next maintenance is
needed.
Blank Page: The Blank Page
display allows for no information to
be displayed in the DIC display
zone(s).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-30

Black plate (30,1)

Instruments and Controls

Vehicle Messages
Messages displayed on the DIC
indicate the status of the vehicle or
some action that may be needed
to correct a condition. Multiple
messages may display one after the
other.
The messages that do not
require immediate action can be
acknowledged and cleared by
pressing SET/CLR. The messages
that require immediate action cannot
be cleared until that action is
performed. All messages should be
taken seriously and clearing the
messages does not correct the
problem.
The following are some of the
vehicle messages that may be
displayed depending on your
vehicle content.

Battery Voltage and
Charging Messages
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE
This message displays when the
vehicle has detected that the battery
voltage is dropping beyond a
reasonable point. The battery saver
system starts reducing features of
the vehicle that may be noticed. At
the point that features are disabled,
this message displays. Turn off
unnecessary accessories to allow
the battery to recharge.

TRANSPORT MODE ON
This message is displayed when the
vehicle is in transport mode. Some
features can be disabled while in
this mode, including Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE), remote start,
and the vehicle alarm system. Take
the vehicle to your dealer for service
to turn transport mode off.

Brake System Messages
BRAKE FLUID LOW

LOW BATTERY

This message is displayed when the
brake fluid level is low. See Brake
Fluid on page 10‑21.

This message is displayed when the
battery voltage is low. See Battery
on page 10‑23.

STEP ON BRAKE TO
RELEASE PARK BRAKE

SERVICE BATTERY
CHARGING SYSTEM
This message is displayed when
there is a fault in the battery
charging system. Take the vehicle to
your dealer for service.

This message is displayed if you
attempt to release the Electric
Parking Brake without the brake
pedal applied. See Parking Brake
on page 9‑28.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (31,1)

Instruments and Controls
RELEASE PARKING BRAKE

Compass Messages

This message is displayed if the
Electric Parking Brake is on while
the vehicle is in motion. See Parking
Brake on page 9‑28.

CAL

SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST
This message may be displayed
when there is a problem with the
brake boost assist system. When
this message is displayed, the brake
boost assist motor might be heard
operating and you might notice
pulsation in the brake pedal. This
is normal under these conditions.
Take the vehicle to your dealer for
service.

SERVICE PARKING BRAKE
This message is displayed when
there is a problem with the parking
brake. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service.

This message is displayed when the
compass needs to be calibrated.
See Compass on page 5‑7.

––
Dashes will be displayed if the
compass needs service. See your
dealer for service.

ADAPTIVE CRUISE
TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
This message displays when
attempting to activate Adaptive
Cruise Control (ACC) when it is
temporarily unavailable. The ACC
system does not need service.
This can occur under the following
conditions:
.

The radar is not clean. Keep
the radar sensors free of mud,
dirt, snow, ice, and slush.
Clean the entire front and/or rear
of the vehicle. For cleaning
instructions, see Exterior Care
on page 10‑89.

Heavy rain or snow is interfering
with the radar object detection or
camera performance.

Cruise Control Messages
ADAPTIVE CRUISE SET
TO XXX
This message displays when the
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
speed is set. See Adaptive Cruise
Control on page 9‑37.

5-31

CRUISE SET TO XXX
This message displays when the
cruise control speed is set. See
Cruise Control on page 9‑35.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-32

Black plate (32,1)

Instruments and Controls

NO CRUISE BRAKING GAS
PEDAL APPLIED
This message displays when
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is
active and the driver is pressing the
gas pedal. When this occurs, ACC
will not brake. See Adaptive Cruise
Control on page 9‑37.

Door Ajar Messages
DOOR OPEN
A door open symbol will be
displayed on the DIC showing which
door is open. If the vehicle has been
shifted out of P (Park), a DOOR
OPEN message will also be
displayed. Close the door
completely.

HOOD OPEN
This message will display along with
a hood open symbol when the hood
is open. Close the hood completely.

REAR ACCESS OPEN
This message will display along with
a symbol when the liftgate is open.
Close the liftgate completely.

Engine Cooling System
Messages
A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH
ENGINE TEMP
This message displays when the
engine coolant becomes hotter than
the normal operating temperature.
To avoid added strain on a hot
engine, the air conditioning
compressor automatically turns off.
When the coolant temperature
returns to normal, the air
conditioning compressor turns back
on. The vehicle can continue to be
driven.
If this message continues to appear,
have the system repaired by your
dealer as soon as possible to avoid
damage to the engine.

COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADD
COOLANT
This message will display if the
coolant is low. See Engine Coolant
on page 10‑14.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —
IDLE ENGINE
This message displays when the
engine coolant temperature is too
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to
idle until it cools down.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —
STOP ENGINE
This message displays and a
continuous chime sounds if the
engine cooling system reaches
unsafe temperatures for operation.
Stop and turn off the vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so to avoid
severe damage. This message
clears when the engine has cooled
to a safe operating temperature.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (33,1)

Instruments and Controls
HIGH COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
This message displays if the coolant
temperature is hot. See Engine
Overheating on page 10‑18.

Engine Oil Messages
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
This message displays when the
engine oil needs to be changed.
When you change the engine oil, be
sure to reset the Oil Life System.
See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10‑10, Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5‑27, Engine
Oil on page 10‑8, and Maintenance
Schedule on page 11‑4.

ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE
ENGINE
This message displays when the
engine oil temperature is too hot.
Stop and allow the vehicle to idle
until it cools down.

ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL
On some vehicles, this message
displays when the engine oil level
may be too low. Check the oil level
before filling to the recommended
level. If the oil is not low and this
message remains on, take the
vehicle to your dealer for service.
See Engine Oil on page 10‑8.

OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOP
ENGINE

5-33

If this message is on, but there
is no reduction in performance,
proceed to your destination. The
performance may be reduced the
next time the vehicle is driven. The
vehicle may be driven at a reduced
speed while this message is on, but
maximum acceleration and speed
may be reduced. Anytime this
message stays on, the vehicle
should be taken to your dealer for
service as soon as possible.

This message displays if low oil
pressure levels occur. Stop the
vehicle as soon as safely possible
and do not operate it until the cause
of the low oil pressure has been
corrected. Check the oil as soon as
possible and have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer.

Fuel System Messages

Engine Power Messages

This message displays when the
fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the
fuel cap.

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
This message displays when the
vehicle's engine power is reduced.
Reduced engine power can affect
the vehicle's ability to accelerate.

FUEL LEVEL LOW
This message displays when the
vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as
soon as possible

TIGHTEN GAS CAP

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-34

Black plate (34,1)

Instruments and Controls

Key and Lock Messages

REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE

NO REMOTE DETECTED

This message displays when
leaving the vehicle with the RKE
transmitter still inside.

This message displays when trying
to start the vehicle if an RKE
transmitter is not detected. The
transmitter battery may be weak.
See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery” under Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2‑3.

NO REMOTE PRESS BRAKE
TO RESTART
This message is displayed if the
remote is no longer detected in the
vehicle. Press the brake pedal to
restart the vehicle.

NUMBER OF KEYS
PROGRAMMED
This message displays when
programming new keys to the
vehicle.

REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY
This message displays when the
battery in the RKE transmitter needs
to be replaced.

Lamp Messages
AFL (ADAPTIVE FORWARD
LIGHTING) LAMPS NEED
SERVICE
This message displays when the
AFL system is disabled and needs
service. See your dealer. See
Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) on
page 6‑3.

AUTOMATIC LIGHT
CONTROL ON
This message is displayed when the
exterior lamp control is in AUTO and
the lights have turned on. See
Twilight Sentinel on page 6‑4.

AUTOMATIC LIGHT
CONTROL OFF
This message is displayed when the
exterior lamp control is in AUTO and
the lights have turned off. See
Twilight Sentinel on page 6‑4.

XXX TURN INDICATOR
FAILURE
When one of the turn signals is out,
this message displays to show
which bulb needs to be replaced.
See Bulb Replacement on
page 10‑27 and Replacement Bulbs
on page 10‑33.

TURN SIGNAL ON
This message is displayed if the
turn signal has been left on. Turn off
the turn signal.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (35,1)

Instruments and Controls

Object Detection System
Messages
24 GHz RADARS OFF
This message displays when driving
in certain areas where there may be
radar interference. Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC), Forward Collision
Alert (FCA), and the Active
Emergency Braking System may not
work or may not work as well. The
vehicle does not need service.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION
PREP OFF
This message displays when the
Active Emergency Braking System
has been turned off. See Active
Emergency Braking System on
page 9‑53.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP
REDUCED
This message displays when the
Active Emergency Braking System
has been set to the "Alert" setting.
This setting disables most automatic

braking functions of the Auto
Collision Preparation feature. Some
last-second automatic braking
capability is still provided with the
"Alert" setting, but braking is less
likely to occur. See Active
Emergency Braking System on
page 9‑53.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP
UNAVAILABLE
This message displays when the
Active Emergency Braking System
has been unavailable for some time.
The Active Emergency Braking
System does not need service.
This can occur under the following
conditions:
.

The radar is not clean. Keep the
radar sensors free of mud, dirt,
snow, ice, and slush. Clean the
entire front and/or rear of the
vehicle. For cleaning
instructions, see Exterior Care
on page 10‑89.

5-35

Heavy rain or snow is interfering
with the radar object detection or
camera performance.

This message may also be
displayed if there is a problem with
the StabiliTrak system.

FORWARD COLLISION
ALERT OFF
This message displays when the
Forward Collision Alert has been
turned off.

FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED
CLEAN WINDSHIELD
This message displays when the
camera is blocked. Cleaning the
outside of the windshield behind the
rearview mirror may correct the
issue. The Lane Departure Warning
system will not operate. Adaptive
Cruise Control (ACC), Forward
Collision Alert (FCA), and the Active
Emergency Braking System may not
work or may not work as well.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-36

Black plate (36,1)

Instruments and Controls

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING
UNAVAILABLE
This message displays when
attempting to activate the Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) system
when it is temporarily unavailable.
The LDW system does not need
service.
This message could be due to the
camera being blocked. Cleaning the
outside of the windshield behind the
rearview mirror may correct the
issue.

PARK ASSIST OFF
This message displays when the
Parking Assist system has been
turned off or when there is a
temporary condition causing the
system to be disabled.

REAR AUTO BRAKE AND
PARK ASSIST UNAVAILABLE
This message displays when
attempting to activate the parking
and backing features of the Driver

Assistance System when they are
temporarily unavailable. The system
does not need service.
This can occur under the following
conditions:
.

The radar is not clean. Keep the
radar sensors free of mud, dirt,
snow, ice, and slush. Clean
the entire front and/or rear
of the vehicle. For cleaning
instructions, see Exterior Care
on page 10‑89.

Heavy rain or snow is interfering
with the radar object detection or
camera performance.

See Driver Assistance Systems on
page 9‑46.

SERVICE AUTOMATIC
COLLISION PREP
If this message displays, take the
vehicle to your dealer to repair the
system.

SERVICE DRIVER ASSIST
SYSTEM
If this message displays, take the
vehicle to your dealer to repair the
system.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),
Forward Collision Alert (FCA),
Active Emergency Braking System,
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing, and/or Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) system may not
work. Do not use these systems
until the vehicle has been repaired.

SERVICE FRONT CAMERA
If this message remains on after
continued driving, the vehicle needs
service. Do not use the Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) and
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
features. Take the vehicle to your
dealer.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (37,1)

Instruments and Controls
SERVICE PARK ASSIST
This message displays if there is a
problem with the Parking Assist
system. Do not use this system to
help you park. See your dealer for
service.

SERVICE REAR AUTO BRAKE
AND PARK ASSIST
This message displays if there is a
problem with the parking and
backing features of the Driver
Assistance System. Do not use this
system to help park or back the
vehicle. See your dealer for service.

SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT OFF
This message indicates that the
driver has turned the Side Blind
Zone Alert (SBZA) system off.

SERVICE SIDE DETECTION
SYSTEM
If this message remains on after
continued driving, the vehicle needs
service. Side Blind Zone Alert
(SBZA) and Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA) features will not work. Take
the vehicle to your dealer.

SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM
UNAVAILABLE
This message indicates that Side
Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) and Rear
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) are
disabled either because the sensor
is blocked and cannot detect
vehicles in the blind zone, or the
vehicle is passing through an open
area, such as the desert, where
there is insufficient data for
operation. This message may also
activate during heavy rain or due to
road spray. The vehicle does not
need service. For cleaning, see
"Washing the Vehicle" under
Exterior Care on page 10‑89.

5-37

Ride Control System
Messages
SERVICE REAR AXLE
This message displays when there
is a problem with the All-Wheel
Drive (AWD) System. See your
dealer for service.

SERVICE STABILITRAK
This message displays if there is a
problem with the StabiliTrak system.
See StabiliTrak® System on
page 9‑33.

SERVICE SUSPENSION
SYSTEM
This message displays if there is a
problem with the selective ride
control. See Selective Ride Control
on page 9‑34.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-38

Black plate (38,1)

Instruments and Controls

SERVICE TRACTION
CONTROL
This message displays when there
is a problem with the Traction
Control System (TCS). See Traction
Control System (TCS) on
page 9‑31.

SPORT MODE ON
This message displays when Sport
Mode has been activated. See
Selective Ride Control on page 9‑34
and Manual Mode on page 9‑24.

TRACTION CONTROL OFF
This message displays when the
Traction Control System (TCS) has
been turned off. See Traction
Control System (TCS) on
page 9‑31.

TRACTION CONTROL ON
This message displays when the
Traction Control System (TCS) has
been turned on. See Traction
Control System (TCS) on
page 9‑31.

Airbag System Messages
SERVICE AIRBAG
This message displays if there is a
problem with the airbag system.
Take the vehicle to your dealer for
service.

Security Messages
THEFT ATTEMPTED
This message displays if the vehicle
detects a tamper condition.

Service Vehicle Messages
SERVICE POWER STEERING
This message is displayed if there is
a problem with the power steering
system and a chime may sound.
Take the vehicle to your dealer for
service.

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON
This message is displayed if there is
a problem with the vehicle. Take the
vehicle to your dealer for service.

Starting the Vehicle
Messages
PRESS BRAKE TO START
VEHICLE
This message is displayed when
attempting to start the vehicle
without first pressing the brake
pedal.

SERVICE KEYLESS START
SYSTEM
This message is displayed if there is
a problem with the pushbutton start
system. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service.

Tire Messages
SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
SYSTEM
This message displays if there is a
problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire
Pressure Monitor Operation on
page 10‑54.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (39,1)

Instruments and Controls
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
This message displays when the
system is learning new tires. See
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on
page 10‑54.

You can receive more than one tire
pressure message at a time. The
DIC also shows the tire pressure
values. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5‑27.

TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE

Transmission Messages

This message displays when the
pressure in one or more of the tires
is low.

SERVICE TRANSMISSION

This message also displays LEFT
FRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFT
REAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicate
the location of the low tire.
The low tire pressure warning light
will also come on. See Tire
Pressure Light on page 5‑24.
If a tire pressure message appears
on the DIC, stop as soon as you
can. Inflate the tires by adding air
until the tire pressure is equal to the
values shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See Tires
on page 10‑42, Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9‑10, and Tire Pressure on
page 10‑51.

This message displays if there is a
problem with the transmission. See
your dealer.

SHIFT DENIED
This message displays when using
the Driver Shift Control (DSC) and
attempting to shift to a gear not
appropriate for the vehicle speed
and engine revolutions per
minute (rpm). See Manual Mode on
page 9‑24.

5-39

SHIFT TO PARK
This message displays when the
transmission needs to be shifted to
P (Park). This may appear when
attempting to remove the key from
the vehicle if the vehicle is not in
P (Park).

TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE
ENGINE
This message displays and a chime
sounds if the transmission fluid in
the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the
transmission fluid temperature high
can cause damage to the vehicle.
Stop the vehicle and let it idle to
allow the transmission to cool. This
message clears when the fluid
temperature reaches a safe level.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-40

Black plate (40,1)

Instruments and Controls

Vehicle Reminder
Messages
ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE
WITH CARE
This message is displayed when ice
conditions are possible.

TURN WIPER CONTROL TO
INTERMITTENT FIRST
This message is displayed when
attempting to adjust the intermittent
wiper speed without intermittent
selected on the wiper control. See
Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5‑3.

Vehicle Speed Messages
SELECTED SPEED LIMIT
EXCEEDED
This message is displayed when the
vehicle speed is greater than the set
speed. See "Speed Warning" under
Driver Information Center (DIC) on
page 5‑27.

Washer Fluid Messages
WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
FLUID
This message may display when
the washer fluid level is low. See
Washer Fluid on page 10‑20.

Vehicle
Personalization
The audio system controls are used
to access the personalization
menus for customizing vehicle
features.
Personalization Menus
1. Press SETTINGS on the
Home page.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
The following list of menu items may
be available:
.

Climate and Air Quality

Collision/Detection Systems

Comfort and Convenience

Lighting

Power Door Locks

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (41,1)

Instruments and Controls
Climate and Air Quality
Select the Climate and Air Quality
menu and the following may be
displayed:

Press Air Quality Sensor. Press to
select Off, Low Sensitivity, or High
Sensitivity. Press S Back to go
back to the last menu.

Collision/Detection Systems
Select the Collision/Detection
Systems menu and the following will
be displayed:

Auto Fan Max Speed

Auto Defog

Alert Type

Air Quality Sensor

When set to ON, the front defog will
automatically come on when the
vehicle is started. Only vehicles with
the dual automatic climate control
will have this option.

Auto Collision Preparation

Go Notifier

Side Blind Zone Alert

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

Auto Defog

Auto Rear Defog

Auto Fan Max Speed
This feature will set the maximum
auto fan speed.
Press Auto Fan Max Speed. Press
to select Low, Medium, or High.
Press S Back to go back to the
last menu.
Air Quality Sensor
This allows for selection of air
quality sensor operation at high or
low sensitivity. Only vehicles with
the dual automatic climate control
will have this option.

5-41

Press Auto Defog. Press to select
Off or On. Press S Back to go back
to the last menu.
Auto Rear Defog
If equipped, this will allow you to
turn the Auto Rear Defog on or off.
This feature will automatically turn
on the rear window defogger when it
is cold outside.
Press Auto Rear Defog. Press to
select Off or On. Press S Back to
go back to the last menu.

Alert Type
This feature will set crash alerts to
beeps or seat vibrations. This
setting affects all crash alerts
including Forward Collision, Lane
Departure Warning, Adaptive Cruise
Control, Parking Assist, and
Backing Warning alerts.
Press Alert Type. Press to select
Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.
Press S Back to go back to the
last menu.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-42

Black plate (42,1)

Instruments and Controls

Auto Collision Preparation
This feature will turn on or off the
Forward Collision Alert feature as
well as the Automatic Braking
capability of the Auto Collision
Preparation feature. With the "Alert
and Brake" setting, both Forward
Collision Alert as well as the
Automatic Braking capability of the
Auto Collision Preparation feature
are available. The "Alert" setting
disables most automatic braking
functions of the Auto Collision
Preparation feature. Some
last-second automatic braking
capability is still provided with the
"Alert" setting, but it is much less
likely to be triggered by most driving
conditions. Off disables all Forward
Collision Alert and Automatic
Braking capabilities of the Auto
Collision Preparation feature. See
Active Emergency Braking System
on page 9‑53.

Press Auto Collision Preparation.
Press to select Off, Alert & Brake,
or Alert. Press S Back to go back to
the last menu.
Go Notifier
This feature will give a reminder that
Adaptive Cruise Control provides
when it has brought the vehicle to a
complete stop behind another
stopping vehicle, and then that
vehicle drives on.
Press Go Notifier. Press to select
Off or On. Press or press S Back to
go back to the last menu.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert
This allows the Rear Cross Traffic
Alert feature to be turned on or off.
Press Rear Cross Traffic Alert.
Press to select Off or On.
Press S Back to go back to the
last menu.

Comfort and Convenience
Select the Comfort and
Convenience menu and the
following will be displayed:
.

Auto Memory Recall

Easy Exit Options

Side Blind Zone Alert

Chime Volume

This allows the Side Blind Zone
Alert feature to be turned on or off.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

Press Side Blind Zone Alert. Press
to select Off or On. Press S Back to
go back to the last menu.

Auto Memory Recall
This allows the Auto Memory Recall
feature to be turned on or off.
Press Auto Memory Recall. Press to
select Off or On, On - Driver Door
Open, or On - At Ignition On.
Press S Back to go back to the
last menu.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (43,1)

Instruments and Controls
Easy Exit Options
This allows the Easy Exit Options
feature to be turned on or off.
Press Easy Exit Options. Press to
select Off or On. Press S Back to
go back to the last menu.
Chime Volume
This allows the selection of the
chime volume level.
Press Chime Volume. Press + or −
to adjust the volume between 0 and
63. Press S Back to go back to the
last menu.
Reverse Tilt Mirror
When on, both the driver and
passenger mirrors will tilt downward
when the vehicle is shifted to
R (Reverse) to improve visibility of
the ground near the rear wheels.
They will return to their previous
driving position when the vehicle is
shifted out of R (Reverse) or the
ignition is turned to OFF.

5-43

Press Reverse Tilt Mirror. Press
to select Off or On, On - Driver
and Passenger, On - Driver or
On - Passenger. Press S Back to
go back to the last menu.

Vehicle Locator Lights

Language

Press Vehicle Locator Lights. Press
to select Off or On. Press S Back to
go back to the last menu.

Select the Language menu and the
following will be displayed:

This feature will flash the exterior
lights when K on the RKE
transmitter is pressed to locate the
vehicle.

English

Exit Lighting

French

Spanish

This allows the selection of how
long the exterior lamps stay on
when leaving the vehicle when it is
dark outside.

Press to select the language.
Press S Back to go back to the
last menu.

Lighting
Select the Lighting menu and the
following will be displayed:
.

Vehicle Locator Lights

Exit Lighting

Press Exit Lighting. Press to select
Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,
or 120 Seconds. Press S Back to
go back to the last menu.

Power Door Locks
Select Power Door Locks and the
following will be displayed:
.

Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out

Auto Door Unlock

Delayed Door Lock

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-44

Black plate (44,1)

Instruments and Controls

Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
When on, this feature will keep the
driver door from locking when the
door is open. If Off is selected, the
Delayed Door Lock menu will be
available.
Press Unlocked Door Anti Lock
Out. Press to select Off or On.
Press S Back to go back to the
last menu.
Auto Door Unlock
This allows selection of which of the
doors will automatically unlock when
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
Press Auto Door Unlock. Press to
select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.
Press S Back to go back to the
last menu.
Delayed Door Lock
When on, this feature will delay the
locking of the doors. To override the
delay, press the power door lock
switch on the door.

Press Delayed Door Lock. Press to
select Off or On. Press S Back to
go back to the last menu.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Remote Lock Feedback
This allows selection of what type of
feedback is given when locking the
vehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

Remote Lock Feedback

Press Remote Lock Feedback.
Press to select Off, Lights and
Horn, Lights Only, or Horn Only.
Press S Back to go back to the
last menu.

Remote Door Unlock

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

Passive Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doors
will unlock when pressing K on the
RKE transmitter.

Passive Door Lock

Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder

Select Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
and the following may be displayed:

Remote Unlock Light Feedback
When on, the exterior lamps will
flash when unlocking the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter.
Press Remote Unlock Light
Feedback. Press to select Off or
Flash Lights. Press S Back to go
back to the last menu.

Press Remote Door Unlock. Press
to select All Doors or Driver Door
Only. Press S Back to go back to
the last menu.
Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
If equipped and turned on, this
feature will turn the cooled seats on
when using remote start on
warm days.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (45,1)

Instruments and Controls
Press Remote Start Auto Cool
Seats. Press to select Off or On.
On some vehicles select Off,
On - Driver and Passenger, or
On - Driver. Press S Back to go
back to the last menu.
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
If equipped and turned on, this
feature will turn the heated seats on
when using remote start on
cold days.
Press Remote Start Auto Heat
Seats. Press to select Off or On.
On some vehicles select Off,
On - Driver and Passenger, or
On - Driver. Press S Back to go
back to the last menu.
Passive Door Unlock
This allows the selection of what
doors will unlock when using the
button on the driver door to unlock
the vehicle.

Press Passive Door Unlock. Press
to select All Doors or Driver Door
Only. Press S Back to go back to
the last menu.
Passive Door Lock
This feature can be turned on or off
or to select feedback when using
the button on the driver door to lock
the vehicle. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation on
page 2‑3.
Press Passive Door Lock. Press to
select On, On with Horn Chirp,
or Off. Press S Back to go back to
the last menu.

5-45

Universal Remote
System
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13‑21 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and Industry Canada
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

Universal Remote System
Programming

Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder
This feature will alert the driver if the
remote is left in the vehicle.
Press Remote Left in Vehicle
Reminder. Press to select Off or On.
Press S Back to go back to the
last menu.

If the vehicle has this feature, you
will see these buttons with one
indicator light next to them in the
overhead console.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-46

Black plate (46,1)

Instruments and Controls

This system provides a way to
replace up to three remote control
transmitters used to activate
devices such as garage door
openers, security systems, and
home automation devices.
Do not use the Universal Remote
system with any garage door opener
that does not have the stop and
reverse feature. This includes any
garage door opener model
manufactured before April 1,1982.
Read the instructions completely
before attempting to program the
Universal Remote system. Because
of the steps involved, it may be
helpful to have another person
available to assist with programming
the Universal Remote system.
Keep the original hand-held
transmitter for use in other vehicles
as well as for future Universal
Remote system programming.

It is also recommended that upon
the sale of the vehicle, the
programmed Universal Remote
system buttons be erased for
security purposes. See “Erasing
Universal Remote System Buttons”
later in this section.

Programming the Universal
Remote System

When programming a garage door,
park outside of the garage. Park
directly in line with and facing the
garage door opener motor-head or
gate motor-head. Be sure that
people and objects are clear of
the garage door or gate being
programmed.

Programming a garage door opener
involves time-sensitive actions, so
read the entire procedure before
starting. Otherwise, the device will
time out and the procedure will have
to be repeated.

It is recommended that a new
battery be installed in the hand-held
transmitter for quicker and more
accurate transmission of the
radio-frequency signal.

For questions or help programming
the Universal Remote system,
call 1-800-355-3515 or go to
www.homelink.com.

To program up to three devices:
1. Hold the end of the hand-held
transmitter about 3 to 8 cm
(1 to 3 in) away from the
Universal Remote system
buttons while keeping the
indicator light in view. The
hand-held transmitter was
supplied by the manufacturer of
the garage door opener receiver
(motor-head unit).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (47,1)

Instruments and Controls
2. At the same time, press and
hold both the hand-held
transmitter button and one of the
three Universal Remote system
buttons to be used to operate
the garage door. Do not release
the Universal Remote system
button or the hand-held
transmitter button until the
indicator light changes from a
slowly to a rapidly flashing light.
You now may release both
buttons.
Some entry gates and garage
door openers may require
substitution of Step 2 with the
procedure noted in “Gate
Operator and Canadian
Programming” later in this
section.

3. Press and hold for five seconds
the newly trained Universal
Remote system button (the
button selected in Step 2) while
observing the indicator light and
garage door activation.
.

If the indicator light stays on
continuously or the garage
door starts to move when
the Universal Remote
system button is pressed
and released, then the
programming is complete.
There is no need to
continue programming
Steps 4–6.
If the Universal Remote
system indicator light blinks
rapidly for two seconds,
then turns to a constant
light and the garage door
does not move, continue
with programming
Steps 4–6.

5-47

It may be helpful to have
another person assist with
the remaining Steps 4–6.

“Learn” or “Smart” Button
4. After Steps 1–3 have been
completed, locate the “Learn” or
“Smart” button inside the garage
on the garage door opener
receiver (motor-head unit). The
name and color of the button
may vary by manufacturer.
5. Firmly press and release the
“Learn” or “Smart” button. After
pressing this button, you will
have 30 seconds to complete
Step 6.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-48

Black plate (48,1)

Instruments and Controls

6. Immediately return to the
vehicle. Firmly press and hold
for two seconds the Universal
Remote system button, selected
in Step 2 to control the garage
door, and then release it. If the
garage door does not move or
the lamp on the garage door
opener receiver (motor-head
unit) does not flash, press and
hold the same button a second
time for two seconds, then
release it. Again, if the door
does not move or the garage
door lamp does not flash, press
and hold the same button a third
time for two seconds, then
release.
The Universal Remote system
should now activate the
garage door.
To program the remaining two
Universal Remote system buttons,
begin with Step 1 of “Programming
the Universal Remote System.”

Gate Operator and Canadian
Programming
If you have questions or need help
programming the Universal Remote
system, call 1-800-355-3515 or go
to www.homelink.com.
Canadian radio-frequency laws
require transmitter signals to time
out or quit after several seconds of
transmission. This may not be long
enough for the Universal Remote
system to pick up the signal during
programming. Similarly, some U.S.
gate operators are manufactured to
time out in the same manner.
If you live in Canada, or you are
having difficulty programming a gate
operator or garage door opener by
using the “Programming the
Universal Remote System”
procedures, regardless of where
you live, replace Step 2 under
“Programming the Universal Remote
System” with the following:
Continue to press and hold the
Universal Remote system button
while you press and release every

two seconds (cycle) the hand-held
transmitter button until the
frequency signal has been
successfully accepted by the
Universal Remote system. The
Universal Remote system indicator
light will flash slowly at first and then
rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
“Programming the Universal Remote
System” to complete.

Universal Remote System
Operation
Using the Universal Remote
System
Press and hold the appropriate
Universal Remote system button for
at least half of a second. The
indicator light will come on while the
signal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons
All programmed buttons should be
erased when the vehicle is sold or
the lease ends.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (49,1)

Instruments and Controls
To erase all programmed buttons on
the Universal Remote system
device:
1. Press and hold down the two
outside buttons until the
indicator light begins to flash.
This should take about
10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a Single
Universal Remote System
Button
To reprogram any of the three
Universal Remote system buttons:
1. Press and hold the desired
Universal Remote system
button. Do not release the
button.

2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
releasing the button, proceed
with Step 1 under “Programming
the Universal Remote System.”
If you have questions or need help
programming the Universal Remote
system, call 1-800-355-3515 or go
to www.homelink.com. You may
also call the customer assistance
phone number under Customer
Assistance Offices (U.S. and
Canada) on page 13‑5 or Customer
Assistance Offices (Mexico) on
page 13‑5.

5-49

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

5-50

Black plate (50,1)

Instruments and Controls

2 NOTES

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (1,1)

Lighting

Interior Lighting

Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . .
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adaptive Forward
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Twilight Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . .
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6-1
6-2
6-2
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-5
6-6

Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6-1

Exterior Lighting
6-6
6-7
6-7
6-7
6-7

Exterior Lamp Controls

Lighting Features
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Battery Load Management . . . . 6-8

This control is on the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
column.
There are four positions:

O (Off): Briefly turn to this position
to turn the automatic light control off
or on again.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

6-2

Black plate (2,1)

Lighting

AUTO (Automatic): Turns the
headlamps on automatically at
normal brightness, together with the
following:

License Plate Lamps

Instrument Panel Lights

# (Front Fog Lamps):

The flash-to-pass feature works with
the low beams or Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) on or off.
To flash the high beams, pull the
turn signal lever all the way toward
you, then release it.

Parking Lamps

For
vehicles with fog lamps, press to
turn the lamps on or off.

Taillamps

See Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑6.

License Plate Lamps

Instrument Panel Lights

; (Parking Lamps):

Turns the
parking lamps on together with the
following:

Taillamps

License Plate Lamps

Instrument Panel Lights

3 (Headlamps): Turns the
headlamps on together with the
lamps listed below. A warning chime
sounds if the driver door is opened
when the ignition switch is off and
the headlamps are on.
.

Parking Lamps

Taillamps

Flash-to-Pass

Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer
Push the turn signal lever away
from you and release to turn the
high beams on. To return to low
beams, push the lever again or pull
it toward you and release.

Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL)
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can
make it easier for others to see the
front of your vehicle during the day.
Fully functional daytime running
lamps are required on all vehicles
first sold in Canada.
A light sensor on top of the
instrument panel makes the DRL
work, so be sure it is not covered.

This indicator light turns on in the
instrument cluster when the
high-beam headlamps are on.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (3,1)

Lighting
The DRL system makes the
low-beam headlamps come on at a
reduced brightness or for vehicles
with High Intensity Discharge (HID)
headlamps, the DRL lights will come
on when the following conditions
are met:
.

The ignition is in the ON/
RUN mode.

The exterior lamp control is
in AUTO.

The engine is running.

When the DRL are on, only the
low-beam headlamps, at a reduced
level of brightness, will be on. The
high-beam headlamps, taillamps,
sidemarker, instrument panel lamps,
and other lamps will not be on.
The headlamps automatically
change from DRL to the regular
headlamps depending on the
darkness of the surroundings. The
other lamps that come on with the
headlamps will also come on.

When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps go off and the DRL
come on.
To turn the DRL lamps off or on
again, turn the exterior lamp control
to the off position and then release.
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
the DRL cannot be turned off.
This vehicle may have a DRL
disabling function. When the DRL
are on and a turn signal is activated,
the DRL on that side will be off until
the turn signal goes off.

Adaptive Forward
Lighting (AFL)
For vehicles with uplevel
headlamps, the AFL system adjusts
the headlamps to provide greater
road illumination in various driving
conditions.

6-3

To enable AFL, set the exterior
lamp control to the AUTO position.
Moving the control out of the AUTO
position will deactivate the system.
AFL will operate when the vehicle
speed is greater than 3 km/h
(2 mph). AFL will not operate when
the transmission is in R (Reverse).
AFL is not immediately operable
after starting the vehicle; driving
a short distance is required to
calibrate the AFL. See Exterior
Lamp Controls on page 6‑1.
Curve Lighting
The light beam pivots based on the
steering wheel position and vehicle
speed of at least 10 km/h (6 mph).
The headlamps shine at an angle of
up to 15 degrees to the right or left
of the direction of travel.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

6-4

Lighting

Twilight Sentinel

This feature automatically turns the
lamps on and off. A light sensor on
top of the instrument panel makes
the Twilight Sentinel® work, so be
sure it is not covered.
With Twilight Sentinel the following
will happen:
.

Black plate (4,1)

When it is dark enough outside,
and the exterior lamp control is
in the AUTO position, the
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
go off, and the headlamps and
parking lamps come on. The
other lamps that come on with
the headlamps also come on.

When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps go off, and the
DRL come on, as long as the
exterior lamp control is in the
AUTO position. See Exterior
Lamp Controls on page 6‑1.

If the vehicle is started in a dark
garage, the automatic headlamp
system comes on immediately.
If it is light outside when the vehicle
leaves the garage, there is a
slight delay before the automatic
headlamp system changes to
the DRL. During that delay, the
instrument cluster may not be as
bright as usual. Make sure the
instrument panel brightness control
is in full bright position. See
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control on page 6‑6.
The vehicle can be idled with the
lamps off, even when it is dark
outside. After starting the vehicle,
turn the exterior lamps control
to P, then release it. The lamps will
remain off until the control is turned
to P again.

Twilight Sentinel also provides
exterior illumination as you leave
the vehicle. If Twilight Sentinel has
turned on the lamps when the
ignition is turned off, the lamps
remain on until one of the following
occurs:
.

The exterior lamp control is
moved to P from the AUTO
position or to;.

The delay time selected has
elapsed.

See Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑40 to select the delay time.
You can also select no delay time.
If the ignition is turned off with the
exterior lamp control in the parking
lamp or headlamp position, the
Twilight Sentinel delay will not
occur. The lamps will turn off as
soon as the control is turned off.
The regular headlamp system
should be turned on when needed.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (5,1)

Lighting
Lights On with Wipers

Hazard Warning Flashers

If the windshield wipers are
activated in daylight with the
engine on, and the exterior lamp
control is in AUTO, the headlamps,
parking lamps, and other exterior
lamps come on. The transition time
for the lamps coming on varies
based on wiper speed. When the
wipers are not operating, these
lamps turn off. Move the exterior
lamp control to P or ; to disable
this feature.

6-5

Turn and Lane-Change
Signals

Move the lever all the way up or
down to signal a turn.

| (Hazard Warning Flashers):
Press this button on the instrument
panel, to make the front and rear
turn signal lamps flash on and off.
This warns others that you are
having trouble. Press again to turn
the flashers off.

An arrow on the instrument cluster
will flash in the direction of the turn
or lane change.
Raise or lower the lever until the
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
change. The turn signal flashes
three times.
The lever returns to its starting
position when it is released.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

6-6

Black plate (6,1)

Lighting

If after signaling a turn or lane
change the arrow flashes rapidly or
does not come on, a signal bulb
may be burned out.
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
bulb is not burned out, check the
fuse. See Fuses and Circuit
Breakers on page 10‑34.

Front Fog Lamps

The ignition must be on to turn on
the fog lamps.

Interior Lighting

# (Front Fog Lamps): Press to
turn the fog lamps on or off. An
indicator light on the instrument
cluster comes on when the fog
lamps are on.

Instrument Panel
Illumination Control

The fog lamps come on together
with the parking lamps.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on
along with the fog lamps.
The brightness of the instrument
panel lights and steering wheel
controls can be adjusted.

The front fog lamp button is on
the exterior lamp control on the
outboard side of the steering wheel.

D (Instrument Panel
Brightness): Move and hold the
thumbwheel up or down to brighten
or dim the lights.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (7,1)

Lighting

6-7

Cargo Lamp

Reading Lamps

The cargo lamp is located in the
rear compartment and is controlled
by the dome lamp. See Dome
Lamps on page 6‑7.

There are reading lamps in the
overhead console and over the rear
passenger doors. These lamps
come on automatically when any
door is opened.

Courtesy Lamps

To manually turn the reading lamps
on or off:

The courtesy lamps come on
automatically when any door is
opened and the dome lamp is in the
door position.

Dome Lamps

To change the dome lamp settings,
press the following:

The dome lamp is in the overhead
console.

* (Dome Lamp Override): Turns
the lamp off, even when a door
is open.
1 (Door): The lamp comes on
when a door is opened.
+ (On):

Turns the dome lamp on.

Press # or $ next to each
overhead console reading lamp.

Press the lamp lens on the rear
passenger reading lamps.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

6-8

Black plate (8,1)

Lighting

Lighting Features
Entry Lighting
The headlamps, taillamps, license
plate lamps, back-up lamps, dome
lamps, and most of the interior lights
turn on briefly, when K is pressed
on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter. After about 30 seconds
the exterior lamps turn off, and then
the dome and remaining interior
lights dim to off. The entry lighting
can be manually turned off by
changing the ignition out of the off
position, or by pressing Q on the
RKE transmitter.
This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑40.

Exit Lighting
The headlamps, taillamps, parking
lamps, back-up lamps, and license
plate lamps come on at night, or in
areas with limited lighting, when a
door is opened after the ignition is
turned off. The dome lamps also
come on when the driver door is
opened after the ignition is changed
to the off position.
The exterior lights and dome lamp
remain on after the door is closed
for a set amount of time, then
automatically turn off.
The exterior lights turn off
immediately by turning the exterior
lamps control to off.
This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑40.

Battery Load
Management
The vehicle has Electric Power
Management (EPM) that estimates
the battery's temperature and state
of charge. It then adjusts the voltage
for best performance and extended
life of the battery.
When the battery's state of charge
is low, the voltage is raised slightly
to quickly bring the charge back up.
When the state of charge is high,
the voltage is lowered slightly to
prevent overcharging. If the vehicle
has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage
display on the Driver Information
Center (DIC), you may see the
voltage move up or down. This is
normal. If there is a problem, an
alert will be displayed.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (9,1)

Lighting
The battery can be discharged at
idle if the electrical loads are very
high. This is true for all vehicles.
This is because the generator
(alternator) may not be spinning fast
enough at idle to produce all of the
power needed for very high
electrical loads.
A high electrical load occurs when
several of the following are on, such
as: headlamps, high beams, fog
lamps, rear window defogger,
climate control fan at high speed,
heated seats, engine cooling fans,
trailer loads, and loads plugged into
accessory power outlets.
EPM works to prevent excessive
discharge of the battery. It does this
by balancing the generator's output
and the vehicle's electrical needs.
It can increase engine idle speed to
generate more power whenever
needed. It can temporarily reduce
the power demands of some
accessories.

Normally, these actions occur in
steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the
highest levels of corrective action,
this action may be noticeable to the
driver. If so, a DIC message might
be displayed and it is recommended
that the driver reduce the electrical
loads as much as possible. See
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages on page 5‑30.

6-9

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

6-10

Black plate (10,1)

Lighting

2 NOTES

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (1,1)

Infotainment System

Infotainment
System
Introduction
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Introduction
Infotainment
See the infotainment manual for
information on the radio, audio
players, phone, navigation system,
and voice or speech recognition.
It also includes information on
settings and downloadable
applications (if equipped).

7-1

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

7-2

Black plate (2,1)

Infotainment System

2 NOTES

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (1,1)

Climate Controls

Climate Control Systems
Dual Automatic Climate Control System

Climate Control Systems
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Rear Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

The climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust the
heating, cooling, and ventilation.

Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Climate Control Buttons
1. Driver and Passenger
Temperature Controls

5. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

2. Fan Control

7. Rear Window Defogger

3. OFF (Fan)

8. Recirculation

4. Driver and Passenger Heated
and Ventilated Seats
(If Equipped)

6. Defrost

8-1

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

8-2

Black plate (2,1)

Climate Controls
5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)

Climate Control Status Screen

6. Climate Control Selection
(Application Tray Button)
7. Rear (Rear Climate Control
Touch Screen)
8. Air Delivery Mode Control
Climate Control Touch Screen

Climate Touch Screen Controls
1. Outside Temperature Display
2. Driver and Passenger
Temperature Displays
3. Fan Control
4. SYNC TEMP (Synchronized
Temperature)

The fan, air delivery mode, air
conditioning, and SYNC settings
can be controlled by pressing
CLIMATE on the infotainment home
screen or the climate button in the
touch screen application tray.
A selection can then be made on
the front climate control page
displayed. See the infotainment
manual.

The climate control status screen
appears briefly when the climate
control buttons on the faceplate are
adjusted. The air delivery mode can
be adjusted on the climate control
status screen.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (3,1)

Climate Controls
Automatic Operation
The system automatically controls
the fan speed, air delivery, air
conditioning, and recirculation in
order to heat or cool the vehicle to
the desired temperature.
When the indicator light is on or
AUTO is displayed on the touch
screen, the system is in full
automatic operation. If the air
delivery mode or fan setting is
manually adjusted, the auto
indicator turns off and the display
will show the selected settings.
Auto operation can be turned off
individually for climate settings.
For automatic operation:
1. Press AUTO.
2. Set the temperature. Allow the
system time to stabilize. Then
adjust the temperature as
needed for best comfort.

To improve fuel efficiency and to
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
may be automatically selected in
warm weather. The recirculation
light will not come on. Press ^
to select recirculation; press it again
to select outside air.
OFF (Fan): Press to turn the fan on
or off. The temperature control and
air delivery mode can still be
adjusted.

w / x (Driver and Passenger
Temperature Controls): The
temperature can be adjusted
separately for the driver and the
passenger. Press to increase or
decrease the temperature. Press
and hold to rapidly increase or
decrease the temperature.

8-3

SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature): Press SYNC on the
touch screen to link all climate zone
settings to the driver settings. Adjust
the driver side temperature control
to change the linked temperature.
When the passenger settings are
adjusted, the SYNC button is
displayed when the temperatures
are unlinked.
Manual Operation

z 9 or 9 y (Fan Control):
Press the fan control buttons or the
touch screen fan control, to increase
or decrease the fan speed. Press
and hold the buttons or the touch
screen control to adjust speed more
quickly. The fan speed setting
displays. Pressing either button
cancels automatic fan control and
the fan can be controlled manually.
Press AUTO to return to automatic
operation. To turn off the fan and
climate control system, press and
hold the fan down button or touch
screen fan control until it is off.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

8-4

Black plate (4,1)

Climate Controls

Air Delivery Mode Control: When
the climate information is displayed,
press the desired air delivery mode
on the touch screen to change the
direction of the airflow. The selected
air delivery mode button is lit.
Pressing any of the air delivery
buttons cancels automatic air
delivery control and the direction
of the airflow can be controlled
manually. Press AUTO to return to
automatic operation.
To change the current mode, select
one of the following:

Y (Vent): Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets.
\ (Bi-Level):

Air is divided
between the instrument panel
outlets and the floor outlets.

[ (Floor):

Air is directed to the

floor outlets.

- (Defog): Clears the windows of
fog or moisture. Air is directed to the
windshield and floor outlets.

0 (Defrost): Clears the
windshield of fog or frost more
quickly. Air is directed to the
windshield. Press the 0 button to
turn on or off. Changing the air
delivery mode also turns the
defrost off.
AC Mode (Air Conditioning):
Press the AC Mode touch screen
control to turn the automatic air
conditioning on or off. If the fan
is turned off or the outside
temperature falls below freezing,
the air conditioner will not run.
Press AUTO to return to automatic
operation and the air conditioner
runs as needed.
Automatic Air Recirculation:
When the AUTO indicator light is
on, the air inside the vehicle may
automatically recirculate as needed
to help quickly cool the inside of the
vehicle.

If equipped, an air quality sensor
may also activate recirculation when
it detects increasing levels of poor
quality air outside the vehicle. The
air quality sensor will not maintain
recirculation for an extended period
and may not activate during cold
weather. To adjust the sensitivity of
the air quality sensor, see “Climate
and Air Quality” under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑40.
The air quality sensor system does
not protect against carbon monoxide
(CO), which cannot be seen or
smelled. See Engine Exhaust on
page 9‑22.

^ (Recirculation): Press to
alternate between recirculating air
inside the vehicle or pulling in
outside air. The indicator light on the
button is lit when recirculation mode
is active. This helps to quickly cool
the air inside the vehicle or prevent
outside air and odors from entering.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (5,1)

Climate Controls
Pressing this button cancels
automatic recirculation. Press AUTO
to return to automatic operation;
recirculation runs automatically as
needed.
Manual recirculation mode is not
available when in Defrost or Defog
modes.
Auto Defog: The climate control
system may have a sensor to
automatically detect high humidity
inside the vehicle. When high
humidity is detected, the climate
control system may adjust to
outside air supply and turn on the
air conditioner. If the climate control
system does not detect possible
window fogging, it returns to normal
operation. To turn Auto Defog off or
on, see “Climate and Air Quality”
under Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑40.

Rear Window Defogger

= (Rear Window Defogger):
Press to turn the rear window
defogger on or off.
The rear window defogger turns
off automatically after about
10 minutes. If turned on again, it
runs for about five minutes before
turning off. At higher vehicle
speeds, the rear window defogger
may stay on continuously.
The rear window defogger can
be set to automatic operation.
See “Climate and Air Quality”
under Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑40. When Auto Rear Defog
is selected, the rear window
defogger turns on automatically
when the interior temperature is cold
and the outside temperature is
about 4°C (40°F) and below. The
auto rear defogger turns off
automatically after about
10 minutes. At higher vehicle
speeds, the rear window defogger
may stay on continuously.

8-5

The heated outside mirrors turn on
when the rear window defogger
button is on and help to clear fog or
frost from the surface of the mirrors.
Notice: Do not try to clear frost
or other material from the inside
of the front windshield and rear
window with a razor blade or
anything else that is sharp. This
may damage the rear window
defogger grid and affect the
radio's ability to pick up stations
clearly. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Driver and Passenger Heated and
Ventilated Seats (If Equipped):
Press J or z to heat the driver or
passenger seat cushion and
seatback.
Press C or { to ventilate the driver
or passenger seat. See Heated and
Ventilated Seats on page 1‑9.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

8-6

Black plate (6,1)

Climate Controls

Remote Start Climate Control
Operation: For vehicles with the
remote vehicle start feature, the
climate control system may run
when the vehicle is started remotely.
The system uses the driver’s
previous settings to heat or cool the
inside of the vehicle. The rear defog
may come on during remote start
based on cold ambient conditions.
The rear defog indicator light does
not come on during a remote
start. If the vehicle has heated or
ventilated seats, they may come on
during a remote start. See Remote
Vehicle Start on page 2‑9 and
Heated and Ventilated Seats on
page 1‑9.
The rear window defogger turns on
if it is cold outside.

Sensor
The solar sensor, located on top
of the instrument panel near the
windshield, monitors the solar heat.
The climate control system uses
the sensor information to adjust
the temperature, fan speed,
recirculation, and air delivery mode
for best comfort.
If the sensor is covered, the
automatic climate control system
may not work properly.

Rear Climate Control
System
For vehicles with a rear climate
control system, the settings can be
adjusted with the rear climate
control buttons and the touch
screen.

Rear Climate Control Buttons
1. Heated Rear Seats (If Equipped)
2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
3. Air Delivery Mode Control
4. Fan Control
5.

O (On/Off)

6. TEMP (Temperature Control)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (7,1)

Climate Controls
8. Rear Control Lockout
9. Air Delivery Mode Control
Rear: Press this button on the front
climate control touch screen to open
the rear climate control screen. The
rear climate control settings can
now be adjusted from the front
passenger area.

O (On/Off):
Rear Climate Touch Screen
Controls
1. Outside Temperature Display
2. Rear Climate Temperature
Control
3. Fan Control
4. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperatures)
5. REAR

O (On/Off)

6. Rear AUTO (Automatic
Operation)
7. Front (Front Climate Control
Touch Screen)

Press O or REAR O to
turn the rear climate control on or
off. The rear climate control system
can also be turned off by pressing
the fan down button until the system
turns off. If the rear climate control
is turned off using REAR O on the
touch screen, the O button on the
rear climate control faceplate must
be pressed twice to turn the system
back on.
SYNC: Press the SYNC button
on the touch screen to match the
rear climate control temperature
to the front climate control driver
temperature. The SYNC button will
be lit. Press the TEMP, MODE or

8-7

AUTO button twice to unlink the set
driver and rear temperatures. The
SYNC button turns off.
Rear Control Lockout: Press to
lock or unlock control of the rear
climate control system from the rear
seat passengers. When locked the
rear climate control can only be
adjusted from the front seat.
Automatic Operation
Rear AUTO: Press to turn on or off.
The air delivery and fan speed are
controlled automatically. The AUTO
indicator appears on the display.
If any of the climate control settings
are manually adjusted, this cancels
full automatic operation.
Manual Operation

S A T (Fan Control):

Press or
press and hold the rear climate
control buttons or touch screen to
increase or decrease the airflow.
Pressing T A when the system is
off will turn the system on. The air
delivery mode remains in its
previous setting.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

8-8

Black plate (8,1)

Climate Controls

+/− (Temperature Control): Press
or press and hold the rear
temperature control buttons or touch
screen to adjust the rear passenger
temperature. Press + for warmer air
and press − for cooler air.

Y / \ /Y (Air Delivery Mode
Control): Press the desired mode
button on the touch screen or the
mode button on the rear faceplate to
change the direction of the airflow in
the rear seating area.

M or L (Heated Rear Seats, If
Equipped): Press M or L to heat
the left or right outboard seat
cushion and seatback. See Heated
Rear Seats on page 3‑12.

Air Vents
Move the sliding knob on the air
outlets up and down or left and
right to direct the airflow. Use the
thumbwheels near the air outlets to
open or close off the airflow.
Operation Tips
.

Clear away any ice, snow,
or leaves from air inlets at the
base of the windshield that could
block the flow of air into the
vehicle.

Keep the path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside the
vehicle more effectively.

Use of non‐GM approved hood
deflectors can adversely affect
the performance of the system.
Check with your dealer before
adding equipment to the outside
of the vehicle.
Do not insert any objects in
the outlets, as failure of the
mechanism may occur.

Maintenance
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
The filter removes dust, pollen, and
other airborne irritants from outside
air that is pulled into the vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance,
see Maintenance Schedule on
page 11‑4. To find out what type of
filter to use, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts on page 11‑15.
1. Open the glove box completely
and remove the four screws
along the upper portion of the
glove box.
2. When released, lower the upper
portion of the glove box.
3. Locate the service door for the
passenger compartment air filter.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (9,1)

Climate Controls

4. Release the two latches holding
the service door. Lower the
service door.

5. Remove the old air filter.
6. Install the new air filter.
7. Close the service door and
latches.
8. Reinstall the upper portion of the
glove box.
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.

8-9

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

8-10

Black plate (10,1)

Climate Controls

2 NOTES

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (1,1)

Driving and Operating

Driving and
Operating
Driving Information
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-7
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-14
Adjustable Throttle and Brake
Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

Starting the Gasoline
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . .
Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9-17
9-19
9-19
9-20
9-21
9-21

Engine Exhaust
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22

Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-23
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Fuel Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . 9-26

Drive Systems
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27

Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . .

9-27
9-28
9-30
9-31

9-1

Ride Control Systems
Traction Control
System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . .
Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . .
Selective Ride Control . . . . . . .

9-31
9-33
9-34
9-34

Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . 9-37

Driver Assistance Systems
Driver Assistance
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . .
Assistance Systems for
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Active Emergency Braking
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9-46
9-46
9-50
9-50
9-53
9-55
9-57

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-2

Black plate (2,1)

Driving and Operating

Fuel
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-59
Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . 9-59
Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . 9-60
California Fuel
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-60
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60
Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-61
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-62
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-64

Towing
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer Sway
Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9-65
9-65
9-68
9-70

Driving Information
Distracted Driving
Distraction comes in many forms
and can take your focus from the
task of driving. Exercise good
judgment and do not let other
activities divert your attention
away from the road. Many local
governments have enacted laws
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in
your area.
To avoid distracted driving, always
keep your eyes on the road, hands
on the wheel, and mind on the drive.
.

9-71

Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-72

Do not use a phone in
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to
place or receive necessary
phone calls.
Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.

Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.

Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
programming favorite radio
stations and adjusting climate
control and seat settings.
Program all trip information into
any navigation device prior to
driving.

Wait until the vehicle is parked
to retrieve items that have fallen
to the floor.

Stop or park the vehicle to tend
to children.

Keep pets in an appropriate
carrier or restraint.

Avoid stressful conversations
while driving, whether with a
passenger or on a cell phone.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (3,1)

Driving and Operating

{ WARNING
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
Refer to the Infotainment manual for
more information on using that
system, including pairing and using
a cell phone

Defensive Driving
Defensive driving means “always
expect the unexpected.” The first
step in driving defensively is to wear
the safety belt. See Safety Belts on
page 3‑13.
.

Assume that other road users
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
other drivers) are going to be
careless and make mistakes.
Anticipate what they might do
and be ready.

Allow enough following distance
between you and the driver in
front of you.

Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk Driving
Death and injury associated with
drinking and driving is a global
tragedy.

{ WARNING

9-3

Control of a Vehicle
Braking, steering, and accelerating
are important factors in helping to
control a vehicle while driving.

Braking
Braking action involves perception
time and reaction time. Deciding
to push the brake pedal is
perception time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.

Drinking and then driving is
very dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and
judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You
can have a serious — or even
fatal — collision if you drive after
drinking.

Average driver reaction time is
about three-quarters of a second.
In that time, a vehicle moving at
100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
(66 ft), which could be a lot of
distance in an emergency.

Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink.

Keep enough distance between
you and the vehicle in front
of you.

Avoid needless heavy braking.

Keep pace with traffic.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
include:

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-4

Black plate (4,1)

Driving and Operating

If the engine ever stops while the
vehicle is being driven, brake
normally but do not pump the
brakes. Doing so could make the
pedal harder to push down. If the
engine stops, there will be some
power brake assist but it will be
used when the brake is applied.
Once the power assist is used up, it
can take longer to stop and the
brake pedal will be harder to push.

Curve Tips
.

Take curves at a reasonable
speed.

Reduce speed before entering a
curve.

Maintain a reasonable steady
speed through the curve.

Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating
gently into the straightaway.

Steering

Steering in Emergencies

Hydraulic Power Steering

Your vehicle has hydraulic power
steering. It may require
maintenance. See Power Steering
Fluid on page 10‑19.
If power steering assist is lost
because the engine stops or
because of a system malfunction,
the vehicle can be steered but may
require increased effort. See your
dealer if there is a problem.

There are some situations when
steering around a problem may
be more effective than braking.
Holding both sides of the
steering wheel allows you to turn
180 degrees without removing
a hand.
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
allows steering while braking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can drop
off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow
these tips:
1. Ease off the accelerator and
then, if there is nothing in the
way, steer the vehicle so that it
straddles the edge of the
pavement.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (5,1)

Driving and Operating
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the
right front tire contacts the
pavement edge.
3. Turn the steering wheel to go
straight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
these suggestions:
Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
The vehicle may straighten out.
Be ready for a second skid if it
occurs.

Slow down and adjust your
driving according to weather
conditions. Stopping distance
can be longer and vehicle
control can be affected when
traction is reduced by water,

Skidding
There are three types of skids that
correspond to the vehicle's three
control systems:
.

Braking Skid — wheels are not
rolling.

Steering or Cornering
Skid — too much speed or
steering in a curve causes tires
to slip and lose cornering force.

Acceleration Skid — too much
throttle causes the driving
wheels to spin.

snow, ice, gravel, or other
material on the road. Learn to
recognize warning clues — such
as enough water, ice, or packed
snow on the road to make a
mirrored surface — and slow
down when you have any doubt.

Defensive drivers avoid most skids
by taking reasonable care suited to
existing conditions, and by not
overdriving those conditions. But
skids are always possible.

9-5

Try to avoid sudden steering,
acceleration, or braking,
including reducing vehicle speed
by shifting to a lower gear. Any
sudden changes could cause
the tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes help
avoid only the braking skid.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-6

Black plate (6,1)

Driving and Operating

Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.
Always drive slower in these types
of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and
deep‐standing or flowing water.

{ WARNING
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
They might not work as well in a
quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large
puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake
pedal until the brakes work
normally.
(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not
ignore police warnings and be
very cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water.

There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to
slow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips
Besides slowing down, other wet
weather driving tips include:
.

Allow extra following distance.

Pass with caution.

Keep windshield wiping
equipment in good shape.

Keep the windshield washer fluid
reservoir filled.

Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires on
page 10‑42.

Turn off cruise control.

Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is
wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no
contact with the road.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (7,1)

Driving and Operating

Highway Hypnosis

Hill and Mountain Roads

Always be alert and pay attention to
your surroundings while driving.
If you become tired or sleepy, find a
safe place to park the vehicle
and rest.

Driving on steep hills or through
mountains is different than driving
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for
driving in these conditions include:
.

Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape.

Check all fluid levels and brakes,
tires, cooling system, and
transmission.

Shift to a lower gear when going
down steep or long hills.

Other driving tips include:
.

Keep the vehicle well ventilated.

Keep the interior
temperature cool.

Keep your eyes moving — scan
the road ahead and to the sides.

Check the rearview mirror and
vehicle instruments often.

{ WARNING
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the ignition off is
dangerous. The brakes will have
to do all the work of slowing down
and they could get so hot that
they would not work well. You
would then have poor braking or
even none going down a hill.
Steering may also be affected
when ignition is off. You could
crash. Always have the engine
running and the vehicle in gear
when going downhill.

{ WARNING
If you do not shift down, the
brakes could get so hot that they
would not work well. You would
then have poor braking or even
none going down a hill. You could
crash. Shift down to let the engine
assist the brakes on a steep
downhill slope.

9-7

Stay in your own lane. Do not
swing wide or cut across the
center of the road. Drive at
speeds that let you stay in your
own lane.

Be alert on top of hills;
something could be in your lane
(stalled car, accident).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-8
.

Black plate (8,1)

Driving and Operating

Pay attention to special road
signs (falling rocks area, winding
roads, long grades, passing or
no-passing zones) and take
appropriate action.

Winter Driving
Driving on Snow or Ice
Drive carefully when there is snow
or ice between the tires and the
road, creating less traction or grip.
Wet ice can occur at about 0°C
(32°F) when freezing rain begins to
fall, resulting in even less traction.
Avoid driving on wet ice or in
freezing rain until roads can be
treated with salt or sand.
Drive with caution, whatever the
condition. Accelerate gently so
traction is not lost. Accelerating too
quickly causes the wheels to spin
and makes the surface under the
tires slick, so there is even less
traction.

Try not to break the fragile traction.
If you accelerate too fast, the drive
wheels will spin and polish the
surface under the tires even more.
The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
improves vehicle stability during
hard stops on slippery roads, but
apply the brakes sooner than when
on dry pavement.
Allow greater following distance on
any slippery road and watch for
slippery spots. Icy patches can
occur on otherwise clear roads in
shaded areas. The surface of a
curve or an overpass can remain icy
when the surrounding roads are
clear. Avoid sudden steering
maneuvers and braking while
on ice.
See Antilock Brake System (ABS)
on page 9‑27.
Turn off cruise control, on slippery
surfaces.

Blizzard Conditions
Being stuck in snow can be a
serious situation. Stay with the
vehicle unless there is help nearby.
If possible, use Roadside Service.
See Roadside Service (Mexico) on
page 13‑7 or Roadside Service
(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑11.
To get help and keep everyone in
the vehicle safe:
.

Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.

Tie a red cloth to an outside
mirror.

{ WARNING
Snow can trap engine exhaust
under the vehicle. This may
cause exhaust gases to get
inside. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO) which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (9,1)

Driving and Operating
WARNING (Continued)
If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:
.

Clear away snow from around
the base of your vehicle,
especially any that is blocking
the exhaust pipe.

Check again from time to
time to be sure snow does
not collect there.

Open a window about 5 cm
(2 in) on the side of the
vehicle that is away from the
wind to bring in fresh air.

Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.

Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
circulates the air inside the
vehicle and set the fan speed
to the highest setting. See
“Climate Control Systems” in
the Index.
(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)
For more information about
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9‑22.
To save fuel, run the engine for only
short periods as needed to warm
the vehicle and then shut the engine
off and close the window most of
the way to save heat. Repeat this
until help arrives but only when you
feel really uncomfortable from the
cold. Moving about to keep warm
also helps.
If it takes some time for help to
arrive, now and then when you run
the engine, push the accelerator
pedal slightly so the engine runs
faster than the idle speed. This
keeps the battery charged to restart
the vehicle and to signal for help
with the headlamps. Do this as little
as possible to save fuel.

9-9

If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the
wheels to free the vehicle when
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
If stuck too severely for the traction
system to free the vehicle, turn the
traction system off and use the
rocking method. See Traction
Control System (TCS) on
page 9‑31.

{ WARNING
If the vehicle's tires spin at high
speed, they can explode, and you
or others could be injured. The
vehicle can overheat, causing an
engine compartment fire or other
damage. Spin the wheels as little
as possible and avoid going
above 56 km/h (35 mph).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-10

Black plate (10,1)

Driving and Operating

Rocking the Vehicle to Get
it Out
Turn the steering wheel left and
right to clear the area around the
front wheels. Turn off any traction
system. Shift back and forth
between R (Reverse) and a low
forward gear, spinning the wheels
as little as possible. To prevent
transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator
pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear.
Slowly spinning the wheels in the
forward and reverse directions
causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
might need to be towed out. If the
vehicle does need to be towed out,
see Towing the Vehicle on
page 10‑85.

Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how
much weight the vehicle can
carry. This weight is called the
vehicle capacity weight and
includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo and all
nonfactory-installed options.
Two labels on the vehicle show
how much weight it may
properly carry, the Tire and
Loading Information label and
the Certification label.

WARNING (Continued)
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
shorten the life of the vehicle.
Tire and Loading Information
Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire and
Loading Information label is
attached to the vehicle's center

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (11,1)

Driving and Operating
pillar (B-pillar). With the driver
door open, the label is attached
near the door lock post. The Tire
and Loading Information label
shows the number of occupant
seating positions (1), and the
maximum vehicle capacity
weight (2) in kilograms and
pounds.
The Tire and Loading
Information label also shows
the tire size of the original
equipment tires (3) and the
recommended cold tire inflation
pressures (4). For more
information on tires and inflation
see Tires on page 10‑42 and
Tire Pressure on page 10‑51.
There is also important loading
information on the Certification
label. It tells you the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
and the Gross Axle Weight

Rating (GAWR) for the front and
rear axle. See “Certification
Label” later in this section.
Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit
1. Locate the statement

“The combined weight of
occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs” on your vehicle's
placard.
2. Determine the combined

weight of the driver and
passengers that will be riding
in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined

weight of the driver and
passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals

the available amount of cargo
and luggage load capacity.
For example, if the “XXX”
amount equals 1400 lbs and

9-11

there will be five 150 lb
passengers in your vehicle,
the amount of available cargo
and luggage load capacity is
650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150)
= 650 lbs).
5. Determine the combined

weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing

a trailer, the load from your
trailer will be transferred to
your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo
and luggage load capacity of
your vehicle.
See Trailer Towing on page 9‑68
for important information on
towing a trailer, towing safety
rules and trailering tips.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-12

Black plate (12,1)

Driving and Operating

Example 1
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for

Example 1 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @

68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg
(300 lbs).
3. Available Occupant and

Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lbs).

Example 2
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for

Example 2 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @

68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg
(750 lbs).
3. Available Cargo Weight =

113 kg (250 lbs).

Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for

Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @

91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
3. Available Cargo Weight =

0 kg (0 lbs).
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and
Loading Information label for
specific information about the
vehicle's capacity weight and

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (13,1)

Driving and Operating
seating positions. The combined
weight of the driver, passengers,
and cargo should never exceed
the vehicle's capacity weight.

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR). The GVWR includes
the weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, fuel, and cargo.

Certification Label

The Certification/Tire label also
tells you the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR). To find out the actual
loads on the front and rear
axles, you need to go to a weigh
station and weigh the vehicle.
Your dealer can help you with
this. Be sure to spread out the
load equally on both sides of the
center line.

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certification/
Tire label is attached to the
driver side center pillar (B-pillar).
The label shows the size of the
vehicle's original tires and the
inflation pressures needed to
obtain the gross weight capacity
of the vehicle. This is called

Never exceed the GVWR for the
vehicle, or the GAWR for either
the front or rear axle.
If the vehicle is carrying a heavy
load, it should be spread out.
See “Steps for Determining
Correct Load Limit” earlier in this
section.

9-13

{ WARNING
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
shorten the life of the vehicle.
Your warranty does not cover
parts or components that fail
because of overloading.
The label will help you decide
how much cargo and installed
equipment your vehicle can
carry.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-14

Driving and Operating

Using heavier suspension
components to get added
durability might not change your
weight ratings. Ask your dealer
to help you load your vehicle the
right way.
If you put things inside your
vehicle – like suitcases,
tools, packages, or anything
else – they will go as fast as the
vehicle goes. If you have to stop
or turn quickly, or if there is a
crash, they will keep going.

{ WARNING
Things inside the vehicle can
strike and injure people in a
sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash.
.

Black plate (14,1)

Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. In the
cargo area, put them as
(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)
far forward as possible.
Try to spread the weight
evenly.
.

Never stack heavier
things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above
the tops of the seats.

Do not leave an
unsecured child restraint
in the vehicle.

Secure loose items in the
vehicle.

Do not leave a seat folded
down unless needed.

Starting and
Operating
New Vehicle Break-In
Notice: The vehicle does not
need an elaborate break-in. But it
will perform better in the long run
if you follow these guidelines:
.

Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
for the first 805 km (500 mi).
Do not make full-throttle
starts. Avoid downshifting to
brake or slow the vehicle.

During the first 1 000 km
(600 mi), avoid using more
than moderate acceleration
in lower gears and avoid
vehicle speeds above
110 km/h (68 mph).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (15,1)

Driving and Operating
.

Between the first 1 000 km
(600 mi) and 5 000 km
(3,000 mi), heavy
acceleration in lower gears
can be used. Vehicle speeds
above 110 km/h (68 mph)
should be limited to
five minutes per use.

Avoid making hard stops for
the first 322 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new
brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
linings.

Do not tow a trailer during
break-in. See Driving
Characteristics and Towing
Tips on page 9‑65 for the
trailer towing capabilities of
your vehicle and more
information.

Following break‐in, engine speed
and load can be gradually
increased.

Adjustable Throttle and
Brake Pedal
If the vehicle has this feature, the
position of the throttle and brake
pedals can be adjusted.

The switch used to adjust the
pedals is located on the right side of
the steering column, below the

9-15

wiper stalk. Pull the switch toward
you to move the pedals further from
the floor, or push the switch away
from you to move the pedals closer
to the floor.
Adjust the throttle and brake pedals
while the vehicle is in P (Park)
without pressing on the pedals. The
pedals cannot be adjusted while the
vehicle is in R (Reverse) or when
cruise control is engaged. The
throttle and brake pedals can also
be adjusted while driving.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-16

Black plate (16,1)

Driving and Operating

Ignition Positions

To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle
must be in ON/RUN mode and the
brake pedal must be applied.
STOPPING THE ENGINE/OFF
(No Indicator Light): When the
vehicle is stopped, press the engine
START/STOP button once to turn
the engine off.
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the
ignition will turn off, and Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) on page 9‑19.

The vehicle has an electronic
keyless ignition with pushbutton
start.
Pressing the button cycles it through
three modes, ACC/ACCESSORY,
ON/RUN/START and STOPPING
THE ENGINE/OFF.
If the pushbutton start is not
working, the vehicle may be near a
strong radio antenna signal causing
interference to the keyless entry
system. See Key and Lock
Messages on page 5‑34.

If the vehicle is not in P (Park),
the ignition will return to ACC/
ACCESSORY and display the
message SHIFT TO PARK in the
Driver Information Center (DIC).
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
on page 5‑27. When the vehicle is
shifted into P (Park), the ignition
system will switch to OFF.
Do not turn the engine off when the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
and steering systems and disable
the airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in an
emergency:
1. Brake using a firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. After shifting
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
brakes and steer the vehicle to a
safe location.
3. Come to a complete stop, shift
to P (Park), and turn the ignition
to OFF. On vehicles with an
automatic transmission, the shift
lever must be in P (Park) to turn
the ignition switch to the OFF
position.
4. Set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake on page 9‑28.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (17,1)

Driving and Operating

{ WARNING
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the
vehicle off in an emergency.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
and must be shut off while driving,
press and hold the engine START/
STOP button for longer than
two seconds, or press twice in
five seconds.
ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber
Indicator Light): This mode
allows you to use some electrical
accessories when the engine is off.
With the ignition off, pressing the
button one time without the brake
pedal applied, will place the ignition
system in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/
ACCESSORY to OFF after
ten minutes to prevent battery
run down.
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator
Light): This mode is for driving and
starting. With the ignition off, and
the brake pedal applied, pressing
the button once will place the
ignition system in ON/RUN/START.
Once engine cranking begins,
release the button. Engine cranking
will continue until the engine starts.
See Starting the Gasoline Engine
on page 9‑17. The ignition will then
remain in ON/RUN.
Service Only Mode
This power mode is available for
service and diagnostics, and to
verify the proper operation of the
malfunction indicator lamp as may
be required for emission inspection
purposes. With the vehicle off,
and the brake pedal not applied,
pressing and holding the button for
more than five seconds will place
the vehicle in Service Only Mode.

9-17

The instruments and audio systems
will operate as they do in ON/RUN,
but the vehicle will not be able to be
driven. The engine will not start in
Service Only Mode. Push the button
again to turn the vehicle off.

Starting the Gasoline
Engine
Place the transmission in the proper
gear by moving the shift lever to
P (Park) or N (Neutral). To restart
the engine when the vehicle is
already moving, use N (Neutral).
Notice: Do not try to shift to
P (Park) if the vehicle is moving.
If you do, you could damage the
transmission. Shift to P (Park)
only when the vehicle is stopped.
The keyless access transmitter must
be inside the vehicle for the ignition
to work.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-18

Black plate (18,1)

Driving and Operating

Cell phone chargers can interfere
with the operation of the Keyless
Access System. Battery chargers
should not be plugged in when
starting or turning off the engine.
To start the vehicle:
Starting Procedure
1. With the brake pedal applied,
press the START button located
on the instrument panel. See
Ignition Positions on page 9‑16.
2. When the engine begins
cranking, let go of the button and
the engine cranks automatically
until it starts.
If the transmitter is not in the
vehicle or something is
interfering with the transmitter,
the Driver Information Center
(DIC) will display NO REMOTE
DETECTED. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5‑27.
If the battery in the keyless
access transmitter needs
replacing, the DIC displays

REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY. The vehicle can
still be driven. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2‑3.
3. Do not race the engine
immediately after starting it.
Operate the engine and
transmission gently until the oil
warms up and lubricates all
moving parts.
4. If the engine does not start and
no DIC message is displayed,
wait 15 seconds before trying
again to let the cranking motor
cool down.
If the engine does not start after
5-10 seconds, especially in very
cold weather (below −18°C or
0°F), it could be flooded with too
much gasoline. Try pushing the
accelerator pedal all the way to
the floor while cranking for up to
15 seconds.

Notice: Cranking the engine for
long periods of time, by pressing
the START button immediately
after cranking has ended, can
overheat and damage the
cranking motor, and drain the
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to allow the
cranking motor to cool down.
When the engine starts, let go of the
accelerator. If the vehicle starts
briefly but then stops again, do the
same thing. This clears the extra
gasoline from the engine.
The vehicle has a
Computer-Controlled Cranking
System. This feature assists in
starting the engine and protects
components. Once cranking has
been initiated, the engine continues
cranking for a few seconds or until
the vehicle starts. If the engine does
not start, cranking automatically
stops after 15 seconds to prevent
cranking motor damage. To prevent
gear damage, this system also
prevents cranking if the engine is
already running.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (19,1)

Driving and Operating
Notice: If you add electrical parts
or accessories, you could change
the way the engine operates. Any
resulting damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
See Add-On Electrical Equipment
on page 9‑72.

To Use the Engine Coolant
Heater

Engine Heater

3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
110-volt AC outlet.

The engine coolant heater,
if available, can help in cold weather
conditions at or below −18°C (0°F)
for easier starting and better fuel
economy during engine warm-up.
Plug in the coolant heater at least
four hours before starting the
vehicle. An internal thermostat in
the plug end of the cord will prevent
engine coolant heater operation at
temperatures above −18°C (0°F).

1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the
electrical cord. The cord is
located near the air cleaner.

{ WARNING
Plugging the cord into an
ungrounded outlet could cause an
electrical shock. Also, the wrong
kind of extension cord could
overheat and cause a fire. You
could be seriously injured. Plug
the cord into a properly grounded
three-prong 110-volt AC outlet.
If the cord will not reach, use a
heavy-duty three-prong extension
cord rated for at least 15 amps.

9-19

4. Before starting the engine, be
sure to unplug and store the
cord as it was before to keep it
away from moving engine parts.
If you do not it could be
damaged.
The length of time the heater should
remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained Accessory
Power (RAP)
These accessories can be used
after the engine is turned off:
.

Infotainment system (up to
10 minutes or driver door is
opened).

Power windows, sunroof
(if equipped), and power outlets
(up to 10 minutes or any door is
opened).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-20

Black plate (20,1)

Driving and Operating

Shifting Into Park
1. Hold the brake pedal down and
set the parking brake.
See Parking Brake on
page 9‑28.
2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)
by pushing the lever all the way
toward the front of the vehicle.
3. Turn the ignition off.

Leaving the Vehicle with the
Engine Running

{ WARNING
It can be dangerous to leave the
vehicle with the engine running.
It could overheat and catch fire.
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park on
page 9‑20. If you are towing a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips on page 9‑65.
If you have to leave the vehicle with
the engine running, be sure the
vehicle is in P (Park) and the
parking brake is firmly set before
you leave it. After you have moved
the shift lever into P (Park), hold
down the regular brake pedal.

See if you can move the shift lever
away from P (Park) without first
pulling it toward you. If you can, it
means that the shift lever was not
fully locked into P (Park).

Torque Lock
Torque lock is when the weight
of the vehicle puts too much
force on the parking pawl in the
transmission. This happens when
parking on a hill and shifting the
transmission into P (Park) is not
done properly and then it is difficult
to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
torque lock, set the parking brake
and then shift into P (Park). To find
out how, see "Shifting Into P (Park)"
listed previously.
If torque lock does occur, your
vehicle may need to be pushed
uphill by another vehicle to relieve
the parking pawl pressure, so you
can shift out of P (Park).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (21,1)

Driving and Operating
If you are towing a trailer and
parking on a hill, see Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips on
page 9‑65.

Shifting out of Park
This vehicle is equipped with an
automatic transmission shift lock
control system. The shift lock
control is designed to prevent
movement of the shift lever out of
P (Park), unless the ignition is in
ON/RUN and the brake pedal is
applied.
The shift lock control is always
functional except in the case of an
uncharged or low voltage (less than
9-volt) battery.
If the vehicle has an uncharged
battery or a battery with low voltage,
try charging or jump starting the
battery. See Jump Starting on
page 10‑82.

To shift out of P (Park):
1. Apply the brake pedal.
2. Press the START button.
3. Press the shift lever button.
4. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
If you still are unable to shift out of
P (Park):
1. Fully release the shift lever
button.
2. Hold the brake pedal down and
press the shift lever button
again.
3. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
If you still cannot move the shift
lever from P (Park), consult your
dealer or a professional towing
service.

9-21

Parking over Things
That Burn

{ WARNING
Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-22

Black plate (22,1)

Driving and Operating

Engine Exhaust

{ WARNING
Engine exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO) which cannot be
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
can cause unconsciousness and
even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
.

The vehicle idles in areas
with poor ventilation (parking
garages, tunnels, deep snow
that may block underbody
airflow or tail pipes).

The exhaust smells or
sounds strange or different.

The exhaust system leaks
due to corrosion or damage.

The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified, damaged,
or improperly repaired.
(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)
.

There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not
completely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected or
if it is suspected that exhaust is
coming into the vehicle:
.

Drive it only with the windows
completely down.

Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.

Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
area such as a garage or a
building that has no fresh air
ventilation.

Running the Vehicle
While Parked
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
If the vehicle is left with the engine
running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move.
See Shifting Into Park on page 9‑20
and Engine Exhaust on page 9‑22.
If parking on a hill and pulling a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips on page 9‑65.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (23,1)

Driving and Operating

Automatic
Transmission

There are several different positions
for the shift lever.
P (Park): This position locks the
front wheels. It is the best position
to use when you start the engine
because the vehicle cannot move
easily.

{ WARNING
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park on
page 9‑20 and Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips
on page 9‑65.

9-23

Make sure the shift lever is fully in
P (Park) before starting the engine.
The vehicle has an automatic
transmission shift lock control
system. You must fully apply the
regular brakes first and then press
the shift lever button before you can
shift from P (Park) when the ignition
is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out
of P (Park), ease pressure on the
shift lever and push the shift lever
all the way into P (Park) as you
maintain brake application. Then
press the shift lever button and
move the shift lever into another
gear. See Shifting out of Park on
page 9‑21.
Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse)
while the vehicle is moving
forward could damage the
transmission. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only
after the vehicle is stopped.
R (Reverse): Use this gear to
back up.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-24

Black plate (24,1)

Driving and Operating

At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse)
can be used to rock the vehicle
back and forth to get out of snow,
ice, or sand without damaging your
transmission. See If the Vehicle Is
Stuck on page 9‑9 for additional
information.
N (Neutral): In this position, the
engine does not connect with the
wheels. To restart when the vehicle
is already moving, use N (Neutral)
only. You can also use N (Neutral)
when the vehicle is being towed.

Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) or
N (Neutral) with the engine
running at high speed may
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
engine is not running at high
speed when shifting the vehicle.
D (Drive): This position is for
normal driving. It provides the best
fuel economy. If you need more
power for passing, and you are:
.

Going less than 35 mph
(55 km/h), push the accelerator
pedal about halfway down.

Going about 35 mph (55 km/h)
or more, push the accelerator all
the way down.

{ WARNING
Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal, the
vehicle could move very rapidly.
You could lose control and hit
people or objects. Do not shift
into a drive gear while the engine
is running at high speed.

The transmission will shift down
to a lower gear and have more
power.

Downshifting the transmission in
slippery road conditions could result
in skidding, see “Skidding” under
Loss of Control on page 9‑5
Notice: Spinning the tires or
holding the vehicle in one place
on a hill using only the
accelerator pedal may damage
the transmission. If you are stuck,
do not spin the tires. When
stopping on a hill, use the brakes
to hold the vehicle in place.

Manual Mode
Driver Shift Control (DSC)
Notice: Driving with the engine at
a high rpm without upshifting
while using Driver Shift Control
(DSC), could damage the vehicle.
Always upshift when necessary
while using DSC.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (25,1)

Driving and Operating
Driver Shift Control (DSC) allows
you to shift an automatic
transmission similar to a manual
transmission. To use the DSC
feature:
1. Move the shift lever to the
left from D (Drive) to
M (Manual Mode).
If you do not move the shift lever
forward or rearward, the vehicle
will be in Sport Mode. When you
are in Sport Mode the vehicle
will still shift automatically. The
transmission may remain in a
gear longer than it would in the
normal driving mode based on
braking, throttle input, and
vehicle lateral acceleration.
SPORT MODE ON will be
displayed in the DIC. See Ride
Control System Messages on
page 5‑37. The word “sport” will
display below the odometer.
The gear position will also be
indicated in the tachometer.

Within Sport Mode there is a
further performance feature
called Performance Mode Lift
Foot (PMLF) Mode. The feature
is activated automatically when
sports oriented driving is
detected, based on cornering
and on/off throttle application.
PMLF allows the transmission to
hold the current gear instead of
upshifting when the throttle is
lifted.
2. To enter M (Manual Mode), press
the shift lever forward to upshift
or rearward to downshift.
An M will be displayed in
the DIC.
3. To return to Sport Mode from
M (Manual Mode), press and
briefly hold the shift lever
forward.
Gear position is indicated in the
bottom right corner of the display
area in the instrument cluster. The
number indicates the requested
gear range when moving the shift
lever forward or rearward.

9-25

While using the DSC feature, the
vehicle will have firmer, quicker
shifting. You can use this for
sport driving or when climbing or
descending hills, to stay in gear
longer, or to downshift for more
power or engine braking.
The transmission will only allow
you to shift into gears appropriate
for the vehicle speed and engine
revolutions per minute (rpm). The
transmission will not automatically
shift to the next lower gear if the
engine rpm is too high, nor to the
next higher gear when the maximum
engine rpm is reached.
If shifting is prevented for any
reason, the currently selected gear
will flash multiple times, indicating
that the transmission has not shifted
gears.
While in the DSC mode, the
transmission will automatically
downshift when the vehicle comes
to a stop. This will allow for more
power during take-off.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-26

Black plate (26,1)

Driving and Operating
When fuel economy mode is on:

When accelerating the vehicle from
a stop in snowy and icy conditions,
you may want to shift into second
gear. A higher gear ratio allows you
to gain more traction on slippery
surfaces.

The transmission will upshift
sooner, and downshift later.

The torque converter will lock up
sooner, and stay on longer.

The gas pedal will be less
sensitive.

The vehicle's computers will
more aggressively shut off fuel
to the engine under deceleration.

The engine operates at lower
rpm's in fuel economy mode,
which can increase noise and
vibration. This is normal.

Fuel Economy Mode
Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. For driving tips to get the
best fuel economy possible, see
Driving for Better Fuel Economy on
page 1‑23.
The vehicle may have a fuel
economy mode. When engaged,
fuel economy mode can improve the
vehicle's fuel economy.

Pressing the eco button by the shift
lever will engage fuel economy
mode. When activated, the eco light
in the instrument cluster will come
on. See Fuel Economy Light on
page 5‑24. Pressing the button a
second time will turn fuel economy
mode off.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (27,1)

Driving and Operating

Drive Systems

Brakes

All-Wheel Drive

Antilock Brake
System (ABS)

Vehicles with this feature always
send engine power to all four
wheels. It is fully automatic, and
adjusts itself as needed for road
conditions.
When using a compact spare tire
on an AWD vehicle, the system
automatically detects the compact
spare and disables AWD. To restore
AWD operation and prevent
excessive wear on the system,
replace the compact spare with a
full-size tire as soon as possible.
See Compact Spare Tire on
page 10‑81.

This vehicle has the Antilock Brake
System (ABS), an advanced
electronic braking system that helps
prevent a braking skid.
When the vehicle begins to
drive away, ABS checks itself.
A momentary motor or clicking noise
might be heard while this test is
going on, and it might even be
noticed that the brake pedal moves
a little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, this
warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
on page 5‑21.

9-27

If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
brakes and continue braking to
avoid a sudden obstacle, a
computer senses that the wheels
are slowing down. If one of the
wheels is about to stop rolling, the
computer will separately work the
brakes at each wheel.
ABS can change the brake pressure
to each wheel, as required, faster
than any driver could. This can help
you steer around the obstacle while
braking hard.
As the brakes are applied, the
computer keeps receiving updates
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-28

Black plate (28,1)

Driving and Operating

Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.

Parking Brake

The system has a parking brake
status light and a parking brake
warning light. See Brake System
Warning Light on page 5‑20. There
are also three Driver Information
Center (DIC) messages. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5‑27. In case of insufficient
electrical power, the EPB cannot be
applied or released.

Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
the brake pedal down firmly and let
ABS work. You might hear the ABS
pump or motor operating and feel
the brake pedal pulsate, but this is
normal.

Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows you to steer and brake
at the same time. In many
emergencies, steering can help
more than even the very best
braking.

To avoid draining the battery, do not
cycle the EPB too often without the
engine running. The EPB can be left
applied while the vehicle is parked.

The vehicle has an Electric
Parking Brake (EPB). The switch
for the EPB is in the center
console. The EPB can always be
activated, even if the ignition is off.

Before leaving the vehicle, check
the parking brake status light to
ensure the parking brake is applied.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (29,1)

Driving and Operating
EPB Apply
The EPB can be applied any time
the vehicle is stopped. The EPB is
applied by momentarily lifting up on
the EPB switch. Once fully applied,
the parking brake status light will be
on. While the brake is being applied,
the status light will flash until full
apply is reached. If the light does
not come on, or remains flashing,
you need to have the vehicle
serviced. Do not drive the vehicle if
the parking brake status light is
flashing. See your dealer. See
Brake System Warning Light on
page 5‑20.
If the EPB is applied while the
vehicle is in motion, a chime will
sound, and the DIC message
RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
will be displayed. The vehicle
will decelerate as long as the
switch is held in the up position.
Releasing the EPB switch during
the deceleration will release the
parking brake. If the switch is held

in the up position until the vehicle
comes to a stop, the EPB will
remain applied.
If the parking brake status light
flashes continuously, the EPB is
only partially applied or released,
or there is a problem with the EPB.
The DIC message SERVICE
PARKING BRAKE will be displayed.
If this light flashes continuously,
release the EPB, and attempt to
apply it again. If this light continues
to flash, do not drive the vehicle.
See your dealer.
If the parking brake warning light is
on, the EPB has detected an error
in another system and is operating
with reduced functionality. To apply
the EPB when this light is on, lift up
on the EPB switch and hold it in the
up position. Full application of the
parking brake by the EPB system
may take a longer period of time
than normal when this light is on.
Continue to hold the switch until the
parking brake status light remains
on. If the parking brake warning light
is on, see your dealer.

9-29

Adaptive Cruise Control (if
equipped) may automatically apply
the EPB in some situations when
the vehicle is not moving. This is
normal, and is done to periodically
check the correct operation of the
EPB system. See Adaptive Cruise
Control on page 9‑37.
If the EPB fails to apply, the rear
wheels should be blocked to
prevent vehicle movement.

EPB Release
To release the EPB, place the
ignition in the ACC/ACCESSORY or
ON/RUN position, apply and hold
the brake pedal, and push down
momentarily on the EPB switch.
If you attempt to release the EPB
without the brake pedal applied, a
chime will sound, and the DIC
message STEP ON BRAKE TO
RELEASE PARK BRAKE will be
displayed. The EPB is released
when the parking brake status light
is off.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-30

Black plate (30,1)

Driving and Operating

If the parking brake warning light is
on, the EPB has detected an error
in another system and is operating
with reduced functionality. To
release the EPB when this light is
on, push down on the EPB switch
and hold it in the down position.
EPB release may take a longer
period of time than normal when this
light is on. Continue to hold the
switch until the parking brake status
light is off. If the light is on, see your
dealer.
Notice: Driving with the parking
brake on can overheat the brake
system and cause premature
wear or damage to brake system
parts. Make sure that the parking
brake is fully released and the
brake warning light is off before
driving.

Automatic EPB Release
The EPB will automatically release if
the vehicle is running, placed into
gear, and an attempt is made to
drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration
when the EPB is applied, to
preserve parking brake lining life.
If you are towing a trailer and
parking on a hill, see Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips on
page 9‑65.

Brake Assist
This vehicle has a brake assist
feature designed to assist the driver
in stopping or decreasing vehicle
speed in emergency driving
conditions. This feature uses the
stability system hydraulic brake
control module to supplement the

power brake system under
conditions where the driver has
quickly and forcefully applied the
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
stop or slow down the vehicle. The
stability system hydraulic brake
control module increases brake
pressure at each corner of the
vehicle until the ABS activates.
Minor brake pedal pulsation or
pedal movement during this time
is normal and the driver should
continue to apply the brake pedal
as the driving situation dictates.
The brake assist feature will
automatically disengage when the
brake pedal is released or brake
pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (31,1)

Driving and Operating

Hill Start Assist (HSA)
This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist
(HSA) feature, which may be useful
when the vehicle is stopped on a
grade. This feature is designed to
prevent the vehicle from rolling,
either forward or rearward, during
vehicle drive off. After the driver
completely stops and holds the
vehicle in a complete standstill on a
grade, HSA will be automatically
activated. During the transition
period between when the driver
releases the brake pedal and starts
to accelerate to drive off on a grade,
HSA holds the braking pressure to
ensure that there is no rolling. The
brakes will automatically release
when the accelerator pedal is
applied within the two-second
window. It will not activate if the
vehicle is in a drive gear and facing
downhill, or if the vehicle is facing
uphill and in R (Reverse).

Ride Control Systems
Traction Control
System (TCS)
The vehicle has a Traction Control
System (TCS) that limits wheel spin.
On a front-wheel-drive vehicle, the
system operates if it senses that
one or both of the front wheels are
spinning or beginning to lose
traction. On an All-Wheel-Drive
(AWD) vehicle, the system will
operate if it senses that any of the
wheels are spinning or beginning to
lose traction. When this happens,
the system brakes the spinning
wheel(s) and/or reduces engine
power to limit wheel spin.
The system may be heard or felt
while it is working, but this is
normal.

9-31

TCS is on whenever the vehicle is
started. To limit wheel spin,
especially in slippery road
conditions, the system should
always be left on. But, TCS can be
turned off if needed.

d flashes to indicate that the
traction control system is active.
If there is a problem detected
with TCS, SERVICE TRACTION
CONTROL and SERVICE
STABILITRAK may be displayed on
the Driver Information Center (DIC)
and d will be on. See Ride Control
System Messages on page 5‑37.
When this message is displayed
and d comes on and stays on, the
vehicle is safe to drive but the
system is not operational. Driving
should be adjusted accordingly.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-32

Black plate (32,1)

Driving and Operating

Notice: Do not repeatedly brake
or accelerate heavily when TCS is
off. The vehicle's driveline could
be damaged.

When TCS is turned off on AWD
vehicles, the system may still make
noise. This is normal and necessary
with AWD hardware.

If d comes on and stays on, reset
the system by:

It may be necessary to turn the
system off if the vehicle ever gets
stuck in sand, mud, or snow and
rocking the vehicle is required. See
If the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑9.
See also Winter Driving on page 9‑8
for information on using TCS when
driving in snowy or icy conditions.

1. Stopping the vehicle.
2. Turning the engine off and
waiting 15 seconds.
3. Starting the engine.
If d still comes on and stays on at a
speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see
your dealer for service.
A chime may also sound when the
light comes on steady.
The g is located on the center
stack.

The TCS off light comes on to
indicate that the traction control
system has been turned off.
TCS can be turned off by pressing
and releasing g. When TCS is
turned off, i illuminates in the
instrument cluster and the system
will not limit wheel spin. Driving
should be adjusted accordingly. The
Traction Control Off message is
displayed in the DIC. See Ride
Control System Messages on
page 5‑37.
Press and release g again to turn
the system back on. i goes out in
the instrument cluster. The Traction
Control On message is displayed in
the DIC. See Ride Control System
Messages on page 5‑37.

If cruise control is being used when
TCS activates, cruise control will
automatically disengage. Press the
cruise control button to re-engage
when road conditions allow. See
Cruise Control on page 9‑35.
Adding non-GM accessories can
affect the vehicle's performance.
See Accessories and Modifications
on page 10‑3.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (33,1)

Driving and Operating

StabiliTrak® System
The vehicle has a vehicle stability
enhancement system called
StabiliTrak. It is an advanced
computer controlled system that
assists with directional control of the
vehicle in difficult driving conditions.
StabiliTrak activates when the
computer senses a difference
between the intended path and the
direction the vehicle is actually
traveling. StabiliTrak selectively
applies braking pressure to the
vehicle's brakes to help steer the
vehicle in the intended direction.
StabiliTrak is on automatically
whenever the vehicle is started. To
assist with directional control of the
vehicle, the system should always
be left on. Trailer Sway Control
(TSC) is also on automatically when
the vehicle is started. See Trailer
Sway Control (TSC) on page 9‑71.

9-33

but the system is not operational.
Driving should be adjusted
accordingly.
If d comes on and stays on, reset
the system by:
When the stability control system
activates, the Traction Control
System (TCS)/StabiliTrak light
will flash on the instrument panel.
This also occurs when traction
control or TSC is activated. A noise
may be heard or vibration may be
felt in the brake pedal. This is
normal. Continue to steer the
vehicle in the intended direction.
If there is a problem detected
with StabiliTrak, SERVICE
STABILITRAK is displayed on the
Driver Information Center (DIC)
and d will stay on. See Ride
Control System Messages on
page 5‑37. When this message is
displayed and/or d comes on and
stays on, the vehicle is safe to drive

1. Stopping the vehicle.
2. Turning the engine off and
waiting 15 seconds.
3. Starting the engine.
If d still comes on and stays on at a
speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see
dealer for service.

g is located on the center stack.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-34

Black plate (34,1)

Driving and Operating

Both StabiliTrak and Traction
Control can be turned off if needed
by pressing and holding g until g
and i illuminate in the instrument
cluster. This will also disable the
TSC feature. When StabiliTrak is
turned off, the system will not assist
with directional control of the vehicle
or limit wheel spin. Driving should
be adjusted accordingly. The
Traction Control Off message is
displayed in the DIC. See Ride
Control System Messages on
page 5‑37.
Press and release g again to turn
the systems back on. g and i go
out in the instrument cluster. The
Traction Control On message is
displayed in the DIC. See Ride
Control System Messages on
page 5‑37.

If cruise control is being used when
StabiliTrak activates, the cruise
control will automatically disengage.
Press the cruise control button to
re-engage when road conditions
allow. See Cruise Control on
page 9‑35.

Limited-Slip Rear Axle
Vehicles with a limited-slip rear axle
can give more traction on snow,
mud, ice, sand, or gravel. When
traction is low, this feature allows
the drive wheel with the most
traction to move the vehicle. The
limited-slip rear axle also gives the
driver enhanced control when
cornering hard or completing a
maneuver, such as a lane change.

Selective Ride Control
The vehicle may have a ride control
system called Selective Ride
Control. The setting can be changed
at any time. Based on road
conditions, steering wheel angle,
and the vehicle speed, the system
automatically adjusts to provide the
best handling while providing a
smooth ride. The Tour and Sport
modes will feel similar on a
smooth road.
Tour: Use for normal city and
highway driving. This setting
provides a smooth, soft ride.
Sport: Use where road conditions
or personal preference demand
more control. This setting provides
more “feel,” or response to road
conditions through increased
steering effort and suspension
control. Transmission shift points
and shift firmness are also
enhanced.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (35,1)

Driving and Operating
The vehicle is normally in the Tour
Mode. To switch from Tour Mode to
Sport Mode, move the shift lever
to the left while the transmission
is in D (Drive). Sport Mode is
automatically engaged when the
shift lever is moved to the left.
Moving the shift lever forward or
rearward will put the transmission in
the Manual (M) Mode.
The Driver Information Center (DIC)
will display SPORT MODE ON
when the Sport Mode has been
activated. When the shift lever is
moved to the right in D (Drive), the
system will revert back to Tour
Mode. See Manual Mode on
page 9‑24 under Automatic
Transmission.
If there is a problem detected with
Selective Ride Control, SERVICE
SUSPENSION SYSTEM displays
on the DIC. See Ride Control
System Messages on page 5‑37.
Driving should be adjusted
accordingly.

Cruise Control

{ WARNING
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
a steady speed. So, do not use
the cruise control on winding
roads or in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
With cruise control, a speed of
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can
be maintained without keeping your
foot on the accelerator. Cruise
control does not work at speeds
below about 40 km/h (25 mph).

9-35

If the brakes are applied, the cruise
control disengages.
If the StabiliTrak® system begins
to limit wheel spin while using
cruise control, the cruise control
automatically disengages. See
StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑33 or
Traction Control System (TCS) on
page 9‑31. If a collision alert occurs
when cruise control is activated,
cruise control is disengaged. See
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System on page 9‑50. When road
conditions allow the cruise control to
be safely used, you can apply the
cruise control again.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-36

Black plate (36,1)

Driving and Operating
SET− (Set/Coast): Move the
control down briefly to set the speed
and activate cruise control or to
decrease vehicle speed if the cruise
control is already activated.

* (Cancel):

Press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the
set speed from memory.
Setting Cruise Control

J (On/Off):

Press to turn the
system on and off. A white cruise
control indicator appears in the
instrument cluster when cruise is
turned on.
+RES (Resume/Accelerate): Move
the control up briefly to resume to a
previously set speed or to increase
vehicle speed if the cruise control is
already activated.

If the cruise button is on when not in
use, it could get pressed and go into
cruise when not desired. Keep the
cruise control button off when cruise
is not being used.
1. Press

2. Get up to the desired speed.

Resuming a Set Speed
If the cruise control is set at a
desired speed and then the brakes
are applied, the cruise control is
disengaged without erasing the set
speed from memory.
Once the vehicle speed reaches
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,
move the control up toward +RES
briefly. The vehicle returns to the
previous set speed.
Increasing Speed While Cruise
Control is at a Set Speed
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
.

Move the control up toward
+RES and hold until the desired
speed is reached, then
release it.

To increase vehicle speed in
small amounts, move the control
up toward +RES briefly and then
release it. Each time this is
done, the vehicle goes about
1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster.

3. Move the control down to
SET− and release it.
4. Remove foot from the
accelerator.
When the cruise control has been
set to the desired speed, the green
cruise control indicator appears on
the instrument cluster.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (37,1)

Driving and Operating
Reducing Speed While Cruise
Control is at a Set Speed
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
.

Move the control toward
SET− and hold until the desired
lower speed is reached, then
release it.
To decrease the vehicle speed in
small amounts, move the control
toward SET− briefly. Each time
this is done, the vehicle goes
about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.

The cruise control system may
automatically brake to slow the
vehicle down.
Passing Another Vehicle While
Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to
increase the vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal,
the vehicle will slow down to the
previous set cruise speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

Erasing Speed Memory

How well the cruise control will work
on hills depends upon the vehicle
speed, load, and the steepness of
the hills. When going up steep hills,
you might have to step on the
accelerator pedal to maintain the
vehicle speed. When going
downhill, you might have to brake or
shift to a lower gear to keep the
vehicle speed down. If the brake is
applied, the cruise control
disengages.

The cruise control set speed is
erased from memory if J is
pressed or if the ignition is
turned off.

Ending Cruise Control
There are three ways to end cruise
control:
.

Step lightly on the brake pedal.

Press

*.
Press J.

9-37

Adaptive Cruise Control
For vehicles with Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC), it allows the driver to
select the cruise control set speed
and following gap. Read this entire
section before using this system.
The following gap is the following
time between your vehicle and a
vehicle detected directly ahead in
your path moving in the same
direction. If no vehicle is detected in
your path, ACC works like regular
cruise control. ACC uses camera
and radar sensors. See Radio
Frequency Statement on
page 13‑21 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and Industry Canada
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-38

Black plate (38,1)

Driving and Operating

If a vehicle is detected in your path,
ACC can apply acceleration or
limited, moderate braking to
maintain the selected following gap.
To disengage ACC, apply the brake.
If ACC is controlling your vehicle
speed when the traction control
system (TCS) activates, the ACC
will automatically disengage. See
Traction Control System (TCS) on
page 9‑31. When road conditions
allow ACC to be safely used, the
ACC can be turned back on.

{ WARNING
ACC has limited braking ability
and may not have time to slow
the vehicle down enough to avoid
a collision with another vehicle
you are following. This can occur
when vehicles suddenly slow or
stop ahead, or enter your lane.
Also see “Alerting the Driver” in
this section. Complete attention is
always required while driving and
you should be ready to take
action and apply the brakes. See
Defensive Driving on page 9‑3.

{ WARNING
Adaptive Cruise Control will not
detect or brake for children,
pedestrians, animals, or other
objects.
Do not use Adaptive Cruise
Control when:
.

On winding and hilly roads or
when the sensors are
blocked by snow, ice, or dirt.
The system may not detect a
vehicle ahead. Keep the
entire front of the vehicle
clean.

Visibility is low, such as in
fog, rain, or snow conditions.
Adaptive Cruise Control
performance is limited under
these conditions.

On slippery roads where fast
changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (39,1)

Driving and Operating

* (Cancel):

Press to disengage
ACC without erasing the set speed
from memory.

3 (Follow Distance Gap):

Press
to select a following gap time (or
distance) setting for ACC. Select a
gap setting: Far, Medium, and Near.

9-39

3. Move the control down to
SET− and release it.
4. Remove foot from the
accelerator.
After ACC is set, it may immediately
apply the brakes if a vehicle is
closer than the selected follow gap.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

] (On/Off): Press to turn the
system on or off.
+RES (Resume/Accelerate): Move
the control up briefly to resume to a
previously set speed or to increase
vehicle speed if the cruise control is
already activated.
SET– (Set/Coast): Move the
control down briefly to set the speed
and activate ACC or to decrease
vehicle speed if the cruise control is
already activated.

If the cruise button is on when not in
use, it could get bumped and go into
cruise when not desired. Keep the
cruise control button off when cruise
is not being used.
Select the set speed desired for
cruise. This is the vehicle speed
when no vehicle is detected in its
path slower than the set speed.
ACC will not set at a speed less
than 40 km/h (25 mph), although it
can be resumed when driving at
lower speeds.
To set ACC:
1. Press

2. Get up to the desired speed.

The ACC indicator displays on the
instrument cluster. When the ACC is
active, the symbol will be lit.
Be mindful of speed limits,
surrounding traffic speeds, and
weather conditions when selecting
the set speed.
Resuming a Set Speed
If the ACC is set at a desired speed
and then the brakes are applied, the
ACC is disengaged without erasing
the set speed from memory.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-40

Driving and Operating

To begin using ACC again, move
the control up toward +RES briefly.
The vehicle returns to the previous
set speed.
Increasing Speed While ACC is at
a Set Speed
If ACC is already activated, do one
of the following:
.

Use the accelerator to get to the
higher speed. Move the control
toward SET–, then release it and
the accelerator pedal. The
vehicle will now cruise at the
higher speed.
When the accelerator pedal is
pressed, ACC will not brake
because it is overridden.
A warning message will appear
on the Driver Information Center
(DIC). See Cruise Control
Messages on page 5‑31.

Black plate (40,1)

Move the control toward +RES
and hold until the desired set
speed appears on the display,
then release it.

To increase vehicle speed in
small amounts, move the control
toward +RES and then release
it. Each time this is done, the
vehicle goes 1.6 km/h (1 mph)
faster.

When it is determined that there is
no vehicle in front of your vehicle
slower than the set speed, then the
vehicle speed will increase to the
set speed.
Reducing Speed While ACC is at a
Set Speed
If ACC is already activated, do one
of the following:
.

Use the brake to get to the
desired lower speed. Move the
control toward SET– and release
the accelerator pedal. The
vehicle will now cruise at the
lower speed.

Move the control toward
SET− and hold until the desired
lower speed is reached, then
release it.

To decrease the vehicle speed in
small amounts, move the control
toward SET− briefly. Each time
this is done, the vehicle goes
about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.

Selecting the Follow Distance
When a slower moving vehicle is
detected ahead, ACC will adjust the
vehicle's speed and attempt to
maintain the follow distance gap
selected.
Press 3 on the steering wheel to
adjust the following gap. Each press
cycles the gap button through three
settings: Far, Medium, or Near.
When pressed, the current gap
setting displays briefly on the
instrument cluster. The gap setting
will be maintained until it is
changed.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (41,1)

Driving and Operating
Since each gap setting corresponds
to a following time (Far, Medium,
or Near), the following distance will
vary based on vehicle speed. The
faster the vehicle speed, the further
back your vehicle will follow a
vehicle detected ahead. Consider
traffic and weather conditions when
selecting the following gap. The
range of selectable gaps may not be
appropriate for all drivers and
driving conditions.
Changing the gap setting
automatically changes the alert
timing sensitivity (Far, Medium,
or Near) for the Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward
Collision Alert (FCA) System on
page 9‑50.

Alerting the Driver

9-41

When any of these conditions occur,
a series of red collision alert lights
will flash on the windshield. Either
eight beeps will sound from the
front, or both sides of the Safety
Alert Seat will pulse five times.
See “Collision/Detection Systems”
under Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑40.
See Defensive Driving on page 9‑3.
Approaching and Following a
Vehicle

If ACC is engaged driver action may
be required when:
.

ACC cannot apply sufficient
braking because of approaching
a vehicle too rapidly.

A temporary condition prohibits
ACC from operating. See
Vehicle Messages on page 5‑30.

A malfunction is detected in the
system. See Vehicle Messages
on page 5‑30.

The vehicle ahead symbol is located
in the instrument cluster.
The vehicle ahead symbol only
displays when a vehicle is detected
in your vehicle’s path.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-42

Black plate (42,1)

Driving and Operating

If this symbol is not displaying, ACC
will not respond to or brake to
vehicles ahead.
ACC automatically slows the vehicle
down and adjusts vehicle speed to
follow the vehicle in front at the
selected follow gap. The vehicle
speed increases or decreases to
follow the vehicle in front of you, but
will not exceed the set speed. It may
apply limited braking, if necessary.
When braking is active, the brake
lights will come on. The automatic
braking may feel or sound different
than if the brakes were applied
manually. This is normal.

Stationary or Very Slow-Moving
Objects

{ WARNING
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
may not detect and react to
stopped or slow-moving vehicles
ahead of you. For example, the
system may not brake for a
vehicle that it has never detected
moving. This can occur in
stop-and-go traffic or when a
vehicle suddenly appears due to
a vehicle ahead changing lanes.
Your vehicle may not stop and
could cause a crash. Use caution
when using ACC. Your complete
attention is always required while
driving and you should be ready
to take action and apply the
brakes.

ACC Automatically Disengages
ACC may automatically disengage
and the driver will need to manually
apply the brakes to slow the
vehicle when:
.

The sensors are blocked.

There is no traffic and nothing to
detect on the side of the road.

There is a fault in the system.

The brakes get heated.

The ACC active symbol will not be
displayed when ACC is no longer
active.
Notification to Resume ACC
ACC will maintain a follow time/
distance gap behind a detected
vehicle and slow your vehicle to a
stop behind that vehicle.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (43,1)

Driving and Operating
If the vehicle ahead has driven
away and ACC has not resumed,
the vehicle ahead symbol will flash
as a reminder. In addition, the left
and right sides of the Safety Alert
Seat will pulse three times, or three
beeps will sound. See ”Alert Type”
and “Go Notifier” in “Collision/
Detection Systems” under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑40.
When the vehicle ahead drives
away, press RES+ or the
accelerator pedal to resume
ACC. If stopped for more than
two minutes or if the driver door is
opened and the driver seat belt is
unbuckled, the ACC automatically
applies the electric parking brake
to hold the vehicle. The electric
parking brake status light will
turn on. See Parking Brake on
page 9‑28. To resume ACC and
release the electric parking brake,
press the accelerator pedal and
then RES+.

{ WARNING
If ACC has stopped the vehicle,
and if ACC is disengaged, turned
off, or canceled, the vehicle will
no longer be held at a stop. The
vehicle can move. When ACC is
holding the vehicle at a stop,
always be prepared to manually
apply the brakes.

{ WARNING
Leaving the vehicle without
placing it in P (Park) can be
dangerous. Do not leave the
vehicle while it is being held at a
stop by ACC. Always place the
vehicle in P (Park) and turn off
the ignition before leaving the
vehicle.

9-43

ACC Override
If using the accelerator pedal while
ACC is active, a DIC warning
message will indicate that automatic
braking will not occur. See Vehicle
Messages on page 5‑30. ACC
will resume operation when the
accelerator pedal is not being
pressed.

{ WARNING
The ACC will not automatically
apply the brakes if your foot is
resting on the accelerator pedal.
You could crash into a vehicle
ahead of you.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-44

Black plate (44,1)

Driving and Operating

Curves in the Road

{ WARNING
On curves, ACC may not detect a
vehicle ahead in your lane. You
could be startled if the vehicle
accelerates up to the set speed,
especially when following a
vehicle exiting or entering exit
ramps. You could lose control of
the vehicle or crash. Do not use
ACC while driving on an entrance
or exit ramp. Always be ready to
use the brakes if necessary.

WARNING (Continued)
attention in curves and be ready
to use the brakes if necessary.
Select an appropriate speed while
driving in curves.
ACC may operate differently in a
sharp curve. It may reduce the
vehicle speed if the curve is too
sharp.

ACC may occasionally provide
an alert and/or braking that is
considered unnecessary. It could
respond to vehicles in different
lanes, signs, guardrails, and other
stationary objects when entering or
exiting a curve. This is normal
operation. The vehicle does not
need service.

{ WARNING
On curves, ACC may respond to
a vehicle in another lane, or may
not have time to react to a vehicle
in your lane. You could crash into
a vehicle ahead of you, or lose
control of your vehicle. Give extra
(Continued)

ACC may detect a vehicle that is
not in your lane and apply the
brakes.

When following a vehicle and
entering a curve, ACC may not
detect the vehicle ahead and
accelerate to the set speed. When
this happens the vehicle ahead
symbol will not appear.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (45,1)

Driving and Operating
Other Vehicle Lane Changes

Do Not Use ACC on Hills and
When Towing a Trailer

9-45

Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is
erased from memory if ] is
pressed or if the ignition is
turned off.
Cleaning the Sensing System

ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead
until it is completely in the lane. The
brake may need to be manually
applied.

Do not use ACC when driving on
steep hills or when towing a trailer.
ACC will not detect a vehicle in the
lane while driving on steep hills. The
driver will often need to take over
acceleration and braking on steep
hills, especially when towing a
trailer. If the brakes are applied, the
ACC disengages.
Ending ACC
There are three ways to end ACC:
.

Step lightly on the brake pedal.

Press

*.
Press ].

The camera sensor on the back of
the rearview mirror and the radar
sensors on the front of the vehicle
can become blocked by snow, ice,
dirt, or mud. These areas need to
be cleaned for ACC to operate
properly.
For cleaning instructions, see
“Washing the Vehicle” under
Exterior Care on page 10‑89.
System operation may also be
limited under snow, heavy rain or
road spray conditions.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-46

Black plate (46,1)

Driving and Operating

Driver Assistance
Systems
This vehicle may have features that
work together to help avoid crashes
or reduce crash damage while
driving, backing, and parking. Read
this entire section before using
these systems.

{ WARNING
Do not rely on the Driver
Assistance Systems. These
systems do not replace the need
for paying attention and driving
safely. You may not hear or feel
alerts or warnings provided by
these systems. Failure to use
proper care when driving may
result in injury, death, or vehicle
damage. See Defensive Driving
on page 9‑3.
(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)
Under many conditions, these
systems will not:
.

Detect children, pedestrians,
bicyclists, or animals.

Detect vehicles or objects
outside the area monitored by
the system.

Work at all driving speeds.

Warn you or provide you with
enough time to avoid a crash.

Work under poor visibility or
bad weather conditions.

Work if the detection sensor
is not cleaned or is covered
by ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you
should be ready to take action
and apply the brakes and/or steer
the vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible or Safety Alert Seat
Some driver assistance features
alert the driver of obstacles by
beeping. To change the volume of
the warning chime, see “Comfort
and Convenience” under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑40.
If equipped with the Safety Alert
Seat, the driver seat cushion may
provide a vibrating pulse alert
instead of beeping. To change this,
see “Collision/Detection Systems”
under Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑40.

Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing
When the vehicle is in R (Reverse),
the Rear Vision Camera (RVC) and
Rear Parking Assist may help the
driver to avoid a crash or to reduce
crash damage while backing and
parking. Some models may also
have the Rear Automatic Braking
and Backing Warning System, Rear
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA), and/or
Front Parking Assist.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (47,1)

Driving and Operating
When the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
image of the area behind the vehicle
in the center stack display.

Displayed images may be farther or
closer than they appear. The area
displayed is limited and objects that
are close to either corner of the
bumper or under the bumper do not
display.

{ WARNING
The RVC system does not display
children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
animals, or any other object
located outside the camera's field
of view, below the bumper,
or under the vehicle. Perceived
distances may be different from
actual distances. Do not back the
vehicle using only the RVC
screen, during longer, higher
speed backing maneuvers,
or where there could be cross
traffic. Failure to use proper care
before backing may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.
Always check behind and around
the vehicle before backing.

9-47

1. View Displayed by the Camera

1. View Displayed by the Camera
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

A warning triangle may display on
the RVC screen to show where the
Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist
(URPA) has detected an object. This
triangle changes from amber to red
and increases in size the closer the
object.
On vehicles with the Rear Cross
Traffic Alert (RCTA), a triangle with
an arrow may also display on the
RVC screen to warn of traffic
coming from either direction. This
system detects objects coming from
up to 22 m (65 ft) from the left or
right side, behind the vehicle. When
an object is detected, either three
beeps sound or three Safety Alert
Seat pulses occur on the left or right
side, depending on the direction of
the detected vehicle.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-48

Black plate (48,1)

Driving and Operating

Use caution while changing lanes
when towing a trailer, as the RCTA
detection zones that extend out
from the back of the vehicle do not
move further back when a trailer is
towed.

WARNING (Continued)
area around the vehicle and
check all mirrors before moving
forward or backing.

With URPA, as the vehicle backs
up at speeds of less than 8 km/h
(5 mph), the sensors on the rear
bumper detect objects up to 2.5 m
(8 ft) behind the vehicle that are
within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off
the ground and below bumper level.

Vehicles with Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC) have the Backing
Warning System, which is designed
to help avoid or reduce the harm
caused by backing crashes. The
system can warn of rear objects
when backing up at speeds greater
than 8 km/h (5 mph).

{ WARNING
The parking assist system does
not detect children, pedestrians,
bicyclists, animals, or objects
located below the bumper or that
are too close or too far from the
vehicle. It is not available at
speeds greater than 8 km/h
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,
or vehicle damage, even with
parking assist, always check the
(Continued)

(<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear,
or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front),
five beeps will sound from the rear
or front, or both sides of the Safety
Alert Seat will pulse five times.
Beeps for Front Parking Assist are
higher pitched than for Rear Parking
Assist.

The instrument cluster parking
assist display has bars that show
“distance to object” and object
location information for URPA, and
on some vehicles, for the Front
Parking Assist system. As the object
gets closer, more bars light up.
When an object is first detected in
the rear, one beep will be heard
from the rear, or both sides of the
Safety Alert Seat will pulse two
times. When an object is very close

The Backing Warning System will
beep once from the rear when a
potential object threat is first
detected, or pulse twice on both
sides of the Safety Alert Seat. When
the system detects a potential
imminent crash, beeps will be heard
from the rear, or five pulses will be
felt on both sides of the Safety Alert
Seat. There may also be a brief,
sharp application of the brakes.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (49,1)

Driving and Operating

{ WARNING
The Backing Warning System
only operates at speeds greater
than 8 km/h (5 mph). It does not
detect children, pedestrians,
bicyclists, animals, or objects
below the bumper or that are too
close or too far from the vehicle.
In some situations, such as at
higher backing speeds, there may
not be enough time for the short,
sharp application of the vehicle
brake system to occur. To prevent
injury, death, or vehicle damage,
even with the Backing Warning
System, always check the area
around the vehicle and check all
mirrors before backing.
Vehicles with Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC) have the Rear
Automatic Braking system, which is
designed to help avoid or reduce
the harm caused by backing
crashes. If the system detects the

vehicle is backing too fast to avoid a
crash with a detected object, it may
automatically brake hard to a stop.

{ WARNING
Rear Automatic Braking may not
avoid many types of backing
crashes. Do not wait for the
automatic braking to apply. This
system is not designed to replace
driver braking, but only acts when
the vehicle may not stop in time.
The system, in some situations or
environments, may not brake or
may not brake in time to avoid a
crash. It does not detect children,
pedestrians, bicyclists, animals,
or objects below the bumper or
that are too close or too far from
the vehicle. To prevent injury,
death, or vehicle damage, even
with Rear Automatic Braking,
always check the area around the
vehicle before and while backing.

9-49

Pressing the brake pedal after the
vehicle comes to a stop will release
the Rear Automatic Braking. If the
brake pedal is not pressed within
two seconds after the stop, the
electric parking brake is set. See
Parking Brake on page 9‑28 to
release the electric parking brake.
When it is safe, pressing the
accelerator pedal firmly at any time
will override the Rear Automatic
Braking.

{ WARNING
There may be instances where
unexpected or undesired
automatic braking occurs. If this
happens, either press the brake
pedal or firmly press the
accelerator pedal to release the
brakes from the Rear Automatic
Braking system. Check the RVC
screen and check the area
around the vehicle before
proceeding.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-50

Black plate (50,1)

Driving and Operating

Turn off parking assist and Rear
Automatic Braking when towing a
trailer.

Turning the Features On or Off

The X button near the shift lever
is used to turn on or off the Front
and Rear Parking Assist, Rear
Automatic Braking, and Backing
Warning System at the same time.
The indicator light next to the button
comes on when the features are on
and turns off when the features
have been disabled.

The Rear Vision Camera (RVC),
parking assist symbols, guidance
lines, and Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA) can be turned on or off
through the Settings menu on the
infotainment system. To turn the
RVC system, symbols, guidance
lines, or RCTA on or off:
1. On the infotainment system,
press the Settings screen
button, or turn the MENU knob
to highlight Settings and
press MENU.
2. Select Rear Camera.
3. Press Rear Camera Display,
Park Assist Symbols, Guidance
Lines, or Rear Cross Traffic Alert
and then select OFF or ON.

Assistance Systems for
Driving
If equipped, when driving the
vehicle, Forward Collision Alert
(FCA), Lane Departure Warning
(LDW), Side Blind Zone Alert
(SBZA), and/or the Active
Emergency Braking System can
help to avoid a crash or reduce
crash damage.

Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System
The FCA system may help to avoid
or reduce the harm caused by
front-end crashes. FCA provides a
flashing alert on the windshield, and
beeps or pulses the Safety Alert
Seat when approaching a vehicle
directly ahead too quickly. FCA also
provides a visual alert if following
another vehicle much too closely.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (51,1)

Driving and Operating
FCA detects vehicles within a
distance of approximately 60 m
(197 ft) and operates at speeds
above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the
vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC), it can detect vehicles to
distances of approximately 110 m
(360 ft) and operates at all speeds.
See Adaptive Cruise Control on
page 9‑37.

FCA can be disabled through
vehicle personalization. See the
“Auto Collision Preparation” portion
of “Collision/Detection Systems”
under Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑40.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

{ WARNING
FCA is a warning system and
does not apply the brakes. When
approaching a slower-moving or
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
or when following a vehicle too
closely, FCA may not provide a
warning with enough time to help
avoid a crash. FCA does not warn
of pedestrians, animals, signs,
guardrails, bridges, construction
barrels, or other objects. Be ready
to take action and apply the
brakes. For more information, see
Defensive Driving on page 9‑3.

FCA warnings will not occur unless
the FCA system detects a vehicle
ahead. The vehicle-ahead indicator
will display green when a vehicle is
detected in front. Vehicles may not
be detected on curves, highway exit
ramps, or hills; or due to poor
visibility. FCA will not detect another
vehicle ahead until it is completely
in the driving lane.

9-51

{ WARNING
FCA does not provide a warning
to help avoid a crash, unless it
detects a vehicle. FCA may not
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
or ice, or if the windshield is
damaged. It may also not detect a
vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
or in conditions that can limit
visibility such as fog, rain,
or snow, or if the headlamps or
windshield are not cleaned or in
proper condition. Keep the
windshield, headlamps, and FCA
sensors clean and in good repair.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-52

Black plate (52,1)

Driving and Operating

Collision Alert

Tailgating Alert

When the vehicle is started, this
series of red lights will come on to
indicate the system is operating.
When your vehicle approaches
another vehicle too rapidly, the red
lights will flash on the windshield.
Either eight beeps will sound from
the front, or both sides of the Safety
Alert Seat will pulse five times. If a
collision alert occurs when cruise
control is activated, cruise control is
disengaged.

The vehicle-ahead indicator will
display amber when you are
following a vehicle ahead much too
closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

Without Adaptive Cruise Control
Press the collision alert/following
gap button on the steering wheel to
set the FCA timing to far, medium,
near, or on some vehicles, off. The
first button press shows the current
setting on the DIC. Additional button
presses will change this setting.
The chosen setting will remain until
it is changed and will affect the
timing of both the Collision Alert
and the Tailgating Alert features.

With Adaptive Cruise Control

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (53,1)

Driving and Operating
The timing of both alerts will vary
based on vehicle speed. The faster
the vehicle speed, the farther away
the alert will occur. Consider traffic
and weather conditions when
selecting the alert timing. The range
of selectable alert timing may not
be appropriate for all drivers and
driving conditions.
Changing the FCA timing setting
automatically changes the following
gap setting (Far, Medium, or Near)
for the Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC) feature.

Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may provide unnecessary
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles
in other lanes, objects that are not
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
are normal operation and the
vehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System
If the FCA system does not seem to
operate properly, cleaning the
outside of the windshield in front of
the camera sensor and the front of
the vehicle may correct the issue.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
IBA may activate when the brake
pedal is applied quickly by providing
a boost to braking based on the
speed of approach and distance to
a vehicle ahead.

9-53

Minor brake pedal pulsations or
pedal movement during this time is
normal and the brake pedal should
continue to be applied as needed.
IBA will automatically disengage
when the brake pedal is released or
brake pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.

{ WARNING
IBA may increase vehicle braking
in situations when it may not be
necessary. You could block the
flow of traffic. If this occurs, take
your foot off the brake pedal and
then apply the brakes as needed.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-54

Black plate (54,1)

Driving and Operating

Automatic Collision
Preparation (ACP) System
ACP may help reduce crash
damage by applying the vehicle’s
brake system and has a detection
range of approximately 60 m
(197 ft). Braking can only occur if a
vehicle is detected ahead. This is
shown by the FCA vehicle-ahead
indicator being lit. See Forward
Collision Alert (FCA) System on
page 9‑50.

{ WARNING
ACP is an emergency crash
preparation feature and is not
designed to avoid crashes. Do
not rely on ACP to brake the
vehicle.
ACP may not:
.

Respond to stopped vehicles,
pedestrians, or animals.

Detect a vehicle ahead on
winding or hilly roads.
(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)
.

Detect a stopped or
slow-moving vehicle or other
object ahead.

Detect a vehicle when
weather limits visibility, such
as in fog, rain, or snow. In
these situations, ACP sensor
performance is limited.

Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you
should be ready to take action
and apply the brakes and/or steer
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
Brake Preparation
When quickly approaching a vehicle
ahead, Brake Preparation reduces
brake response time by having the
brake system prepared for driver
braking to occur more rapidly.

Automatic Braking
In some imminent front-end crash
situations, if the driver has not
applied the brakes, Automatic
Braking applies the brakes to help
reduce crash damage. It may even
help avoid some crashes at very low
speeds.
Automatic Braking may slow the
vehicle to a complete stop to try to
avoid a potential crash. If this
happens, Automatic Braking will
engage the electric parking brake to
hold the vehicle at a stop. A firm
press of the accelerator pedal will
release Automatic Braking.

{ WARNING
Automatic Braking may
automatically brake the vehicle
in situations where it may be
unnecessary. It could respond
to a turning vehicle ahead,
guardrails, signs, and other
non-moving objects. This could
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (55,1)

Driving and Operating
WARNING (Continued)
be uncomfortable and startling. To
override Automatic Braking, firmly
press the accelerator pedal, if it is
safe to do so.
Automatic Braking can be disabled
or reduced through vehicle
personalization. See the “Auto
Collision Preparation” portion of
“Collision/Detection Systems”
under Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑40.

{ WARNING
Using the Automatic Collision
Preparation System while towing
a trailer could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle and crash.
Turn the system off when towing
a trailer.

9-55

Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA)
If equipped, the Side Blind Zone
Alert system is a lane-changing aid
that assists drivers with avoiding
crashes that occur with vehicles in
the side blind zone (or spot) areas.

{ WARNING
SBZA does not detect vehicles
rapidly approaching outside of the
side blind zones, pedestrians,
bicyclists, or animals. Failure to
use proper care when changing
lanes may result in injury, death,
or vehicle damage. Before
making a lane change, always
check mirrors, glance over your
shoulder, and use the turn
signals.

SBZA Detection Zones
The SBZA sensor covers a zone of
approximately one lane over from
both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m
(11 ft). This zone starts at each side
mirror and goes back approximately
5 m (16 ft). The height of the zone is
approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground.
Use caution while changing lanes
when towing a trailer, as the SBZA
detection zones that extend back
from the side of the vehicle do not
move further back when a trailer is
towed.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-56

Black plate (56,1)

Driving and Operating

How the System Works
The SBZA symbol lights up in the
side mirrors when the system
detects a vehicle in the side blind
zone, indicating it may be unsafe to
change lanes. Before making a lane
change, check the SBZA display,
check mirrors, glance over your
shoulder, and use the turn signals.

Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
Display
Display
When the vehicle is started, both
outside mirror SBZA displays will
briefly come on to indicate the
system is operating. When the
vehicle is moving forward, the
left- or right-side mirror display will
light up if a vehicle is detected in
that blind zone. If the turn signal is
activated and a vehicle is also

detected on the same side, the
display will flash as an extra
warning not to change lanes.
SBZA displays may come on when
a passed vehicle remains in or
drops back into the detection zone.
SBZA can be disabled through
vehicle personalization. See
“Collision/Detection Systems”
under Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑40. If SBZA is disabled by
the driver, the SBZA mirror displays
will not light up.

When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
SBZA may not always alert the
driver to vehicles in the blind zone,
especially in wet conditions. The
system does not need to be
serviced. The system may light up
due to guardrails, signs, trees,
shrubs, and other non-moving
objects. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not
need service.

SBZA may not operate when the
SBZA sensors in the left or right
corners of the rear bumper are
covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice,
or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For
cleaning instructions, see "Washing
the Vehicle" under Exterior Care on
page 10‑89. If the DIC still displays
the SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM
UNAVAILABLE message after
cleaning the rear bumper corners,
see your dealer.
If the SBZA displays do not light up
when vehicles are in the blind zone
and the system is clean, the system
may need service. Take the vehicle
to your dealer.
When SBZA is disabled for any
reason other than the driver turning
it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On
option will not be available on the
personalization menu.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (57,1)

Driving and Operating
FCC Information
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13‑21 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and Industry Canada
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
LDW may help avoid crashes due to
unintentional lane departures. It may
provide a warning if the vehicle is
crossing a detected lane marker
without using a turn signal. LDW
uses a camera sensor to detect the
lane markings. It only operates at
speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
greater.
When the vehicle crosses a
detected lane marking, the LDW
indicator will flash and either three
beeps will be sounded from the left
or right side, or three Safety Alert
Seat pulses will occur on the left or
right side of the seat, depending on

the lane departure direction. LDW
will not warn if the turn signal is on
or if a sharp maneuver is made.

{ WARNING
The LDW system is an aid to help
the vehicle stay in the driving
lane. It does not steer the vehicle.
The LDW system may not:
.

Provide enough time to avoid
a crash.

Detect lane markings under
bad weather conditions or if
the windshield is dirty.

Detect lane markings and will
not detect road edges.

Warn that the vehicle is
crossing a lane marking if the
system does not detect the
lane marking.
(Continued)

9-57

WARNING (Continued)
If LDW only detects lane
markings on one side of the
road, it will only warn you when
departing the lane on the side
where it has detected a lane
marker. Even with LDW, always
keep your attention on the road
and maintain proper vehicle
position within the lane, or
vehicle damage, injury, or death
could occur. Always keep the
windshield clean and do not use
LDW in bad weather conditions.

How the System Works
The LDW camera sensor is on the
windshield ahead of the rearview
mirror.
To turn LDW on and off, press @
near the shift lever. The control
indicator will light when LDW is on.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-58

Black plate (58,1)

Driving and Operating
When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly

When the vehicle is started, the
LDW indicator on the instrument
cluster will come on briefly.
If LDW is on and the vehicle is
traveling at 56 km/h (35 mph) or
greater, the LDW indicator will
appear green if the system detects
a left or right lane marking. If the
vehicle crosses a detected lane
marking without using the turn
signal, this indicator will change to
amber and flash. In addition, three
beeps will be sounded from the left
or right speaker, or the Safety Alert
Seat will pulse three times on either
the left or right side of the seat,
depending on the lane departure
direction.

If the system is on and the vehicle
speed is 56 km/h (35 mph) or
greater, and the LDW symbol does
not appear:
.

The lane markings on the road
may not be seen.

The camera sensor may be
blocked by dirt, snow, or ice.

The weather may be limiting
visibility.

This is normal operation; the vehicle
does not need service.
If the LDW camera system does not
seem to operate properly, cleaning
the outside of the windshield in front
of the camera sensor may correct
the issue.
A damaged windshield can also
impact the performance of the
system. If the windshield is
damaged, it should be replaced.

Lane markings may not be detected
on curves, highway exit ramps,
or hills; or due to poor visibility.

{ WARNING
If the LDW camera sensor is
blocked by dirt, snow, or ice,
or if the headlamps are not
cleaned or properly aimed,
or if the windshield is dirty or
damaged, it may not detect the
lanes ahead. LDW may not help
avoid a crash under these
conditions. Keep the headlamps
cleaned and properly aimed and
the windshield clean.
LDW warnings may occur due to tar
marks, shadows, cracks in the road,
or other road imperfections. This is
normal system operation; the
vehicle does not need service.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (59,1)

Driving and Operating

Fuel

Recommended Fuel

Use of the recommended fuel is
an important part of the proper
maintenance of this vehicle. To
help keep the engine clean and
maintain optimum vehicle
performance, we recommend using
TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.
See www.toptiergas.com for a list of
TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.

Use regular unleaded gasoline with
a posted octane rating of 87 or
higher. If the octane rating is less
than 87, an audible knocking noise,
commonly referred to as spark
knock, might be heard when driving.
If this occurs, use a gasoline rated
at 87 octane or higher as soon as
possible. If heavy knocking is heard
when using gasoline rated at
87 octane or higher, the engine
needs service.
Prohibited Fuels

If the vehicle has a yellow fuel
cap, E85 or flex fuel can be used
in the vehicle. See Fuel E85
(85% Ethanol) on page 9‑61.

Gasolines containing oxygenates,
such as ethers and ethanol, as well
as reformulated gasolines are
available in some cities. If these
gasolines comply with the
previously described specification,
then they are acceptable to use.
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and
other fuels containing more than
15% ethanol must be used only in
flex fuel vehicles.

9-59

{ CAUTION
Do not use fuel containing
methanol. It can corrode metal
parts in the fuel system and also
damage plastic and rubber parts.
That damage would not be
covered under the vehicle
warranty.
Some gasolines that are
not reformulated for low
emissions can contain an
octane-enhancing additive called
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use
gasolines with MMT as they can
reduce spark plug life and affect
emission control system
performance. The malfunction
indicator lamp may turn on. If this
occurs, see your dealer for service.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-60

Black plate (60,1)

Driving and Operating

Gasoline Specifications
At a minimum, gasoline should
meet ASTM specification D 4814.
Some gasolines contain an
octane-enhancing additive called
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend
against the use of gasolines
containing MMT. See Fuel Additives
on page 9‑60.

California Fuel
Requirements
If the vehicle is certified to meet
California Emissions Standards, it is
designed to operate on fuels that
meet California specifications. See
the underhood emission control
label. If this fuel is not available in
states adopting California Emissions
Standards, the vehicle will operate
satisfactorily on fuels meeting
federal specifications, but emission
control system performance might

be affected. The malfunction
indicator lamp could turn on and the
vehicle might fail a smog‐check test.
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
page 5‑17. If this occurs, return to
your authorized dealer for diagnosis.
If it is determined that the condition
is caused by the type of fuel used,
repairs might not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.

Fuels in Foreign
Countries
If planning to drive in countries
outside the U.S. or Canada, the
proper fuel might be hard to find.
Check regional auto club or fuel
retail brand websites for availability
in the country where driving. Never
use leaded gasoline, fuel containing
methanol, or any other fuel not
recommended. Costly repairs
caused by use of improper fuel
would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.

Fuel Additives
To provide cleaner air, all gasolines
in the United States are now
required to contain additives that
help prevent engine and fuel system
deposits from forming, allowing the
emission control system to work
properly. In most cases, nothing
should have to be added to the fuel.
However, some gasolines contain
only the minimum amount of
additive required to meet U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency
regulations. To help keep fuel
injectors and intake valves clean
and avoid problems due to dirty
injectors or valves, look for gasoline
that is advertised as TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline. Look for the
TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to
ensure gasoline meets enhanced
detergency standards developed by
the auto companies. A list of
marketers providing TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline can be found at
www.toptiergas.com.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (61,1)

Driving and Operating
For customers who do not use TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly,
one bottle of Fuel System Treatment
PLUS, part number 88861013,
added to the fuel tank at every
engine oil change, can help clean
deposits from fuel injectors and
intake valves. GM Fuel System
Treatment PLUS is the only
gasoline additive recommended by
General Motors. It is available at
your dealer.
Gasolines containing oxygenates,
such as ethers and ethanol, and
reformulated gasolines might be
available in your area. We
recommend that you use these
gasolines, if they comply with the
specifications described earlier.
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and
other fuels containing more than
15% ethanol must not be used in
vehicles that were not designed for
those fuels.

9-61

Notice: This vehicle was not
designed for fuel that contains
methanol. Do not use fuel
containing methanol. It can
corrode metal parts in the fuel
system and also damage plastic
and rubber parts. That damage
would not be covered under the
vehicle warranty.

Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol)

Some gasolines that are
not reformulated for low
emissions can contain an
octane-enhancing additive called
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant
where you buy gasoline whether the
fuel contains MMT. We recommend
against the use of such gasolines.
Fuels containing MMT can reduce
spark plug life and affect emission
control system performance. The
malfunction indicator lamp might
turn on. If this occurs, return to your
dealer for service.

We encourage the use of E85 in
vehicles that are designed to use it.
The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable”
fuel, meaning it is made from
renewable sources such as corn
and other crops.

Vehicles that have a yellow fuel cap
can use either unleaded gasoline
or ethanol fuel containing up to
85% ethanol (E85). For all other
vehicles, use only the unleaded
gasoline described under
Recommended Fuel on page 9‑59.

Many service stations will not have
an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump
available. The U.S. Department of
Energy has an alternative fuels
website (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/
locator/stations/) that can help you
find E85 fuel. Those stations that
do have E85 should have a label
indicating ethanol content. Do not
use the fuel if the ethanol content is
greater than 85%.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-62

Black plate (62,1)

Driving and Operating

At a minimum, E85 should meet
ASTM Specification D 5798 or
CGSB Specification 3.512. Filling
the tank with fuel mixtures that
do not meet ASTM or CGSB
specifications can affect driveability
and could cause the malfunction
indicator lamp to come on. As the
outside temperature approaches
freezing, ethanol fuel distributors
should supply winter grade ethanol,
the same as with unleaded
gasoline.
The starting characteristics of
E85 fuel make it unsuitable for use
when temperatures fall below −18°C
(0°F). In the range of −18°C (0°F) to
0°C (32°F), it may take more time to
start the engine.
E85 has less energy per liter
(gallon) than gasoline, so you will
need to refill the fuel tank more
often when using E85 than when
you are using gasoline. See Filling
the Tank on page 9‑62.

Notice: Some additives are not
compatible with E85 fuel and can
harm the vehicle's fuel system.
Do not add anything to E85.
Damage caused by additives
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Notice: This vehicle was not
designed for fuel that contains
methanol. Do not use fuel
containing methanol. It can
corrode metal parts in the fuel
system and also damage plastic
and rubber parts. That damage
would not be covered under the
vehicle warranty.

Filling the Tank

{ WARNING
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
violently and can cause injury or
death.
.

To help avoid injuries to you
and others, read and follow
all the instructions on the fuel
pump island.

Turn off the engine when
refueling.

Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
from fuel.

Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended.

Do not reenter the vehicle
while pumping fuel.
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (63,1)

Driving and Operating

When reinstalling the cap, turn it
clockwise until it clicks once,
otherwise the malfunction indicator
lamp could turn on. See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp on page 5‑17.

WARNING (Continued)
.

Keep children away from the
fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel.

Fuel can spray out if the fuel
cap is opened too quickly.
This spray can happen if the
tank is nearly full, and is
more likely in hot weather.
Open the fuel cap slowly and
wait for any hiss noise to stop
then unscrew the cap all
the way

9-63

Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not
top off or overfill the tank and wait a
few seconds after you have finished
pumping before removing the
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care on page 10‑89.
The tethered fuel cap is located
behind a hinged fuel door on the
passenger side of the vehicle. To
open the fuel door, push the
rearward center edge in and release
and it will open.
To remove the fuel cap, turn it
slowly counterclockwise.
While refueling, hang the tethered
fuel cap from the hook on the
fuel door.

When replacing the fuel cap, turn it
clockwise until it clicks once. Make
sure the cap is fully installed. The
diagnostic system can determine if
the fuel cap has been left off or
improperly installed. This would
allow fuel to evaporate into the
atmosphere. See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp on page 5‑17.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-64

Black plate (64,1)

Driving and Operating

{ WARNING
If a fire starts while you are
refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.
Notice: If a new fuel cap is
needed, be sure to get the right
type of cap from your dealer. The
wrong type of fuel cap might not
fit properly, might cause the
malfunction indicator lamp to
light, and could damage the fuel
tank and emissions system. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
page 5‑17.

Filling a Portable Fuel
Container

WARNING (Continued)
.

Place the nozzle inside the fill
opening of the container
before dispensing fuel, and
keep it in contact with the fill
opening until filling is
complete.

Fill the container no more
than 95% full to allow for
expansion.

Do not smoke, light matches,
or use lighters while
pumping fuel.

Avoid using cell phones or
other electronic devices.

{ WARNING
Filling a portable fuel container
while it is in the vehicle can cause
fuel vapors that can ignite either
by static electricity or other
means. You or others could be
badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged. Always:
.

Use approved fuel
containers.

Remove the container from
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
bed before filling.

Place the container on the
ground.
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (65,1)

Driving and Operating

Towing
General Towing
Information
Only use towing equipment that
has been designed for the vehicle.
Contact your dealer or trailering
dealer for assistance with preparing
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read
the entire section before towing a
trailer.
For towing a disabled vehicle, see
Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑85.
For towing the vehicle behind
another vehicle such as a motor
home, see Recreational Vehicle
Towing on page 10‑85.

Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips
Driving with a Trailer
When towing a trailer:
.

Become familiar with the state
and local laws that apply
specifically to trailer towing.

Do not tow a trailer during the
first 800 km (500 miles), to
prevent damage to the engine,
axle or other parts.

Then, during the first 800 km
(500 miles) trailer towing, do not
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and
do not make starts at full throttle.

The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).
Use a lower gear if the
transmission shifts too often.

Do not use the Fuel Economy
Mode when towing.

Do not use Adaptive Cruise
Control when towing.

The Automatic Collision
Preparation System should be
set to “Off” when towing. See
Active Emergency Braking
System on page 9‑53.

9-65

{ WARNING
When towing a trailer, exhaust
gases may collect at the rear of
the vehicle and enter if the
liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most
window is open.
When towing a trailer:
.

Do not drive with the liftgate,
trunk/hatch, or rear-most
window open.

Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.

Also adjust the Climate
Control system to a setting
that brings in only outside air.
See “Climate Control
Systems” in the Index.

For more information about
Carbon Monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9‑22.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-66

Black plate (66,1)

Driving and Operating

Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. The
combination you are driving is
longer and not as responsive as the
vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
the handling and braking of the rig
before setting out for the open road.
Before starting, check all trailer hitch
parts and attachments, safety
chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
tires and mirrors. If the trailer
has electric brakes, start the
combination moving and then apply
the trailer brake controller by hand
to be sure the brakes work.
During the trip, check occasionally
to be sure that the load is secure
and the lamps and any trailer
brakes still work.

Towing with a Stability Control
System

Backing Up

When towing, the sound of the
stability control system might be
heard. The system is reacting to the
vehicle movement caused by the
trailer, which mainly occurs during
cornering. This is normal when
towing heavier trailers.

Hold the bottom of the steering
wheel with one hand. To move the
trailer to the left, move your hand to
the left. To move the trailer to the
right, move your hand to the right.
Always back up slowly and,
if possible, have someone
guide you.

Following Distance

Making Turns

Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when
driving the vehicle without a trailer.
This can help to avoid situations
that require heavy braking and
sudden turns.

Notice: Making very sharp turns
while trailering could cause the
trailer to come in contact with the
vehicle. The vehicle could be
damaged. Avoid making very
sharp turns while trailering.

Passing

When turning with a trailer, make
wider turns than normal so the
trailer will not strike soft shoulders,
curbs, road signs, trees or other
objects. Use the turn signal well in
advance and avoid jerky or sudden
maneuvers.

More passing distance is needed
when towing a trailer. Because the
rig is longer, it is necessary to go
farther beyond the passed vehicle
before returning to the lane.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (67,1)

Driving and Operating
Turn Signals When Towing a
Trailer
The turn signal indicators on the
instrument panel flash whenever
signaling a turn or lane change.
Properly hooked up, the trailer
lamps also flash, telling other
drivers the vehicle is turning,
changing lanes or stopping.
When towing a trailer, the arrows on
the instrument panel flash for turns
even if the bulbs on the trailer are
burned out. Check occasionally to
be sure the trailer bulbs are still
working.

Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a
lower gear before starting down a
long or steep downgrade. If the
transmission is not shifted down, the
brakes might have to be used so
much that they would get hot and no
longer work well.
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).
Use a lower gear if the transmission
shifts too often.

When towing at high altitude on
steep uphill grades, engine coolant
boils at a lower temperature than at
normal altitudes. If the engine is
turned off immediately after towing
at high altitude on steep uphill
grades, the vehicle could show
signs similar to engine overheating.
To avoid this, let the engine run
while parked, preferably on level
ground, with the transmission in
P (Park) for a few minutes before
turning the engine off. If the
overheat warning comes on, see
Engine Overheating on page 10‑18.

Parking on Hills

{ WARNING
Parking the vehicle on a hill with
the trailer attached can be
dangerous. If something goes
wrong, the rig could start to move.
People can be injured, and both
the vehicle and the trailer can be
damaged. When possible, always
park the rig on a flat surface.

9-67

If parking the rig on a hill:
1. Press the brake pedal, but do
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
the wheels into the curb if facing
downhill or into traffic if facing
uphill.
2. Have someone place chocks
under the trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel chocks are in
place, release the brake pedal
until the chocks absorb the load.
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
apply the parking brake and shift
into P (Park).
5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal
while you:
.

Start the engine.

Shift into a gear.

Release the parking brake.

2. Let up on the brake pedal.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-68

Black plate (68,1)

Driving and Operating

3. Drive slowly until the trailer is
clear of the chocks.

Engine Cooling When Trailer
Towing

Weight of the Trailer

4. Stop and have someone pick up
and store the chocks.

The cooling system may temporarily
overheat during severe operating
conditions. See Engine Overheating
on page 10‑18.

It depends on how the rig is used.
For example, speed, altitude, road
grades, outside temperature and
how much the vehicle is used to pull
a trailer are all important. It can
depend on any special equipment
on the vehicle, and the amount of
tongue weight the vehicle can carry.
See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”
later in this section.

Maintenance When Trailer
Towing
The vehicle needs service more
often when pulling a trailer. See
the Maintenance Schedule on
page 11‑4. Things that are
especially important in trailer
operation are automatic
transmission fluid, engine oil,
axle lubricant, belts, cooling system
and brake system. Inspect these
before and during the trip.
Check periodically to see that all
hitch nuts and bolts are tight.

Trailer Towing
Before pulling a trailer, there are
three important considerations that
have to do with weight:
.

The weight of the trailer

The weight of the trailer tongue

The total weight on the vehicle's
tires

How heavy can a trailer safely be?

Maximum trailer weight is
calculated assuming only the driver
is in the tow vehicle and it has all
the required trailering equipment.
The weight of additional optional
equipment, passengers and cargo in
the tow vehicle must be subtracted
from the maximum trailer weight.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (69,1)

Driving and Operating

9-69

Use the following chart to determine how much the vehicle can weigh, based upon the vehicle model and options.
Maximum Trailer
Weight

GCWR*

Maximum Tongue
Weight

3.6L Engine, FWD without Trailering
Package

1 134 kg (2,500 lbs)

3 185 kg (7,022 lbs)

113 kg (250 lbs)

3.6L Engine, FWD with Trailering Package

1 588 kg (3,500 lbs)

3 640 kg (8,025 lbs)

159 kg (350 lbs)

3.6L Engine, AWD without Trailering
Package

1 134 kg (2,500 lbs)

3 270 kg (7,209 lbs)

113 kg (250 lbs)

3.6L Engine, AWD with Trailering Package

1 588 kg (3,500 lbs)

3 725 kg (8,212 lbs)

159 kg (350 lbs)

Vehicle

*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and
trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.

Ask your dealer for trailering
information or advice. See
Customer Assistance Offices (U.S.
and Canada) on page 13‑5 or
Customer Assistance Offices
(Mexico) on page 13‑5.

Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
an important weight to measure
because it affects the total gross
weight of the vehicle. The Gross
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the
curb weight of the vehicle, any
cargo carried in it, and the people
who will be riding in the vehicle.
If there are a lot of options,

equipment, passengers or cargo in
the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue
weight the vehicle can carry, which
will also reduce the trailer weight the
vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,
the tongue load must be added to
the GVW because the vehicle will
be carrying that weight, too. See
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10
for more information about the
vehicle's maximum load capacity.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-70

Black plate (70,1)

Driving and Operating
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or
the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle
Weight Rating). The effect of
additional weight may reduce the
trailering capacity more than the
total of the additional weight.

If a weight-carrying hitch or a
weight-distributing hitch is being
used, the trailer tongue (1) should
weigh 10-15 percent of the total
loaded trailer weight (2).
After loading the trailer, weigh the
trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they are not, adjustments
might be made by moving some
items around in the trailer.
Trailering may be limited by the
vehicle's ability to carry tongue
weight. Tongue weight cannot cause
the vehicle to exceed the GVWR

It is important that the vehicle
does not exceed any of its
ratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR,
Maximum Trailer Rating or Tongue
Weight. The only way to be sure it is
not exceeding any of these ratings
is to weigh the vehicle and trailer.

Total Weight on the Vehicle's
Tires
Be sure the vehicle's tires are
inflated to the upper limit for cold
tires. These numbers can be found
on the Certification label or see
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10.
Make sure not to go over the GVW
limit for the vehicle, or the GAWR,
including the weight of the trailer
tongue. If using a weight distributing
hitch, make sure not to go over the
rear axle limit before applying the
weight distribution spring bars.

Towing Equipment
Hitches
It is important to have the correct
hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large
trucks going by and rough roads are
a few reasons why the right hitch is
needed.
.

The rear bumper on the vehicle
is not intended for hitches. Do
not attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches to it. Use
only a frame-mounted hitch that
does not attach to the bumper.

Will any holes be made in the
body of the vehicle when the
trailer hitch is installed? If there
are, then be sure to seal the
holes later when the hitch is
removed. If the holes are not
sealed, dirt, water, and deadly
carbon monoxide (CO) from the
exhaust can get into the vehicle.
See Engine Exhaust on
page 9‑22.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (71,1)

Driving and Operating
Hitch Cover

To reinstall the hitch cover:

Trailer Brakes

1. Hold the cover at a 45 degree
angle to the vehicle and push
the upper tabs in the hitch cover
into the slots in the fascia.

A loaded trailer that weighs more
than 450 kg (1,000 lbs) needs to
have its own brake system that is
adequate for the weight of the
trailer. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for the trailer brakes
so they are installed, adjusted and
maintained properly.

2. Move the bottom of the cover
forward until the lower tabs line
up with the lower fascia slots.
3. Snap the hitch cover into place
by pushing the upper corners
forward.
The vehicle may have a hitch cover.
To remove the hitch cover:
1. Turn the fasteners on the lower
tabs 90 degrees
counterclockwise.
2. Lift the lower edge of the cover
about 45 degrees.
3. Pull the cover downward to
disengage the upper
attachments.

9-71

4. Turn the fasteners on the lower
tabs 90 degrees clockwise to
lock the cover in place.

Safety Chains
Always attach chains between the
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
safety chains under the tongue
of the trailer to help prevent the
tongue from contacting the road if it
becomes separated from the hitch.
Always leave just enough slack so
the rig can turn. Never allow safety
chains to drag on the ground.

Because the vehicle has anti-lock
brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's
brake system. If you do, both brake
systems will not work well, or at all.

Trailer Sway
Control (TSC)
The vehicle has a Trailer Sway
Control (TSC) feature as part of the
StabiliTrak system. If TSC detects
that the trailer is swaying, the
vehicle's brakes are automatically
applied.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

9-72

Black plate (72,1)

Driving and Operating

Conversions and
Add-Ons
When TSC is applying the brakes,
the TCS/StabiliTrak indicator light
flashes to notify the driver to reduce
speed. If the trailer continues to
sway, StabiliTrak will reduce engine
torque to help slow the vehicle.
TSC will not function if StabiliTrak is
turned off. See StabiliTrak® System
on page 9‑33.

Add-On Electrical
Equipment
Notice: Some electrical
equipment can damage the
vehicle or cause components
to not work and would not be
covered by the warranty. Always
check with your dealer before
adding electrical equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the
vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3‑31 and Adding
Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3‑32.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (1,1)

Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . .
California Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements . . . .
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10-2
10-3
10-3
10-3

Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Engine Compartment
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Engine Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10
Automatic Transmission
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-11
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14

Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-18
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . 10-19
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-23
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-24
Wiper Blade
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25

Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-26

Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . 10-31

10-1

Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-33
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-33

Electrical System
Electrical System
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses and Circuit
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10-34
10-34
10-35
10-37
10-39

Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-44
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Tire Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-2

Black plate (2,1)

Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Tire Pressure Monitor
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-64
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65

If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . .
Storing the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . .

10-65

General Information

10-67

For service and parts needs, visit
your dealer. You will receive
genuine GM parts and GM-trained
and supported service people.

10-74
10-75
10-81

Jump Starting
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82

Towing
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-85
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85

Appearance Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-89
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-92
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-95

Genuine GM parts have one of
these marks:

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (3,1)

Vehicle Care

10-3

California Proposition
65 Warning

California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements

Accessories and
Modifications

Most motor vehicles, including this
one, contain and/or emit chemicals
known to the State of California to
cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. Engine
exhaust, many parts and systems,
many fluids, and some component
wear by-products contain and/or
emit these chemicals.

Certain types of automotive
applications, such as airbag
initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.

Adding non‐dealer accessories or
making modifications to the vehicle
can affect vehicle performance and
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and
electronic systems like antilock
brakes, traction control, and stability
control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-4

Black plate (4,1)

Vehicle Care

Damage to vehicle components
resulting from modifications or the
installation or use of non‐GM
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is
not covered under the terms of the
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
GM Accessories are designed to
complement and function with other
systems on the vehicle. See your
dealer to accessorize the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories
installed by a dealer technician.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3‑32.

Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work

{ WARNING
It can be dangerous to work on
your vehicle if you do not have
the proper knowledge, service
manual, tools, or parts. Always
follow owner manual procedures
and consult the service manual
for your vehicle before doing any
service work.

If doing some of your own service
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
on page 13‑17.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3‑31.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (5,1)

Vehicle Care
Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records on
page 11‑16.

10-5

Hood
To open the hood:

Notice: Even small amounts
of contamination can cause
damage to vehicle systems.
Do not allow contaminants to
contact the fluids, reservoir caps,
or dipsticks.

1. Pull the release handle with the
above symbol on it. It is located
below the instrument panel to
the left of the steering wheel.

2. Move the secondary hood
release lever up to release the
striker. The lever is located near
the middle of the hood.
3. Lift the hood.
Before closing the hood, be sure all
the filler caps are on properly.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-6

Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

Black plate (6,1)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (7,1)

Vehicle Care
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
page 10‑11.
2. Power Steering Reservoir and
Cap (Under Engine Cover). See
Power Steering Fluid on
page 10‑19.

8. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Engine
Coolant on page 10‑14.

10. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
See Jump Starting on
page 10‑82.

4. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of
View). See Engine Oil on
page 10‑8.

11. Remote Negative (−) Terminal
(Out of View). See Jump
Starting on page 10‑82.

5. Engine Cover on page 10‑7.

12. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block on page 10‑35.

7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brakes on page 10‑20.

Engine Cover

9. Battery (Out of View). See
Battery on page 10‑23.

3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine
Oil on page 10‑8.

6. Transmission Fluid Cap and
Dipstick (Out of View). See
Automatic Transmission Fluid on
page 10‑11.

10-7

13. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
on page 10‑20.

1. Oil Fill Cap
2. Engine Cover Bolt
3. Engine Cover
To remove:
1. Remove the oil fill cap (1).
2. Remove the engine cover
bolt (2).
3. Raise the engine cover (3) to
release from the retainers.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-8

Vehicle Care

4. Lift and remove the engine
cover.
5. Reverse Steps 1–4 to reinstall
engine cover.

Engine Oil
To ensure proper engine
performance and long life, careful
attention must be paid to engine
oil. Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect
your investment:
.

Black plate (8,1)

Always use engine oil approved
to the proper specification and of
the proper viscosity grade. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
in this section.
Check the engine oil level
regularly and maintain the
proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil” in this section.

Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System on page 10‑10.

Always dispose of engine oil
properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil” in this section.

{ WARNING
The engine oil dipstick handle
may be hot; it could burn you.
Use a towel or glove to touch the
dipstick handle.

Checking Engine Oil
It is a good idea to check the engine
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
get an accurate reading, the vehicle
must be on level ground. The
engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑6 for the location of the
engine oil dipstick.
1. If the engine has been running
recently, turn off the engine and
allow several minutes for the oil
to drain back into the oil pan.
Checking the oil level too soon
after engine shutoff will not
provide an accurate oil level
reading.

2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it
with a paper towel or cloth, then
push it back in all the way.
Remove it again, keeping the tip
down, and check the level.

When to Add Engine Oil
If the oil is below the cross-hatched
area at the tip of the dipstick, add
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil
and then recheck the level. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in
this section for an explanation of
what kind of oil to use. For engine
oil crankcase capacity, see
Capacities and Specifications on
page 12‑2.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (9,1)

Vehicle Care
Notice: Do not add too much oil.
Oil levels above or below the
acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful
to the engine. If you find that
you have an oil level above the
operating range, i.e., the engine
has so much oil that the oil level
gets above the cross-hatched
area that shows the proper
operating range, the engine could
be damaged. You should drain
out the excess oil or limit driving
of the vehicle and seek a service
professional to remove the
excess amount of oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑6 for the location of the
engine oil fill cap.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Selecting the right engine oil
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑13.
Specification
Use and ask for licensed engine
oils with the dexos1® approved
certification mark. Engine oils
meeting the requirements for the
vehicle should have the dexos1
approved certification mark. This
certification mark indicates that the
oil has been approved to the dexos1
specification.

Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.
Notice: Failure to use the
recommended engine oil or
equivalent can result in engine
damage not covered by the

10-9

vehicle warranty. Check with your
dealer or service provider on
whether the oil is approved to the
dexos1 specification.
Viscosity Grade
SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity
grade for the vehicle. Do not use
other viscosity grade oils such as
SAE 10W-30, 10W-40, or 20W-50.
Cold Temperature Operation: In an
area of extreme cold, where the
temperature falls below −29°C
(−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be
used. An oil of this viscosity grade
will provide easier cold starting
for the engine at extremely low
temperatures. When selecting an oil
of the appropriate viscosity grade,
always select an oil of the correct
specification. See “Specification”
earlier in this section for more
information.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-10

Black plate (10,1)

Vehicle Care

Engine Oil Additives/Engine
Oil Flushes
Do not add anything to the oil. The
recommended oils with the dexos
specification and displaying the
dexos certification mark are all that
is needed for good performance and
engine protection.
Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause
engine damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil
Used engine oil contains certain
elements that can be unhealthy for
your skin and could even cause
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
your skin for very long. Clean your
skin and nails with soap and water,
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
properly dispose of clothing or rags
containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the
use and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to the
environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the
trash or pouring it on the ground,
into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
it to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System
When to Change Engine Oil
This vehicle has a computer system
that indicates when to change the
engine oil and filter. This is based
on a combination of factors which
include engine revolutions, engine
temperature, and miles driven.
Based on driving conditions, the
mileage at which an oil change is
indicated can vary considerably. For
the oil life system to work properly,
the system must be reset every time
the oil is changed.

When the system has calculated
that oil life has been diminished, it
indicates that an oil change is
necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message comes on. See
Engine Oil Messages on page 5‑33.
Change the oil as soon as possible
within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
It is possible that, if driving under
the best conditions, the oil life
system might indicate that an oil
change is not necessary for up to a
year. The engine oil and filter must
be changed at least once a year
and at this time the system must be
reset. Your dealer has trained
service people who will perform this
work and reset the system. It is also
important to check the oil regularly
over the course of an oil drain
interval and keep it at the proper
level.
If the system is ever reset
accidentally, the oil must be
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
since the last oil change.
Remember to reset the oil life
system whenever the oil is changed.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (11,1)

Vehicle Care
How to Reset the Engine Oil
Life System
Reset the system whenever the
engine oil is changed so that the
system can calculate the next
engine oil change. To reset the
system:
1. Using the DIC controls on the
right side of the steering wheel,
display REMAINING OIL LIFE
on the DIC. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5‑27. When remaining
oil life is low, the CHANGE
ENGINE OIL SOON message
will appear on the display. See
Engine Oil Messages on
page 5‑33.
2. Press SEL on the DIC controls
and hold SEL down for a few
seconds to clear the CHANGE
ENGINE OIL SOON message
and reset the oil life at 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oil
life display accidentally at any
time other than after the oil is
changed. It cannot be reset
accurately until the next oil
change.
The oil life system can also be reset
as follows:
1. Turn the ignition on with the
engine off.
2. Fully press and release the
accelerator pedal three times
within five seconds.
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message is not on, the
system is reset.
The system is reset when the
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message is off.
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message comes back on when the
vehicle is started, the engine oil life
system has not been reset. Repeat
the procedure.

10-11

Automatic Transmission
Fluid
A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak
occurs, take the vehicle to your
dealer and have it repaired as soon
as possible.
Change the fluid and filter at the
intervals listed in Maintenance
Schedule on page 11‑4, and be
sure to use the fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑13.

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑6 for the location of the
engine air cleaner/filter.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-12

Black plate (12,1)

Vehicle Care

When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the
scheduled maintenance intervals
and replace it at the first oil change
after each 80 000 km (50,000 mi)
interval. See Maintenance Schedule
on page 11‑4. If driving in dusty/dirty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
engine oil change.

How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
To inspect the air cleaner/filter,
remove the filter from the vehicle
and lightly shake the filter to release
loose dust and dirt. If the filter
remains covered with dirt, a new
filter is required. Never use
compressed air to clean the filter.

1. Air Duct Clamp

1. Cover Cut Outs

2. Electrical Connector

2. Air Filter Tabs

3. Retaining Clips

To inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter:
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10‑5.
2. Locate the air filter housing on
the front of the passenger side
of the engine compartment. See
Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑6.
3. Disconnect the outlet duct by
loosening the air duct clamp (1).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (13,1)

Vehicle Care
4. Disconnect the electrical
connector (2). First, remove the
connector lock clip located at the
bottom of the connector, then
press on the top and bottom of
the connector to remove.
5. Lift the 3 retaining clips (3) on
the air filter housing.
6. Tilt and lift the cover slightly
upwards and slide the cover
away from outside edge of the
vehicle. Remove the air filter.
7. To install the air filter, place filter
inside box where the pleats fit in
between the tabs located inside
the lower box. Ensure that the
cover cut outs (1) on both sides
match the air filter tabs (2) on
both sides.
8. Replace air cleaner cover by
inserting the 4 tabs into the
4 slots. Lower cover to meet
bottom of box. Place the
3 retaining clips (3) on retention
features and clip closed.

9. Reconnect outlet duct to cover
and tighten the air duct
clamp (1).
10. Reconnect the electrical
connector (2). Install connector
lock clip to bottom of
connector.

10-13

Notice: Installing an air
cleaner different than the one
recommended in Maintenance
Replacement Parts may cause
engine damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty.

Cooling System

{ WARNING
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is
off, dirt can easily get into the
engine, which could damage it.
Always have the air cleaner/filter
in place when you are driving.

1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View)
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-14

Black plate (14,1)

Vehicle Care

{ WARNING

An electric engine cooling fan
under the hood can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can cause injury. Keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
from any underhood electric fan.

Heater and radiator hoses, and
other engine parts, can be very
hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
you can be burned.

If the coolant inside the coolant
surge tank is boiling, do not do
anything else until it cools down.
The vehicle should be parked on a
level surface.
The coolant level should be
between the MIN and MAX lines.
If it is not, the vehicle may have a
leak at the radiator hoses, heater
hoses, radiator, water pump,
or somewhere else in the cooling
system.

Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it
could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you
could be burned. Get any leak
fixed before you drive the vehicle.
If there seems to be no leak, with
the engine on, check to see if the
engine cooling fan is running. If the
engine is overheating, the fan
should be running. If it is not, the
vehicle needs service. Turn off the
engine.

Notice: Using coolant other than
DEX-COOL® can cause premature
engine, heater core, or radiator
corrosion. In addition, the engine
coolant could require changing
sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi)
or 24 months, whichever occurs
first. Any repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always use DEX-COOL
(silicate-free) coolant in the
vehicle.

Engine Coolant
The cooling system in the vehicle
is filled with DEX-COOL® engine
coolant. This coolant needs to
be checked and replaced at
appropriate intervals. See
Maintenance Schedule on
page 11‑4.
The following explains the cooling
system and how to check and add
coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating on
page 10‑18.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (15,1)

Vehicle Care
What to Use

{ WARNING
Adding only plain water or some
other liquid to the cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water
and other liquids, can boil before
the proper coolant mixture will.
The coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mixture.
With plain water or the wrong
mixture, the engine could get too
hot but you would not get the
overheat warning. The engine
could catch fire and you or
others could be burned. Use a
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
drinkable water and DEX-COOL
coolant. If using this mixture,
nothing else needs to be added.
This mixture:
.

Gives freezing protection down
to −37°C (−34°F), outside
temperature.

Gives boiling protection up to
129°C (265°F), engine
temperature.

Protects against rust and
corrosion.

Will not damage aluminum parts.

Helps keep the proper engine
temperature.

10-15

Notice: If improper coolant
mixture, inhibitors, or additives
are used in the vehicle cooling
system, the engine could
overheat and be damaged. Too
much water in the mixture can
freeze and crack engine cooling
parts. The repairs would not be
covered by the warranty. Use
only the proper mixture of engine
coolant for the cooling system.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑13.
Never dispose of engine coolant by
putting it in the trash, pouring it
on the ground, or into sewers,
streams, or bodies of water. Have
the coolant changed by an
authorized service center, familiar
with legal requirements regarding
used coolant disposal. This will help
protect the environment and your
health.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-16

Black plate (16,1)

Vehicle Care

Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant
level.
Check to see if coolant is visible in
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
inside the coolant surge tank is
boiling, do not do anything else until
it cools down. If coolant is visible
but the coolant level is not at the
indicated mark, add a 50/50 mixture
of clean, drinkable water and
DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant
surge tank, but be sure the cooling
system is cool before this is done.
See Engine Overheating on
page 10‑18.
The coolant surge tank is located in
the engine compartment on the
driver side of the vehicle. See
Engine Compartment Overview on
page 10‑6.

How to Add Coolant to the
Coolant Surge Tank
Notice: This vehicle has a
specific coolant fill procedure.
Failure to follow this procedure
could cause the engine to
overheat and be severely
damaged.
If no problem is found, check to
see if coolant is visible in the
coolant surge tank. If coolant is
visible but the coolant level is not
at the indicated level mark, add a
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant at
the coolant surge tank, but be sure
the cooling system, including the
coolant surge tank pressure cap, is
cool before you do it.

{ WARNING
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system can blow out
and burn you badly. Never turn
the cap when the cooling system,
(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)
including the surge tank pressure
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling
system and surge tank pressure
cap to cool.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (17,1)

Vehicle Care
Notice: In cold weather, water
can freeze and crack the engine,
radiator, heater core and other
parts. Use the recommended
coolant and the proper coolant
mixture.

3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
the proper mixture to the
indicated level mark.
4. With the coolant surge tank
pressure cap off, start the
engine and let it run until you
can feel the upper radiator hose
getting hot. Watch out for the
engine cooling fan.

{ WARNING
You can be burned if you spill
coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough. Do not spill
coolant on a hot engine.

10-17

1. Remove the coolant surge tank
pressure cap when the cooling
system, including the coolant
surge tank pressure cap and
upper radiator hose, is no
longer hot.
Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise about
one-quarter of a turn. If you hear
a hiss, wait for that to stop. This
will allow any pressure still left to
be vented out the
discharge hose.
2. Then keep turning the pressure
cap slowly and remove it.

By this time, the coolant level
inside the coolant surge tank
may be lower. If the level is
lower, add more of the proper
mixture to the coolant surge tank
until the level reaches the
indicated level mark.
5. Replace the pressure cap tightly.
6. Verify coolant level after the
engine is shut off and the
coolant is cold. If necessary,
repeat coolant fill procedure
Steps 1–6.
If the coolant still is not at the
proper level when the system
cools down again, see your
dealer.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-18

Black plate (18,1)

Vehicle Care

Notice: If the pressure cap is not
tightly installed, coolant loss and
possible engine damage may
occur. Be sure the cap is properly
and tightly secured.

Engine Overheating
The vehicle has an indicator to warn
of engine overheating.
There is an engine coolant
temperature warning light on the
vehicle's instrument panel. See
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
on page 5‑13.
If the decision is made not to lift the
hood when this warning appears,
but instead get service help right
away. See Roadside Service
(Mexico) on page 13‑7 or Roadside
Service (U.S. and Canada) on
page 13‑11.
If the decision is made to lift the
hood, make sure the vehicle is
parked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the engine
cooling fans are running. If the
engine is overheating, both fans
should be running. If they are not,
do not continue to run the engine
and have the vehicle serviced.

WARNING (Continued)
Wait until there is no sign of
steam or coolant before you open
the hood.
If you keep driving when the
engine is overheated, the liquids
in it can catch fire. You or others
could be badly burned. Stop the
engine if it overheats, and get out
of the vehicle until the engine
is cool.

Notice: Running the engine
without coolant may cause
damage or a fire. Vehicle damage
would not be covered by the
warranty.

If Steam Is Coming from the
Engine Compartment

{ WARNING
Steam from an overheated engine
can burn you badly, even if you
just open the hood. Stay away
from the engine if you see or hear
steam coming from it. Just turn it
off and get everyone away from
the vehicle until it cools down.
(Continued)

If No Steam Is Coming from
the Engine Compartment
If an engine overheat warning is
displayed but no steam can be seen
or heard, the problem may not be
too serious. Sometimes the engine
can get a little too hot when the
vehicle:
.

Climbs a long hill on a hot day

Stops after high-speed driving

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (19,1)

Vehicle Care
.

Idles for long periods in traffic

Tows a trailer

If the overheat warning displays with
no sign of steam:
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
2. Turn the heater on to the highest
temperature and to the highest
fan speed. Open the windows as
necessary.

If the warning continues, pull
over, stop, and park the vehicle
right away.

in this system could indicate a
problem. Have the system inspected
and repaired.

If there is no sign of steam, idle
the engine for three minutes while
parked. If the warning is still
displayed, turn off the engine until it
cools down.

How to Check Power Steering
Fluid

Power Steering Fluid

3. In heavy traffic, let the engine
idle in N (Neutral) while stopped.
If it is safe to do so, pull off
the road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral) and let the
engine idle.
If the temperature overheat gauge
is no longer in the overheat zone or
an overheat warning no longer
displays, the vehicle can be driven.
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
vehicle distance from the vehicle in
front. If the warning does not come
back on, continue to drive normally.

10-19

To check the power steering fluid:
1. Turn the engine off and let the
engine compartment cool down.
2. Remove the engine cover,
if required. See Engine Cover on
page 10‑7.
3. Wipe the cap and the top of the
reservoir clean.
4. Unscrew the cap and wipe the
dipstick with a clean rag.

See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑6 for reservoir location.

5. Replace the cap and completely
tighten it.

When to Check Power Steering
Fluid

6. Remove the cap again and look
at the fluid level on the dipstick.

It is not necessary to regularly
check power steering fluid unless a
leak is suspected in the system or
unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss

The level should be within the
HOT mark. If necessary, add only
enough fluid to bring the level within
the mark.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-20

Black plate (20,1)

Vehicle Care

What to Use

Fill the washer fluid tank only
three-quarters full when it is
very cold. This allows for
fluid expansion if freezing
occurs, which could
damage the tank if it is
completely full.

Do not use engine coolant
(antifreeze) in the windshield
washer. It can damage the
windshield washer system
and paint.

To determine what kind of fluid to
use, see Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑13. Always
use the proper fluid.

Washer Fluid
What to Use
When windshield washer fluid is
needed, be sure to read the
manufacturer's instructions before
use. If operating the vehicle in an
area where the temperature may
fall below freezing, use a fluid that
has sufficient protection against
freezing.

Adding Washer Fluid
The WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
FLUID message appears on the
Driver Information Center (DIC)
when the fluid level is low.

Open the cap with the washer
symbol on it. Add washer fluid
up to the fill mark. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
page 10‑6 for reservoir location.
Notice
.

When using concentrated
washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer instructions for
adding water.
Do not mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid.
Water can cause the solution
to freeze and damage the
washer fluid tank and other
parts of the washer system.

Brakes
This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc
brake pads have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads
are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or be
heard all the time the vehicle is
moving, except when applying the
brake pedal firmly.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (21,1)

Vehicle Care

{ WARNING
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will
not work well. That could lead to
a crash. When the brake wear
warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced.
Notice: Continuing to drive with
worn-out brake pads could result
in costly brake repair.
Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when the
brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean
something is wrong with the brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are
necessary to help prevent brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to torque
specifications in Capacities and
Specifications on page 12‑2.

Brake linings should always be
replaced as complete axle sets.

Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service might be
required.

10-21

installing disc brake pads that are
wrong for the vehicle, can change
the balance between the front and
rear brakes — for the worse. The
braking performance expected can
change in many other ways if the
wrong replacement brake parts are
installed.

Brake Fluid

Brake Adjustment
Every time the brakes are applied,
with or without the vehicle moving,
the brakes adjust for wear.

Replacing Brake System Parts
The braking system on a vehicle is
complex. Its many parts have to be
of top quality and work well together
if the vehicle is to have really good
braking. The vehicle was designed
and tested with top-quality brake
parts. When parts of the braking
system are replaced, be sure to get
new, approved replacement parts.
If this is not done, the brakes might
not work properly. For example,

The brake master cylinder reservoir
is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as
indicated on the reservoir cap. See
Engine Compartment Overview on
page 10‑6 for the location of the
reservoir.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-22

Black plate (22,1)

Vehicle Care

There are only two reasons why the
brake fluid level in the reservoir
might go down:
.

The brake fluid level goes down
because of normal brake lining
wear. When new linings are
installed, the fluid level goes
back up.

A fluid leak in the brake
hydraulic system can also cause
a low fluid level. Have the brake
hydraulic system fixed, since a
leak means that sooner or later
the brakes will not work well.

Do not top off the brake fluid.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
If fluid is added when the linings are
worn, there will be too much fluid
when new brake linings are
installed. Add or remove brake fluid,
as necessary, only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic system.

{ WARNING

If too much brake fluid is added, it
can spill on the engine and burn,
if the engine is hot enough. You
or others could be burned, and
the vehicle could be damaged.
Add brake fluid only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic
system.

With the wrong kind of fluid in the
brake hydraulic system, the
brakes might not work well. This
could cause a crash. Always use
the proper brake fluid.

When the brake fluid falls to a low
level, the brake warning light comes
on. See Brake System Warning
Light on page 5‑20.
What to Add
Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid
from a sealed container. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑13.
Always clean the brake fluid
reservoir cap and the area around
the cap before removing it. This
helps keep dirt from entering the
reservoir.

Notice
.

Using the wrong fluid
can badly damage brake
hydraulic system parts. For
example, just a few drops of
mineral-based oil, such as
engine oil, in the brake
hydraulic system can
damage brake hydraulic
system parts so badly that
they will have to be replaced.
Do not let someone put in
the wrong kind of fluid.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (23,1)

Vehicle Care
.

If brake fluid is spilled on the
vehicle's painted surfaces,
the paint finish can be
damaged. Be careful not to
spill brake fluid on the
vehicle. If you do, wash it off
immediately.

Battery
Refer to the replacement number
shown on the original battery label
when a new battery is needed. See
Engine Compartment Overview on
page 10‑6 for battery location.

{ WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to
cause cancer and reproductive
harm. Wash hands after handling.

Vehicle Storage

{ WARNING
Batteries have acid that can burn
you and gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting on
page 10‑82 for tips on working
around a battery without
getting hurt.
Infrequent Usage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery to keep the battery from
running down.
Extended Storage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery or use a battery trickle
charger.

10-23

All-Wheel Drive
Transfer Case
Under normal driving conditions,
transfer case fluid does not require
changing or checking unless there
is a fluid leak or unusual noise.
If required, have the transfer case
serviced by your dealer.

Starter Switch Check

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-24

Black plate (24,1)

Vehicle Care

2. Firmly apply both the parking
brake and the regular brake.
See Parking Brake on
page 9‑28.
Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off
the engine immediately if it
starts.
3. Try to start the engine in each
gear. The vehicle should start
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
If the vehicle starts in any other
position, contact your dealer for
service.

Automatic Transmission
Shift Lock Control
Function Check

{ WARNING
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle. It should be
parked on a level surface.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake.
See Parking Brake on
page 9‑28.
Be ready to apply the regular
brake immediately if the vehicle
begins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn the
ignition on, but do not start the
engine. Without applying the
regular brake, try to move the
shift lever out of P (Park) with
normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact
your dealer for service.

Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check

{ WARNING
When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
of the vehicle in case it begins to
roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle
begin to move.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (25,1)

Vehicle Care
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
your foot on the regular brake, set
the parking brake.
.

To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.
To check the P (Park)
mechanism's holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the
parking brake followed by the
regular brake.

Contact your dealer if service is
required.

Wiper Blade Replacement
Windshield wiper blades should be
inspected for wear or cracking. See
Maintenance Schedule on
page 11‑4.

10-25

It is a good idea to clean or replace
the wiper blade assembly on a
regular basis or when worn. For
proper windshield wiper blade
length and type, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts on page 11‑15.
Notice: Allowing the wiper arm to
touch the windshield when no
wiper blade is installed could
damage the windshield. Any
damage that occurs would not be
covered by your warranty. Do not
allow the wiper arm to touch the
windshield.

Front Wiper Blade
Replacement
To replace the wiper blade
assembly:
1. Pull the windshield wiper
assembly away from the
windshield.

2. Press the button in the middle of
the wiper arm connector, and
pull the wiper blade away from
the arm connector.
3. Remove the wiper blade.
4. Reverse steps 1–3 for wiper
blade replacement.

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement
The rear wiper blade and wiper arm
have a cover for protection. The
cover must be removed before the
wiper blade can be replaced.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-26

Black plate (26,1)

Vehicle Care

To remove the cover:

To remove the wiper blade:

Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp aim has been preset and
should need no further adjustment.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is
necessary, see your dealer.

1. Slide a plastic tool under the
cover and push upward to
unsnap.
2. Slide the cover toward the wiper
blade tip to unhook it from the
blade assembly.
3. Remove the cover.
4. After wiper blade replacement,
ensure that the cover hook
slides into the slot in the blade
assembly.
5. Snap the cover down to secure.

1. Lift the wiper arm away from the
windshield.
2. Push the release lever (2) to
disengage the hook and push
the wiper arm (1) out of the
blade assembly (3).
3. Push the new blade assembly
securely on the wiper arm until
the release lever clicks into
place.
4. Replace the wiper cover.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (27,1)

Vehicle Care

Bulb Replacement
For the proper type of replacement
bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on
page 10‑33.
For any bulb changing procedure
not listed in this section, contact
your dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ WARNING
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package.

High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting

10-27

Headlamps

{ WARNING
The high intensity discharge
lighting system operates at a very
high voltage. If you try to service
any of the system components,
you could be seriously injured.
Have your dealer or a qualified
technician service them.
After an HID headlamp bulb has
been replaced, the beam might be a
slightly different shade than it was
originally. This is normal.

Base Headlamp Assembly (Rear
View Passenger Side)
1. Low-Beam Headlamp/Daytime
Running Lamp (DRL)
2. High-Beam Headlamp
3. Turn Signal Lamp

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-28

Black plate (28,1)

Vehicle Care
Driver Side
The removal of the underhood
electrical center is required for the
replacement of one of these bulbs:
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10‑5.

{ WARNING
Uplevel Headlamp Assembly (Rear
View Driver Side)
1. High/Low-Beam Headlamp (To
be replaced at dealer only)
2. Daytime Running Lamp (DRL)
3. Turn Signal Lamp

Liquids from environment or
spillage and/or tools placed on
top of or used in the underhood
electrical center while the cover is
removed can pose a risk of
electrical shock/burn to anyone in
the vicinity. These conditions can
also cause damage to electrical
components on the vehicle. Keep
liquids and tools away from the
underhood electrical center when
the cover is removed.

2. Unlatch three clips and lift up the
underhood electrical center
cover to remove.

Passenger Side
The removal of the air filter/cleaner
assembly and base is required for
the replacement of one of these
bulbs:
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10‑5.
2. Remove the air cleaner/filter
cover. See Engine Air Cleaner/
Filter on page 10‑11.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (29,1)

Vehicle Care
3. Lift the air cleaner/filter base to
disengage from the three pins.

8. Install the cap with the down
arrow pointing down in the back
of the headlamp assembly.

Low-Beam Headlamps/Daytime
Running Lamps (DRL),
High-Beam Headlamps (Base)

9. For driver side, reinstall the
underhood electrical center
cover by latching three clips.

2. From the back side of the
headlamp assembly, remove the
bottom cap to replace the
high-beam headlamp bulb.
3. Disconnect electrical connector.
1. From the back side of the
headlamp assembly, remove the
top cap to replace the low-beam
headlamp/DRL bulb.

10-29

4. Remove the bulb socket from
the headlamp assembly.
5. Replace the bulb in the bulb
socket.
6. Install the bulb socket in the
headlamp assembly.
7. Connect the electrical connector.

10. For passenger side, reinstall
the air filter/cleaner assembly
base by pushing to seat. Verify
the base is seated securely,
then install the engine air filter/
cleaner assembly.

High/Low-Beam Headlamps
(Uplevel)
The high/low beam headlamps on
the uplevel are High Intensity
Discharge (HID) and should be
replaced at the dealer.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-30

Black plate (30,1)

Vehicle Care

Daytime Running Lamp (DRL)
(Uplevel)

4. Replace the bulb in the bulb
socket.

Front Turn Signal Lamp (Base
and Uplevel)

5. Install the bulb socket in the
headlamp assembly.

To replace the Front Turn
Signal Lamp:

6. Connect the electrical connector.

1. Remove the turn signal lamp
bulb socket from the headlamp
assembly.

7. Install the cap with the down
arrow pointing down in the back
of the headlamp assembly.
8. For driver side, reinstall the
underhood electrical center
cover by latching three clips.

1. From the back side of the
headlamp assembly, remove the
bottom cap to replace the
DRL bulb.
2. Disconnect electrical connector.
3. Remove the DRL bulb socket
from the headlamp assembly.

9. For passenger side, reinstall the
air filter/cleaner assembly base
by pushing to seat . Verify the
base is seated securely, then
install the engine air filter/
cleaner assembly.

2. Remove the turn signal lamp
bulb from the socket.
3. Replace the bulb in the bulb
socket.
4. Install the bulb socket in the
headlamp assembly.
5. For driver side, reinstall the
underhood electrical center
cover by latching three clips.
6. For passenger side, reinstall the
air filter/cleaner assembly base
by pushing to seat . Verify the
base is seated securely, then
install the engine air filter/
cleaner assembly.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (31,1)

Vehicle Care

10-31

Turn Signal Lamps
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
on page 2‑13.

4. Remove the two screws from the
taillamp assembly.
5. Pull the taillamp assembly
straight back to remove.
2. Remove the push pin (1) on the
taillamp cover (2).
3. Remove the taillamp cover from
the lamp assembly by pulling
rearward from the top to
unfasten the snap tabs.

6. Turn the turn signal lamp bulb
socket counterclockwise to
remove it from the taillamp
assembly.
7. Pull the bulb straight out from
the socket.
8. Press a new bulb into the
socket, insert it into the taillamp
assembly, and turn the bulb
socket clockwise until it clicks.
9. Reinstall the taillamp assembly
and tighten the screws.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-32

Black plate (32,1)

Vehicle Care

10. Reinstall the taillamp cover by
snapping it into place.
11. Push the push pin to secure
the taillamp cover.

3. Remove the taillamp cover from
the lamp assembly by pulling
rearward from the top to
unfasten from the snap tabs.

Back-Up Lamps
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
on page 2‑13.
6. Disconnect the wiring harness
connector from the back-up bulb/
socket assembly.
4. Remove the two screws from the
taillamp assembly.
5. Pull the taillamp assembly
straight back to remove.
2. Remove the push pin (1) on the
taillamp cover (2).

7. Turn the back-up bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it
from the taillamp assembly.
8. Install a new bulb/socket
assembly into the taillamp
assembly, and turn the bulb/
socket clockwise until it clicks.
9. Reinstall the taillamp assembly
and tighten the screws.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (33,1)

Vehicle Care
10. Reinstall the taillamp cover by
snapping it into place.

3. Turn the lamp assembly down to
remove from liftgate.

11. Push the push pin to secure
the taillamp cover.

8. Push on the lamp side opposite
the clip until the lamp assembly
snaps into place.

Replacement Bulbs

License Plate Lamp

Exterior Lamp

To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
on page 2‑13.

Passenger Side Shown, Driver
Side Similar
2. Push the left end of the lamp
assembly towards the right.

10-33

Bulb
Number

Back-up Lamp

Hyperclick
PH16W

Daytime
Running Lamp

7443 ULL

Headlamp
High-Beam

9005LL

4. Turn the bulb socket (1)
counterclockwise to remove from
lamp assembly (3).

Headlamp
Low-Beam

H11LL

License Plate Lamp

W5WLL

5. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of
the bulb socket.

Turn Signal Front

7444NA

6. Push the replacement bulb
straight into the bulb socket and
turn the bulb socket clockwise to
install into lamp assembly.
7. Turn the lamp assembly into the
liftgate engaging the clip side
first.

Tail/Turn
Signal Rear

7440

For replacement bulbs not listed
here, contact your dealer.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-34

Black plate (34,1)

Vehicle Care

Electrical System
Electrical System
Overload
The vehicle has fuses and circuit
breakers to protect against an
electrical system overload.
When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
and closes, protecting the circuit
until the current load returns to
normal or the problem is fixed. This
greatly reduces the chance of circuit
overload and fire caused by
electrical problems.
Fuses and circuit breakers protect
power devices in the vehicle.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one
of the identical size and rating.
If there is a problem on the road and
a fuse needs to be replaced, the
same amperage fuse can be
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring
An electrical overload may cause
the lamps to go on and off, or in
some cases to remain off. Have the
headlamp wiring checked right away
if the lamps go on and off or
remain off.

Windshield Wipers
If the wiper motor overheats due to
heavy snow or ice, the windshield
wipers will stop until the motor cools
and will then restart.
Although the circuit is protected
from electrical overload, overload
due to heavy snow or ice may
cause wiper linkage damage.
Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the
windshield wipers.
If the overload is caused by an
electrical problem and not snow or
ice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and Circuit
Breakers
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by a
combination of fuses and circuit
breakers. This greatly reduces the
chance of damage caused by
electrical problems.
To check a fuse, look at the
silver-colored band inside the fuse.
If the band is broken or melted,
replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
a bad fuse with a new one of the
identical size and rating.
Fuses of the same amperage can
be temporarily borrowed from
another fuse location, if a fuse goes
out. Replace the fuse as soon as
possible.
To identify and check fuses, circuit
breakers, and relays, see Engine
Compartment Fuse Block on
page 10‑35, Instrument Panel Fuse
Block on page 10‑37, and Rear
Compartment Fuse Block on
page 10‑39.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (35,1)

Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
To remove the fuse block cover,
press the clips on the cover and lift
it straight up.
Notice: Spilling liquid on any
electrical component on the
vehicle may damage it. Always
keep the covers on any electrical
component.

Engine Compartment Fuse Block
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
J-Case
Usage
Fuses
6

Wiper

Vacuum Pump

J-Case
Fuses

Usage

Antilock Brake
System Pump

Rear Electrical
Center 1

10-35

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-36

Vehicle Care

J-Case
Fuses

Usage

Rear Electrical
Center 2

Cooling Fan 2

Starter

Cooling Fan 1

Mini Fuses

Usage

Engine Control
Module Battery

Transmission
Control Module
Battery

5
7

Black plate (36,1)

Engine Control
Module Run Crank
Post–Catalytic
Converter O2
Sensor
Pre–Catalytic
Converter O2
Sensor

Mini Fuses

Usage

Engine Control
Module Powertrain

Fuel Injectors–Even

Fuel Injectors-Odd

Washer

Heated Steering
Wheel

Heads Up Display

Instrument Cluster/
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp/Ignition

Air Quality Sensor

Headlamp Washer

Transmission
Control Module Run
Crank

Rear Electrical
Center Run Crank

Switch Back Light

Mini Fuses

Usage

Battery Sense
(Regulated Voltage
Control)

Adaptive Forward
Lighting/Adaptive
Headlamp Leveling
Module

Body Control
Module 7

Electronic Brake
Control Module

Air Conditioning
Compressor Clutch

Low-Beam
Headlamp-Right

Low-Beam
Headlamp-Left

Front Fog Lamps

Horn

Fuel System Control
Module

Headlamp Level

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (37,1)

Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses

Usage

Sensing Diagnostic
Module Ignition

High-Beam
Headlamp-Right

Mini Relays

Usage

Powertrain

Cooling Fan 2

Cooling Fan 1

Run/Crank

High-Beam
Headlamp-Left

Ignition Steering
Column Lock

Trailer Right
Stoplamp

Trailer Left Stoplamp

Wiper Speed

Spare

Starter

Spare

Cool Fan 3

Spare

Low Beam/HID

Spare

U Micro
Relays

Spare

Air Conditioning
Compressor Clutch

Headlamp Washer

Micro
Relays

10-37

Instrument Panel Fuse
Block

Usage

Vacuum Pump

Wiper Control

Usage

The instrument panel fuse block is
located in the center console
between the driver and passenger
seats. To access the fuses, open
the fuse panel door from the
passenger side by pulling it out.
To reinstall the door, push the door
back into its original location.
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays and
features shown.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-38

Black plate (38,1)

Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses

Usage

DISPLY

Display

S/ROOF

Sunroof

RVC MIRR

Rear Vision
Camera Mirror

UHP

Universal
Handsfree Phone

RDO

Radio

APO –
IP/CNSL

Auxiliary Power
Outlet – Instrument
Panel/Console

APO – CNSL Auxiliary Power
Outlet – Floor
Console

Instrument Panel Fuse Block

BCM 1

Body Control
Module 3

BCM 4

Body Control
Module 4

BCM 5

Body Control
Module 5

ONSTAR

OnStar® System (If
Equipped)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (39,1)

Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses

Usage

RAIN SNSR

Rain Sensor

BCM 6

Body Control
Module 6

ESCL

Electronic Steering
Column Lock

AIRBAG

Sensing and
Diagnostic Module

DLC
IPC
STR
WHL SW

Data Link
Connector
Instrument Cluster
Steering Wheel
Switch

BCM 3

Body Control
Module 1

BCM 2

Body Control
Module 2

AMP/RDO
HVAC

Amplifier/Radio
Heating Ventilation
& Air Conditioning

J-Case
Fuses

Usage

BCM 8

Body Control
Module 8

FRT BLWR

Front Blower

Relays

10-39

Rear Compartment Fuse
Block

Usage

LOGIC RLY/ Logistics Relay/
SHUNT
Shunt
RAP/
ACCY RLY

Retained
Accessory Power/
Accessory Relay

Breakers

Usage

HTR DR

Heated Driver Seat

HTR PAS

Heated
Passenger Seat

The rear compartment fuse block is
located in the cargo area, on the
driver side of the vehicle behind the
lower trim panel. To open, turn the
latch with a flat bladed tool and pull
the trim panel from the edges to fold
it down.
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-40

Black plate (40,1)

Vehicle Care
Fuses
SPARE
FUSES
AOS MDL

Usage
Spare Fuses
Automatic Occupant
Sensing Module

SPARE

Not Used

SPARE

Not Used

DLC2
PASS DR
WDO SW

Data Link
Connector 2
Passenger Door
Window Switch

DRV
Driver Power Seat
PWR SEAT
PASS DR Passenger/Driver
PWR SEAT Power Seats
MDL TRLR Trailer Module

Rear Compartment Fuse Block

RPA MDL

Rear Parking Assist
Module

RDM

Rear Drive Module

PRK
LPS TRLR

Trailer Park Lamps

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (41,1)

Vehicle Care
Fuses

Usage

FUEL
PUMP

Fuel Pump

* SEC

Security

INFOTMNT Infotainment
* TRLR EXP Trailer Export
REAR/WPR Rear Wiper
MIR
WDO MDL
VICS

Mirror Window
Module
Vehicle Information
Communications
System (Export)

CNSTR
VENT

Canister Vent

LGM
LOGIC

Liftgate Module
Logic

CAMERA

Rear Vision Camera

FRT
Front Ventilated
VENT SEAT Seats
TRLR

Trailer Module

Fuses

Usage

SADS MDL Semi Active
Damping System
Module
REAR
HTD SEAT

Rear Heated Seats

FRT
HTD SEAT

Front Heated Seats

SPARE
* L/GATE

Spare
Shunt

REAR
DEFOG

Rear Defog

* BCM
THEFT

Body Control
Module Theft

UGDO

Trailer 2
Universal Garage
Door Opener

RT WDO

Right Window

PRK
BRK MDL

Park Brake Module

SPARE

Not Used

Usage

WNDO

Power Window

IGN/
THEFT 1

Ignition/Theft 1

LGM

Liftgate Module

IGN/
THEFT 2

Ignition/Theft 2

EOCM/
SBZA

Liftgate

SHUNT

* TRLR 2

Fuses

10-41

External Object
Calculating Module/
Side Blind Zone
Alert

HTD MIR

Heated Mirror

AUX PWR

Auxiliary Power
Outlet

Relays

Usage

SPARE

Not Used

* FUEL
PUMP

Fuel Pump

WPR
CONTRL

Wiper Control

* RUN RLY Run Relay

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-42

Black plate (42,1)

Vehicle Care

Relays

Usage

LOGIC

Logistic Relay
(Export)

DEFOG
REAR

Rear Window
Defogger

*Denotes uplevel content.

Wheels and Tires
Tires
Every new GM vehicle has
high-quality tires made by a
leading tire manufacturer. See
the warranty manual for
information regarding the tire
warranty and where to get
service. For additional
information refer to the tire
manufacturer.

{ WARNING
.

Poorly maintained and
improperly used tires are
dangerous.

Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a
result of too much flexing.
There could be a blowout
and a serious crash. See
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑10.

Underinflated tires pose
the same danger as
overloaded tires. The
resulting crash could
cause serious injury.
Check all tires frequently
to maintain the
recommended pressure.
Tire pressure should be
checked when the tires
are cold.
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (43,1)

Vehicle Care

WARNING (Continued)

Overinflated tires are more
likely to be cut, punctured,
or broken by a sudden
impact — such as when
hitting a pothole. Keep
tires at the recommended
pressure.

center should repair,
replace, dismount, and
mount the tires.

Worn or old tires can
cause a crash. If the tread
is badly worn,
replace them.

Replace any tires that
have been damaged by
impacts with potholes,
curbs, etc.

Improperly repaired tires
can cause a crash. Only
the dealer or an
authorized tire service
(Continued)

Do not spin the tires in
excess of 56 km/h
(35 mph) on slippery
surfaces such as snow,
mud, ice, etc. Excessive
spinning may cause the
tires to explode.

See Tire Pressure for
High-Speed Operation on
page 10‑52 for inflation pressure
adjustment for high-speed
driving.

10-43

All-Season Tires
This vehicle may come with
all-season tires. These tires are
designed to provide good overall
performance on most road surfaces
and weather conditions. Original
equipment tires designed to GM's
specific tire performance criteria
have a TPC specification code
molded onto the sidewall. Original
equipment all-season tires can be
identified by the last two characters
of this TPC code, which will
be “MS.”
Consider installing winter tires on
the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice-covered roads is
expected. All-season tires provide
adequate performance for most
winter driving conditions, but they
may not offer the same level of
traction or performance as winter
tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
See Winter Tires on page 10‑44.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-44

Vehicle Care

Winter Tires
This vehicle was not, originally,
equipped with winter tires. Winter
tires are designed for increased
traction on snow and ice-covered
roads. Consider installing winter
tires on the vehicle if frequent
driving on snow or ice-covered
roads is expected. See your dealer
for details regarding winter tire
availability and proper tire selection.
Also, see Buying New Tires on
page 10‑59.
With winter tires, there may be
decreased dry road traction,
increased road noise, and shorter
tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
handling and braking.
If using winter tires:
.

Black plate (44,1)

Use tires of the same brand and
tread type on all four wheel
positions.

Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
speed rating as the original
equipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires
may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
tires with a lower speed rating are
chosen, never exceed the tire's
maximum speed capability.

Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a tire is
molded into its sidewall. The
examples show a typical
passenger vehicle tire and a
compact spare tire sidewall.

Summer Tires
This vehicle may come with high
performance summer tires. These
tires have a special tread and
compound that are optimized for
maximum dry and wet road
performance. This special tread
and compound will decrease
performance in cold climates, and
on ice and snow. We recommend
installing winter tires on the
vehicle if frequent driving in cold
temperatures or on snow or ice
covered roads is expected. See
Winter Tires on page 10‑44.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size: The tire size is a
combination of letters and
numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height,
aspect ratio, construction type,

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (45,1)

Vehicle Care
and service description. See the
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
section.
(2) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification): Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
(3) DOT (Department of
Transportation): The
Department of Transportation
(DOT) code indicates that the
tire is in compliance with the
U.S. Department of
Transportation Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards.

DOT Tire Date of
Manufacture: The last four
digits of the TIN indicate the tire
manufactured date. The first
two digits represent the week
(01–52) and the last two digits,
the year. For example, the third
week of the year 2010 would
have a four-digit DOT date
of 0310.
(4) Tire Identification Number
(TIN): The letters and numbers
following the DOT (Department
of Transportation) code are
the Tire Identification Number
(TIN). The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.

10-45

(5) Tire Ply Material : The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(6) Uniform Tire Quality
Grading (UTQG): Tire
manufacturers are required to
grade tires based on three
performance factors: treadwear,
traction, and temperature
resistance. For more information
see Uniform Tire Quality
Grading on page 10‑62.
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit: Maximum load
that can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-46

Black plate (46,1)

Vehicle Care
(2) Temporary Use Only: The
compact spare tire or temporary
use tire should not be driven at
speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).
The compact spare tire is for
emergency use when a regular
road tire has lost air and gone
flat. If the vehicle has a compact
spare tire, see Compact Spare
Tire on page 10‑81 and If a Tire
Goes Flat on page 10‑65.

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The
type of cord and number of plies
in the sidewall and under the
tread.

(3) Tire Identification Number
(TIN): The letters and numbers
following the DOT (Department
of Transportation) code are
the Tire Identification Number
(TIN). The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.

(4) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit: Maximum load
that can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.
(5) Tire Inflation: The
temporary use tire or compact
spare tire should be inflated to
420 kPa (60 psi). For more
information on tire pressure and
inflation see Tire Pressure on
page 10‑51.
(6) Tire Size: A combination of
letters and numbers define a
tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
construction type, and service
description. The letter T as the
first character in the tire size
means the tire is for temporary
use only.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (47,1)

Vehicle Care
(7) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification): Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.

Tire Designations
Tire Size
The following is an example of a
typical passenger vehicle
tire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:
The United States version of a
metric tire sizing system. The
letter P as the first character in
the tire size means a passenger
vehicle tire engineered to
standards set by the U.S. Tire
and Rim Association.

10-47

(2) Tire Width: The three-digit
number indicates the tire section
width in millimeters from
sidewall to sidewall.
(3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit
number that indicates the tire
height-to-width measurements.
For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
item 3 of the illustration, it would
mean that the tire's sidewall is
60 percent as high as it is wide.
(4) Construction Code: A letter
code is used to indicate the type
of ply construction in the tire.
The letter R means radial ply
construction; the letter D
means diagonal or bias ply
construction; and the letter B
means belted-bias ply
construction.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-48

Black plate (48,1)

Vehicle Care

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
the wheel in inches.
(6) Service Description: These
characters represent the load
index and speed rating of the
tire. The load index represents
the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology and
Definitions
Air Pressure: The amount of
air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch
of the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight: The
combined weight of optional
accessories. Some examples
of optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power
steering, power brakes, power
windows, power seats, and air
conditioning.
Aspect Ratio: The relationship
of a tire's height to its width.
Belt: A rubber coated layer of
cords between the plies and
the tread. Cords may be made
from steel or other reinforcing
materials.
Bead: The tire bead contains
steel wires wrapped by steel
cords that hold the tire onto
the rim.

Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at
alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure: The
amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch)
before a tire has built up heat
from driving. See Tire Pressure
on page 10‑51.
Curb Weight: The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
and coolant, but without
passengers and cargo.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (49,1)

Vehicle Care
DOT Markings: A code molded
into the sidewall of a tire
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer,
production plant, brand, and
date of production.
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9‑10.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :
The side of an asymmetrical tire,
that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa): The metric
unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: A
tire used on light duty trucks and
some multipurpose passenger
vehicles.
Load Index: An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279
that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.

GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the front axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑10.

Maximum Inflation Pressure:
The maximum air pressure to
which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is
molded onto the sidewall.

GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the rear axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑10.

Maximum Load Rating: The
load rating for a tire at the
maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.

10-49

Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight: The sum of curb
weight, accessory weight,
vehicle capacity weight, and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight: The
number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑10.
Occupant Distribution :
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall: The
side of an asymmetrical tire that
has a particular side that faces
outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The side of the tire that
contains a whitewall, bears
white lettering, or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall
of the tire.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-50

Black plate (50,1)

Vehicle Care

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A
tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Recommended Inflation
Pressure: Vehicle
manufacturer's recommended
tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard. See Tire
Pressure on page 10‑51 and
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑10.
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic
tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim: A metal support for a tire
and upon which the tire beads
are seated.
Sidewall: The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating: An
alphanumeric code assigned to
a tire indicating the maximum
speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction: The friction between
the tire and the road surface.
The amount of grip provided.
Tread: The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with
the road.
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the tread
of a tire when only 1.6 mm
(1/16 in) of tread remains. See
When It Is Time for New Tires
on page 10‑59.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards): A tire
information system that
provides consumers with
ratings for a tire's traction,
temperature, and treadwear.

Ratings are determined by
tire manufacturers using
government testing procedures.
The ratings are molded into the
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
Tire Quality Grading on
page 10‑62.
Vehicle Capacity Weight:
The number of designated
seating positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑10.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire: Load on an individual tire
due to curb weight, accessory
weight, occupant weight, and
cargo weight.
Vehicle Placard: A label
permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the vehicle
capacity weight and the
original equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (51,1)

Vehicle Care
See “Tire and Loading
Information Label” under Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9‑10.

Tire Pressure
Tires need the correct amount of
air pressure to operate
effectively.
Notice: Neither tire
underinflation nor
overinflation is good.
Underinflated tires, or tires
that do not have enough air,
can result in:
.

Tire overloading and
overheating which could
lead to a blowout.

Premature or
irregular wear.

Poor handling.

Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires that
have too much air, can
result in:
.

Unusual wear.

Poor handling.

Rough ride.

Needless damage from
road hazards.

The Tire and Loading
Information label on the
vehicle indicates the original
equipment tires and the correct
cold tire inflation pressures. The
recommended pressure is the
minimum air pressure needed to
support the vehicle's maximum
load carrying capacity. See
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑10.

10-51

How the vehicle is loaded
affects vehicle handling and ride
comfort. Never load the vehicle
with more weight than it was
designed to carry.
When to Check
Check the tires once a month or
more. Do not forget the compact
spare, if the vehicle has one.
The cold compact spare tire
pressure should be at 420 kPa
(60 psi). See Compact Spare
Tire on page 10‑81.
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type
gauge to check tire pressure.
Proper tire inflation cannot be
determined by looking at the tire.
Check the tire inflation pressure
when the tires are cold, meaning
the vehicle has not been driven
for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-52

Black plate (52,1)

Vehicle Care

Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem. Press the tire
gauge firmly onto the valve to
get a pressure measurement.
If the cold tire inflation pressure
matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label, no
further adjustment is necessary.
If the inflation pressure is low,
add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the
inflation pressure is high, press
on the metal stem in the center
of the tire valve to release air.
Recheck the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
Return the valve caps on the
valve stems to prevent leaks
and keep out dirt and moisture.

Tire Pressure for
High-Speed Operation

{ WARNING
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h
(100 mph) or higher, puts an
additional strain on tires.
Sustained high-speed driving
causes excessive heat buildup
and can cause sudden tire failure.
You could have a crash and you
or others could be killed. Some
high-speed rated tires require
inflation pressure adjustment for
high-speed operation. When
speed limits and road conditions
are such that a vehicle can be
driven at high speeds, make sure
the tires are rated for high-speed
operation, in excellent condition,
and set to the correct cold tire
inflation pressure for the
vehicle load.

Vehicles with P235/65R18,
P235/55R20, or 235/55R20 size
tires require inflation pressure
adjustment when driving the vehicle
at speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph)
or higher. Set the cold inflation
pressure to the maximum inflation
pressure shown on the tire sidewall,
or 260 kPa (38 psi), whichever is
lower. Return the tires to the
recommended cold tire inflation
pressure when high-speed driving
has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9‑10 and Tire Pressure on
page 10‑51.
The maximum load and inflation
pressure is molded on the tire
sidewall, in small letters, near
the rim flange. It will read
something like this: Maximum load
690 kg (1521 lbs) 300 kPa (44 psi)
Max. Press.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (53,1)

Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Monitor
System

pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly
under-inflated.

The Tire Pressure Monitor System
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
technology to check tire pressure
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
the air pressure in your tires and
transmit tire pressure readings to a
receiver located in the vehicle.

Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them
to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
tread life, and may affect the
vehicle's handling and stopping
ability.

Each tire, including the spare
(if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire

Please note that the TPMS is
not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's
responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has
not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly.

10-53

The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire
pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function
properly.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation on page 10‑54.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-54

Black plate (54,1)

Vehicle Care

Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) Rules and
with Industry Canada
Standards

For additional information and
details about the DIC operation and
displays see Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5‑27.

See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13‑21 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
Rules and with Industry Canada
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
could be an early indicator that the
air pressure is getting low and
needs to be inflated to the proper
pressure.

Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The TPMS is designed to warn the
driver when a low tire pressure
condition exists. TPMS sensors are
mounted onto each tire and wheel
assembly, excluding the spare tire
and wheel assembly. The TPMS
sensors monitor the air pressure in
the tires and transmits the tire
pressure readings to a receiver
located in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure condition
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the low tire pressure warning light
on the instrument cluster. If the
warning light comes on, stop as
soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑10.
A message to check the pressure in
a specific tire displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). The low
tire pressure warning light and the
DIC warning message come on at
each ignition cycle until the tires
are inflated to the correct inflation
pressure. Using the DIC, tire
pressure levels can be viewed.

A Tire and Loading Information
label, attached to your vehicle,
shows the size of the original
equipment tires and the correct
inflation pressure for the tires when
they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑10, for an example
of the Tire and Loading Information
label and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure on page 10‑51.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (55,1)

Vehicle Care
The TPMS can warn about a low
tire pressure condition but it
does not replace normal tire
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
on page 10‑57, Tire Rotation on
page 10‑57 and Tires on
page 10‑42.
Notice: Tire sealant materials are
not all the same. A non-approved
tire sealant could damage the
TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor
damage caused by using an
incorrect tire sealant is not
covered by the vehicle
warranty. Always use only
the GM-approved tire sealant
available through your dealer or
included in the vehicle.
Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits
use a GM approved liquid tire
sealant. Using non-approved tire
sealants could damage the TPMS
sensors. See Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit on page 10‑67 for
information regarding the inflator kit
materials and instructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light and
Message
The TPMS will not function properly
if one or more of the TPMS sensors
are missing or inoperable. When the
system detects a malfunction, the
low tire warning light flashes for
about one minute and then stays on
for the remainder of the ignition
cycle. A DIC warning message also
displays. The malfunction light and
DIC warning message come on at
each ignition cycle until the problem
is corrected. Some of the conditions
that can cause these to come
on are:
.

One of the road tires has been
replaced with the spare tire. The
spare tire does not have a
TPMS sensor. The malfunction
light and DIC message should
go off after the road tire is
replaced and the sensor
matching process is performed
successfully. See “TPMS Sensor
Matching Process” later in this
section.

10-55

The TPMS sensor matching
process was not done or not
completed successfully after
rotating the tires. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off after
successfully completing the
sensor matching process. See
"TPMS Sensor Matching
Process" later in this section.

One or more TPMS sensors
are missing or damaged. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off when the
TPMS sensors are installed and
the sensor matching process is
performed successfully. See
your dealer for service.

Replacement tires or wheels do
not match the original equipment
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
other than those recommended
could prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. See Buying
New Tires on page 10‑59.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-56
.

Black plate (56,1)

Vehicle Care

Operating electronic devices or
being near facilities using radio
wave frequencies similar to the
TPMS could cause the TPMS
sensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioning
properly it cannot detect or signal a
low tire condition. See your dealer
for service if the TPMS malfunction
light and DIC message comes on
and stays on.

TPMS Sensor Matching
Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification
code needs to be matched to a new
tire/wheel position after rotating the
vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
more of the TPMS sensors. The
TPMS sensor matching process
should also be performed after
replacing a spare tire with a road
tire containing the TPMS sensor.
The malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off at the next
ignition cycle. The sensors are
matched to the tire/wheel positions,

using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
following order: driver side front tire,
passenger side front tire, passenger
side rear tire, and driver side rear.
See your dealer for service or to
purchase a relearn tool.
There are two minutes to match
the first tire/wheel position, and
five minutes overall to match all
four tire/wheel positions. If it takes
longer, the matching process stops
and must be restarted.
The TPMS sensor matching
process is:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Place the vehicle power mode in
ON/RUN/START. See Ignition
Positions on page 9‑16.
3. Make sure the Tire Pressure info
display option is turned on. The
info displays on the DIC can be
turned on and off through the
Settings menu. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5‑27.

4. Use the five-way DIC control on
the right side of the steering
wheel to scroll to the Tire
Pressure screen under the
DIC info page. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5‑27.
5. Press and hold the SEL button
located in the center of the
five-way DIC control.
The horn sounds twice to signal
the receiver is in relearn mode
and the TIRE LEARNING
ACTIVE message displays on
the DIC screen.
6. Start with the driver side
front tire.
7. Place the relearn tool against
the tire sidewall, near the valve
stem. Then press the button to
activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the
sensor identification code has
been matched to this tire and
wheel position.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (57,1)

Vehicle Care
8. Proceed to the passenger side
front tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 7.
9. Proceed to the passenger side
rear tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 7.
10. Proceed to the driver side rear
tire, and repeat the procedure
in Step 7. The horn sounds two
times to indicate the sensor
identification code has been
matched to the driver side rear
tire, and the TPMS sensor
matching process is no longer
active. The TIRE LEARNING
ACTIVE message on the DIC
display screen goes off.
11. Press STOP to turn the
ignition off.
12. Set all four tires to the
recommended air pressure
level as indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label.

Tire Inspection
We recommend that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the
vehicle has one, be inspected
for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month.
Replace the tire if:
.

The indicators at three or
more places around the tire
can be seen.

There is cord or fabric
showing through the tire's
rubber.

The tread or sidewall is
cracked, cut, or snagged
deep enough to show cord or
fabric.

10-57

The tire has a bump, bulge,
or split.

The tire has a puncture, cut,
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
damage.

Tire Rotation
Tires should be rotated every
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
Maintenance Schedule on
page 11‑4.
Tires are rotated to achieve a
uniform wear for all tires. The
first rotation is the most
important.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-58

Black plate (58,1)

Vehicle Care

Anytime unusual wear is
noticed, rotate the tires as soon
as possible, check for proper tire
inflation pressure, and check for
damaged tires or wheels. If the
unusual wear continues after the
rotation, check the wheel
alignment. See When It Is Time
for New Tires on page 10‑59
and Wheel Replacement on
page 10‑64.

Do not include the compact
spare tire in the tire rotation.
Adjust the front and rear tires to
the recommended inflation
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated. See
Tire Pressure on page 10‑51
and Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑10.
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
System. See Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation on
page 10‑54.
Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel
Nut Torque” under Capacities
and Specifications on
page 12‑2.

Use this rotation pattern when
rotating the tires.

{ WARNING
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of the
wheel hub with wheel bearing
grease after a wheel change or
tire rotation to prevent corrosion
or rust build-up. Do not get
grease on the flat wheel
mounting surface or on the
wheel nuts or bolts.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (59,1)

Vehicle Care

When It Is Time for New
Tires
Factors such as maintenance,
temperatures, driving speeds,
vehicle loading, and road conditions
affect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way
to tell when it is time for new tires.
Treadwear indicators appear when
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
or less of tread remaining. See Tire
Inspection on page 10‑57 and Tire
Rotation on page 10‑57.

The rubber in tires ages over time.
This also applies to the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one, even if it
is never used. Multiple factors
including temperatures, loading
conditions, and inflation pressure
maintenance affect how fast aging
takes place. GM recommends
that tires, including the spare if
equipped, be replaced after
six years, regardless of tread wear.
The tire manufacturer date is the
last four digits of the DOT Tire
Identification Number (TIN) which
is molded into one side of the tire
sidewall. The first two digits
represent the week (01–52) and
the last two digits, the year. For
example, the third week of the year
2010 would have a four-digit DOT
date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage
Tires age when stored normally
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
a vehicle that will be stored for at
least a month in a cool, dry, clean
area away from direct sunlight to

10-59

slow aging. This area should be
free of grease, gasoline, or other
substances that can deteriorate
rubber.
Parking for an extended period can
cause flat spots on the tires that
may result in vibrations while
driving. When storing a vehicle for
at least a month, remove the tires or
raise the vehicle to reduce the
weight from the tires.

Buying New Tires
GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle. The
original equipment tires installed
were designed to meet General
Motors Tire Performance
Criteria Specification (TPC
Spec) system rating. When
replacement tires are needed,
GM strongly recommends
buying tires with the same TPC
Spec rating.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-60

Black plate (60,1)

Vehicle Care

GM's exclusive TPC Spec
system considers over a dozen
critical specifications that impact
the overall performance of the
vehicle, including brake system
performance, ride and handling,
traction control, and tire
pressure monitoring
performance. GM's TPC Spec
number is molded onto the tire's
sidewall near the tire size. If the
tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC Spec number
will be followed by MS for mud
and snow. See Tire Sidewall
Labeling on page 10‑44.
GM recommends replacing worn
tires in complete sets of four.
Uniform tread depth on all tires
will help to maintain the
performance of the vehicle.
Braking and handling
performance may be adversely
affected if all the tires are not
replaced at the same time.

If proper rotation and
maintenance have been done,
all four tires should wear out at
about the same time. See Tire
Rotation on page 10‑57 for
information on proper tire
rotation. However, if it is
necessary to replace only one
axle set of worn tires, place the
new tires on the rear axle.
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment
tires may not be available for H,
V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
tires. Never exceed the winter
tire's maximum speed capability
when using winter tires with a
lower speed rating.

{ WARNING
Tires could explode during
improper service. Attempting
to mount or dismount a tire
could cause injury or death.
Only your dealer or authorized
tire service center should
mount or dismount the tires.

{ WARNING
Mixing tires of different sizes,
brands, or types may cause
loss of control of the vehicle,
resulting in a crash or other
vehicle damage. Use the
correct size, brand, and type
of tires on all wheels.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (61,1)

Vehicle Care

{ WARNING
Using bias-ply tires on the
vehicle may cause the wheel
rim flanges to develop cracks
after many miles of driving.
A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash.
Use only radial-ply tires with
the wheels on the vehicle.
If the vehicle tires must be
replaced with a tire that does not
have a TPC Spec number, make
sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating, and
construction (radial) as the
original tires.
Vehicles that have a tire
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
low-pressure warning if non-TPC
Spec rated tires are installed.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System on page 10‑53.

The Tire and Loading
Information label indicates the
original equipment tires on the
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9‑10.

Different Size Tires and
Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking,
ride and handling characteristics,
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock
brakes, rollover airbags, traction
control, electronic stability control,
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
of these systems can also be
affected.

10-61

{ WARNING
If different sized wheels are used,
there may not be an acceptable
level of performance and safety
if tires not recommended for
those wheels are selected. This
increases the chance of a crash
and serious injury. Only use GM
specific wheel and tire systems
developed for the vehicle, and
have them properly installed by a
GM certified technician.
See Buying New Tires on
page 10‑59 and Accessories and
Modifications on page 10‑3.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-62

Black plate (62,1)

Vehicle Care

Uniform Tire Quality
Grading
Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA
Temperature A
The following information relates
to the system developed by the
United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), which grades tires
by treadwear, traction, and
temperature performance. This
applies only to vehicles sold in
the United States. The grades
are molded on the sidewalls
of most passenger car tires.

The Uniform Tire Quality
Grading (UTQG) system does
not apply to deep tread, winter
tires, compact spare tires, tires
with nominal rim diameters of
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-production
tires.
While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
and light trucks may vary with
respect to these grades, they
must also conform to federal
safety requirements and
additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC)
standards.
All Passenger Car Tires Must
Conform to Federal Safety
Requirements In Addition To
These Grades.

Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based
on the wear rate of the tire
when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified
government test course.
For example, a tire graded
150 would wear one and
one-half (1½) times as well on
the government course as a
tire graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices
and differences in road
characteristics and climate.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (63,1)

Vehicle Care
Traction – AA, A, B, C

Temperature – A, B, C

The traction grades, from
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
and C. Those grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on
specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.

The temperature grades are
A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel. Sustained
high temperature can cause
the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life,
and excessive temperature
can lead to sudden tire failure.
The grade C corresponds to a
level of performance which all
passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and
A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law. Warning: The
temperature grade for this tire is

10-63

established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
The tires and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to
provide the longest tire life and best
overall performance. Adjustments to
wheel alignment and tire balancing
will not be necessary on a regular
basis. However, check the
alignment if there is unusual tire
wear or if the vehicle is pulling to
one side or the other. If the vehicle
vibrates when driving on a smooth
road, the tires and wheels might
need to be rebalanced. See your
dealer for proper diagnosis.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-64

Black plate (64,1)

Vehicle Care

Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
Some aluminum wheels can be
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of
wheel that is needed.
Each new wheel should have the
same load-carrying capacity,
diameter, width, offset, and be
mounted the same way as the one it
replaces.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts.

{ WARNING
Using the wrong replacement
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
nuts can be dangerous. It could
affect the braking and handling of
the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
and cause loss of control, causing
a crash. Always use the correct
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts for replacement.
Notice: The wrong wheel can
also cause problems with bearing
life, brake cooling, speedometer
or odometer calibration,
headlamp aim, bumper height,
vehicle ground clearance, and tire
or tire chain clearance to the
body and chassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ WARNING
Replacing a wheel with a used
one is dangerous. How it has
been used or how far it has been
driven may be unknown. It could
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
When replacing wheels, use a
new GM original equipment
wheel.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (65,1)

Vehicle Care

Tire Chains

{ WARNING
Do not use tire chains. There is
not enough clearance. Tire chains
used on a vehicle without the
proper amount of clearance can
cause damage to the brakes,
suspension, or other vehicle
parts. The area damaged by the
tire chains could cause loss of
control and a crash.
Use another type of traction
device only if its manufacturer
recommends it for the vehicle's
tire size combination and
road conditions. Follow that
manufacturer's instructions. To
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow
and readjust or remove the
traction device if it contacts the
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels.
If traction devices are used, install
them on the front tires.

If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
while driving, especially if the tires
are maintained properly. See Tires
on page 10‑42. If air goes out of a
tire, it is much more likely to leak
out slowly. But if there is ever a
blowout, here are a few tips about
what to expect and what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off
the accelerator pedal and grip the
steering wheel firmly. Steer to
maintain lane position, and then
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
used in a skid. Stop pressing the
accelerator pedal and steer to
straighten the vehicle. It may be
very bumpy and noisy. Gently
brake to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.

10-65

{ WARNING
Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire.
Re-inflating a tire after it has
been driven on while severely
underinflated or flat may cause a
blowout and a serious crash.
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
that has been driven on while
severely underinflated or flat.
Have your dealer or an authorized
tire service center repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as
possible.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-66

Black plate (66,1)

Vehicle Care

{ WARNING
Lifting a vehicle and getting
under it to do maintenance or
repairs is dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers on page 6‑5.

{ WARNING
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
off the jack and roll over or fall
causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire.
To help prevent the vehicle from
moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put an automatic
transmission in P (Park) or a
manual transmission in
1 (First) or R (Reverse).

This vehicle may come with a jack
and spare tire or a tire sealant and
compressor kit. To use the jacking
equipment to change a spare tire
safely, follow the instructions
below. Then see Tire Changing on
page 10‑75. To use the tire sealant
and compressor kit, see Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit on
page 10‑67.
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
use the following example as a
guide to assist you in the placement
of wheel blocks (1).

3. Turn off the engine and do
not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
4. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
5. Place wheel blocks on both
sides of the tire at the
opposite corner of the tire
being changed.

1. Wheel Block
2. Flat Tire

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (67,1)

Vehicle Care
The following information explains
how to repair or change a tire.

Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit

{ WARNING
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed
area with poor ventilation is
dangerous. Engine exhaust may
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust
contains carbon monoxide (CO)
which cannot be seen or smelled.
It can cause unconsciousness
and even death. Never run the
engine in an enclosed area that
has no fresh air ventilation. For
more information, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9‑22.

{ WARNING
Overinflating a tire could cause
the tire to rupture and you or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the tire sealant
and compressor kit instructions
and inflate the tire to its
recommended pressure. Do not
exceed the recommended
pressure.

{ WARNING
Storing the tire sealant and
compressor kit or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store the tire
sealant and compressor kit in its
original location.

10-67

If this vehicle has a tire sealant
and compressor kit, there may not
be a spare tire or tire changing
equipment, and on some vehicles
there may not be a place to store
a tire.
The tire sealant and compressor
can be used to temporarily seal
punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in
the tread area of the tire. It can
also be used to inflate an
underinflated tire.
If the tire has been separated from
the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
or has a large puncture, the tire is
too severely damaged for the tire
sealant and compressor kit to be
effective. See Roadside Service
(Mexico) on page 13‑7 or Roadside
Service (U.S. and Canada) on
page 13‑11.
Read and follow all of the tire
sealant and compressor kit
instructions.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-68

Black plate (68,1)

Vehicle Care

The kit includes:

2. On/Off Button
3. Pressure Gauge
4. Pressure Deflation Button
5. Tire Sealant Canister
6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)
7. Air Only Hose (Black)
8. Power Plug
9. Canister Release Button (Under
Sealant/Air Hose)

Tire Sealant
Read and follow the safe handling
instructions on the label adhered to
the sealant canister.
Check the tire sealant expiration
date on the sealant canister.
The sealant canister should be
replaced before its expiration date.

1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air or
Air Only)

Replacement sealant canisters are
available at your local dealer. See
“Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister” following.
There is only enough sealant to seal
one tire. After usage, the sealant
canister and sealant/air hose
assembly must be replaced. See
“Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister” following.

Using the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit to Temporarily
Seal and Inflate a
Punctured Tire
Follow the directions closely for
correct sealant usage.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (69,1)

Vehicle Care
3. Pressure Gauge
4. Pressure Deflation Button
5. Tire Sealant Canister
6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)
7. Air Only Hose (Black)
8. Power Plug
9. Canister Release Button (Under
Sealant/Air Hose)
When using the tire sealant and
compressor kit during cold
temperatures, warm the kit in a
heated environment for five minutes.
This will help to inflate the tire
faster.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers on page 6‑5.

1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air or
Air Only)
2. On/Off Button

10-69

See If a Tire Goes Flat on
page 10‑65 for other important
safety warnings.
Do not remove any objects that
have penetrated the tire.
1. Remove the tire sealant and
compressor kit from its storage
location. See Storing the Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit on
page 10‑74.
2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6)
and the power plug (8).
3. Place the kit on the ground.
Make sure the tire valve stem is
positioned close to the ground
so the hose will reach it.
4. Remove the valve stem cap
from the flat tire by turning it
counterclockwise.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-70

Black plate (70,1)

Vehicle Care

5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6)
onto the tire valve stem. Turn it
clockwise until it is tight.
6. Plug the power plug (8) into the
accessory power outlet in the
vehicle. Unplug all items from
other accessory power outlets.
See Power Outlets on page 5‑7.
If the vehicle has an accessory
power outlet, do not use the
cigarette lighter.
If the vehicle only has a cigarette
lighter, use the cigarette lighter.
Do not pinch the power plug
cord in the door or window.
7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
must be running while using the
air compressor.
8. Press and turn the selector
switch (1) counterclockwise to
the Sealant + Air position.

9. Press the on/off button (2) to
turn the tire sealant and
compressor kit on.
The compressor will inject
sealant and air into the tire.
The pressure gauge (3) will
initially show a high pressure
while the compressor pushes the
sealant into the tire. Once the
sealant is completely dispersed
into the tire, the pressure will
quickly drop and start to rise
again as the tire inflates with
air only.
10. Inflate the tire to the
recommended inflation
pressure using the pressure
gauge (3). The recommended
inflation pressure can be found
on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Tire
Pressure on page 10‑51.

The pressure gauge (3) may
read higher than the actual tire
pressure while the compressor
is on. Turn the compressor off
to get an accurate pressure
reading. The compressor may
be turned on/off until the
correct pressure is reached.
Notice: If the recommended
pressure cannot be reached after
approximately 25 minutes, the
vehicle should not be driven
farther. The tire is too severely
damaged and the tire sealant and
compressor kit cannot inflate the
tire. Remove the power plug from
the accessory power outlet and
unscrew the inflating hose from
the tire valve. See Roadside
Service (Mexico) on page 13‑7 or
Roadside Service (U.S. and
Canada) on page 13‑11.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (71,1)

Vehicle Care
11. Press the on/off button (2) to
turn the tire sealant and
compressor kit off.

15. Replace the sealant/air hose
(6), and the power plug (8)
back in their original location.

The tire is not sealed and will
continue to leak air until the
vehicle is driven and the
sealant is distributed in the tire,
therefore, Steps 12–18 must
be done immediately after
Step 11.
Be careful while handling the
tire sealant and compressor kit
as it could be warm after
usage.
12. Unplug the power plug (8) from
the accessory power outlet in
the vehicle.
13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6)
counterclockwise to remove it
from the tire valve stem.
14. Replace the tire valve
stem cap.

16. If the flat tire was able to
inflate to the recommended
inflation pressure, remove the
maximum speed label from the
sealant canister (5) and place it
in a highly visible location. Do
not exceed the speed on this
label until the damaged tire is
repaired or replaced.
17. Return the equipment to its
original storage location in the
vehicle.
18. Immediately drive the vehicle
8 km (5 mi) to distribute the
sealant in the tire.

10-71

19. Stop at a safe location and
check the tire pressure. Refer
to Steps 1–11 under “Using the
Tire Sealant and Compressor
Kit without Sealant to Inflate a
Tire (Not Punctured).”
If the tire pressure has fallen
more than 68 kPa (10 psi)
below the recommended
inflation pressure, stop driving
the vehicle. The tire is too
severely damaged and the tire
sealant cannot seal the tire.
See Roadside Service (Mexico)
on page 13‑7 or Roadside
Service (U.S. and Canada) on
page 13‑11.
If the tire pressure has not
dropped more than 68 kPa
(10 psi) from the recommended
inflation pressure, inflate the
tire to the recommended
inflation pressure.
20. Wipe off any sealant from the
wheel, tire, and vehicle.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-72

Black plate (72,1)

Vehicle Care

21. Dispose of the used sealant
canister (5) and sealant/air
hose (6) assembly at a local
dealer or in accordance with
local state codes and practices.

3. Pressure Gauge

22. Replace with a new canister
assembly available from your
dealer.

7. Air Only Hose (Black)

23. After temporarily sealing the
tire using the tire sealant and
compressor kit, take the
vehicle to an authorized dealer
within 161 km (100 mi) of
driving to have the tire repaired
or replaced.

9. Canister Release Button (Under
Sealant/Air Hose)

4. Pressure Deflation Button
5. Tire Sealant Canister
6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)
8. Power Plug

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers on page 6‑5.
See If a Tire Goes Flat on
page 10‑65 for other important
safety warnings.

Using the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit without
Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not
Punctured)

1. Remove the tire sealant and
compressor kit from its storage
location. See Storing the Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit on
page 10‑74.

To use the air compressor to
inflate a tire with air only and not
sealant:
1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air or
Air Only)
2. On/Off Button

2. Unwrap the air only hose (7) and
the power plug (8).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (73,1)

Vehicle Care
3. Place the kit on the ground.
Make sure the tire valve stem is
positioned close to the ground
so the hose will reach it.
4. Remove the tire valve stem cap
from the flat tire by turning it
counterclockwise.
5. Attach the air only hose (7) onto
the tire valve stem by turning it
clockwise until it is tight.
6. Plug the power plug (8) into the
accessory power outlet in the
vehicle. Unplug all items from
other accessory power outlets.
See Power Outlets on page 5‑7.
If the vehicle has an accessory
power outlet, do not use the
cigarette lighter.
If the vehicle only has a cigarette
lighter, use the cigarette lighter.
Do not pinch the power plug
cord in the door or window.
7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
must be running while using the
air compressor.

8. Press and turn the selector
switch (1) clockwise to the Air
Only position.
9. Press the on/off button (2) to
turn the compressor on.
The compressor will inflate the
tire with air only.
10. Inflate the tire to the
recommended inflation
pressure using the pressure
gauge (3). The recommended
inflation pressure can be
found on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Tire
Pressure on page 10‑51.
The pressure gauge (3) may
read higher than the actual tire
pressure while the compressor
is on. Turn the compressor off
to get an accurate reading.
The compressor may be turned
on/off until the correct pressure
is reached.

10-73

If you inflate the tire higher
than the recommended
pressure you can adjust the
excess pressure by pressing
the pressure deflation
button (4) until the proper
pressure reading is reached.
This option is only functional
when using the air only
hose (7).
11. Press the on/off button (2) to
turn the tire sealant and
compressor kit off.
Be careful while handling the
tire sealant and compressor
kit as it could be warm after
usage.
12. Unplug the power plug (8) from
the accessory power outlet in
the vehicle.
13. Disconnect the air only hose
(7) from the tire valve stem, by
turning it counterclockwise, and
replace the tire valve stem cap.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-74

Black plate (74,1)

Vehicle Care

14. Replace the air only hose (7)
and the power plug (8) and
cord back in its original
location.

Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister

15. Place the equipment in the
original storage location in the
vehicle.

1. Unwrap the sealant hose.

Storing the Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit

To remove the sealant canister:
2. Press the canister release
button (9).
3. Pull up and remove the canister.
4. Replace with a new canister
which is available from your
dealer.
5. Push the new canister into
place.

The tire sealant and compressor kit
has an accessory adapter located in
a compartment on the bottom of its
housing that may be used to inflate
air mattresses, balls, etc.

This vehicle may have a tire
sealant and compressor kit in place
of a jack or spare tire. It is located
in a foam container in the rear
compartment storage area. If the
vehicle has a cargo cover, see
Cargo Management System on
page 4‑4 for instructions on how
to access the tire sealant and
compressor kit.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (75,1)

Vehicle Care

Tire Changing

To access the spare tire and tools:

Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
on page 2‑13.

10-75

3. Remove the spare tire cover.

1. Extension
2. Jack
3. Wheel Wrench
4. Wing Nut

2. Press on the bottom of the
handle assembly to unlatch it
and lift up on the handle.
The prop rod locks into place
when open.

4. Remove the rubber cover.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-76

Black plate (76,1)

Vehicle Care
Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire
Take off the wheel cover or center
cap, if the vehicle has one, to reach
the wheel bolts.
1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat on page 10‑65 for more
information.

5. Remove the nut retaining the
spare tire.
6. Remove the spare tire and place
it next to the tire being changed.
7. Remove the wing nut.
8. Remove the extension, jack, and
wheel wrench and place them
near the tire being changed.

2. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to loosen and
remove the wheel nut caps.
Do not try to remove plastic caps
from the cover or center cap.
3. Pull the cover or center cap
away from the wheel. Store the
wheel cover in the cargo area
until you have the flat tire
repaired or replaced.

4. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to loosen all
the wheel nuts, but do not
remove them yet.
5. Place the jack near the flat tire.
Notice: Make sure that the jack
lift head is in the correct position
or you may damage your vehicle.
The repairs would not be covered
by your warranty.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (77,1)

Vehicle Care

10-77

{ WARNING

6. Position the jack lift head at the
jack location nearest the flat tire.
The jacking location is indicated
by a V-shaped notch in the
plastic molding. The jack must
not be used in any other
position.

7. Insert the hooked end of the
extension handle through the
jack and the flat end through the
wheel wrench.

{ WARNING
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.

Raising the vehicle with the
jack improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-78

Black plate (78,1)

Vehicle Care

8. Turn the extension with the
wheel wrench clockwise to raise
the jack lift head until the jack
just fits under the vehicle.

Notice: Using a jack to raise the
vehicle without positioning it
correctly could damage your
vehicle. When raising your
vehicle on a jack, be sure to
position it correctly under the
frame and avoid contact with the
plastic molding.
10. Put the compact spare tire
near you.

9. Raise the vehicle by turning the
wheel wrench clockwise until the
slots in the jack head fit into the
metal flange located behind the
triangle on the plastic moulding.
Remove all of the wheel nuts.
11. Remove the flat tire.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (79,1)

Vehicle Care
14. Reinstall the wheel nuts.
Tighten each nut by hand until
the wheel is held against
the hub.
15. Lower the vehicle by
turning the jack handle
counterclockwise.

{ WARNING
12. Remove any rust or dirt from
the wheel bolts, mounting
surfaces, and spare wheel.
13. Place the compact spare tire
on the wheel-mounting surface.

{ WARNING
Never use oil or grease on bolts
or nuts because the nuts might
come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.

Wheel nuts that are improperly or
incorrectly tightened can cause
the wheels to become loose or
come off. The wheel nuts should
be tightened with a torque wrench
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
using accessory locking wheel
nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications on page 12‑2 for
original equipment wheel nut
torque specifications.

10-79

Notice: Improperly tightened
wheel nuts can lead to brake
pulsation and rotor damage. To
avoid expensive brake repairs,
evenly tighten the wheel nuts in
the proper sequence and to the
proper torque specification. See
Capacities and Specifications on
page 12‑2 for the wheel nut
torque specification.

16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in
a crisscross sequence, as
shown.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-80

Black plate (80,1)

Vehicle Care

17. Lower the jack all the way and
remove the jack from under the
vehicle.
18. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly
with the wheel wrench.
When reinstalling the wheel cover
or center cap on the full-size tire,
tighten all six plastic caps hand
snug with the aid of the wheel
wrench and tighten them with the
wheel wrench an additional
one-quarter of a turn.
Notice: Wheel covers will not fit
on the vehicle's compact spare.
If you try to put a wheel cover on
the compact spare, the cover or
the spare could be damaged.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
and Tools

{ WARNING
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place.

3. Install the cargo cover. For
more information, see Cargo
Management System on
page 4‑4.
4. Place the tire, lying flat, in the
rear storage compartment.

To store the flat or spare tire and
tools:
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
on page 2‑13 for more
information.
2. Put back all tools as they were
stored in the rear storage
compartment and put the
compartment cover back on. For
more information, see “Storing
the Compact Spare Tire and
Tools” next in this section.

5. Attach the strap to the cargo
tie-down in the rear of the
vehicle.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (81,1)

Vehicle Care

Compact Spare Tire

{ WARNING
Driving with more than one
compact spare tire at a time could
result in loss of braking and
handling. This could lead to a
crash and you or others could be
injured. Use only one compact
spare tire at a time.
6. Route the strap through the
wheel, as shown.
7. Attach the strap to the other
cargo tie-down in the rear of the
vehicle.
8. Tighten the strap.
9. Replace the rubber cover.
The compact spare is for temporary
use only. Replace the compact
spare tire with a full-size tire as
soon as you can.

If this vehicle has a compact spare
tire, it was fully inflated when new;
however, it can lose air over time.
Check the inflation pressure
regularly. It should be 420 kPa
(60 psi).
Stop as soon as possible and
check that the spare tire is correctly
inflated after being installed on the
vehicle. The compact spare tire is
designed for temporary use only.
The vehicle will perform differently
with the spare tire installed and
it is recommended that the vehicle

10-81

speed be limited to 80 km/h
(50 mph). To conserve the tread of
the spare tire, have the standard tire
repaired or replaced as soon as
convenient and return the spare tire
to the storage area.
Notice: When the compact spare
is installed, do not take the
vehicle through an automatic car
wash with guide rails. The
compact spare can get caught on
the rails which can damage the
tire, wheel, and other parts of the
vehicle.
Do not use the compact spare on
other vehicles.
Do not mix the compact spare tire or
wheel with other wheels or tires.
They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
and its wheel together.
Notice: Tire chains will not fit
the compact spare. Using them
can damage the vehicle and the
chains. Do not use tire chains on
the compact spare.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-82

Black plate (82,1)

Vehicle Care

Jump Starting
For more information about the
vehicle battery, see Battery on
page 10‑23.
If the vehicle battery has run down,
you may want to use another
vehicle and some jumper cables to
start your vehicle. Be sure to use
the following steps to do it safely.

{

Notice: Ignoring these steps
could result in costly damage to
the vehicle that would not be
covered by the warranty.
Trying to start the vehicle by
pushing or pulling it will not
work, and it could damage the
vehicle.

To uncover the remote positive (+)
terminal, lift open the access panel
on the battery cover indicated by
the (+) sign.

WARNING

Batteries can hurt you. They can
be dangerous because:
.

They contain acid that can
burn you.

They contain gas that can
explode or ignite.

They contain enough
electricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these
things can hurt you.

The remote positive (+) terminal is
located in the engine compartment
on the driver side of the vehicle,
above the rear of the battery.
The remote negative (−) terminal
is a stud located in the engine
compartment on the driver side of
the vehicle, on the front tie bar. See
Engine Compartment Overview on
page 10‑6.

1. Check the other vehicle. It must
have a 12-volt battery with a
negative ground system.

1. Remote Positive (+) Terminal
2. Remote Negative (−) Terminal
Your vehicle is equipped with a
remote positive (+) terminal (1) and
a remote negative (−) terminal (2).

Notice: Only use a vehicle that
has a 12-volt system with a
negative ground for jump
starting. If the other vehicle does
not have a 12-volt system with a
negative ground, both vehicles
can be damaged.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (83,1)

Vehicle Care
2. Get the vehicles close enough
so the jumper cables can reach,
but be sure the vehicles are
not touching each other. If they
are, it could cause a ground
connection you do not want. You
would not be able to start your
vehicle, and the bad grounding
could damage the electrical
systems.
To avoid the possibility of the
vehicles rolling, set the parking
brake firmly on both vehicles
involved in the jump start
procedure. Put the transmission
in P (Park) before setting the
parking brake.
Notice: If any accessories are left
on or plugged in during the jump
starting procedure, they could be
damaged. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Whenever possible,
turn off or unplug all accessories
on either vehicle when jump
starting the vehicle.

3. Turn off the ignition on both
vehicles. Unplug unnecessary
accessories plugged into the
cigarette lighter or the accessory
power outlet. Turn off the radio
and all lamps that are not
needed. This will avoid sparks,
helping save both batteries and
the radio.
4. Open the hood on the other
vehicle and locate the
positive (+) and negative (−)
terminal locations on that
vehicle.
Open the hood on your vehicle
and find the remote positive (+)
and remote negative (−) jump
starting terminals.

{ WARNING
An electric fan can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can injure you. Keep hands,
clothing and tools away from any
underhood electric fan.

10-83

{ WARNING
Using an open flame near a
battery can cause battery gas to
explode. People have been hurt
doing this, and some have been
blinded. Use a flashlight if you
need more light.
Be sure the battery has enough
water. You do not need to add
water to the battery installed in
your new vehicle. But if a battery
has filler caps, be sure the right
amount of fluid is there. If it is low,
add water to take care of that
first. If you do not, explosive gas
could be present.
Battery fluid contains acid that
can burn you. Do not get it on
you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get
medical help immediately.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-84

Black plate (84,1)

Vehicle Care

{ WARNING
Fans or other moving engine
parts can injure you badly. Keep
your hands away from moving
parts once the engine is running.
5. Check that the jumper cables
do not have loose or missing
insulation. If they do, you could
get a shock. The vehicles could
also be damaged.
Before you connect the cables,
here are some basic things
you should know. Positive (+)
will go to positive (+) or to a
remote positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one. Negative (−)
will go to a heavy, unpainted
metal engine part or to a remote
negative (−) terminal if the
vehicle has one.

Do not connect positive (+) to
negative (−) or you will get a
short that would damage the
battery and maybe other parts.
Do not connect the negative (−)
cable to the negative (−) terminal
on the dead battery because this
can cause sparks.
6. Connect the red positive (+)
cable to the positive (+)
terminal on the vehicle with the
dead battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if the vehicle
has one.
7. Do not let the other end touch
metal. Connect it to the
positive (+) terminal of the
good battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if the vehicle
has one.
8. Now connect the black
negative (−) cable to the
negative (−) terminal of the
good battery. Use a remote
negative (−) terminal if the
vehicle has one.

Do not let the other end touch
anything until the next step. The
other end of the negative (−)
cable does not go to the dead
battery. It goes to a heavy,
unpainted metal engine part or
to a remote negative (−) terminal
on the vehicle with the dead
battery.
9. Connect the other end of the
negative (−) cable away from
the dead battery, but not near
engine parts that move. The
electrical connection is just as
good there, and the chance of
sparks getting back to the
battery is much less.
Your vehicle has a remote (−)
terminal for this purpose.
10. Now start the vehicle with
the good battery and run the
engine for a while.
11. Try to start the vehicle that
had the dead battery. If it will
not start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (85,1)

Vehicle Care
Notice: If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct
order, making sure that the
cables do not touch each other or
other metal.
Jumper Cable Removal
Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables.

Towing
Towing the Vehicle
Notice: Incorrectly towing a
disabled vehicle may cause
damage. The damage would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not lash or hook
to the chassis components
including the front and rear
subframes, suspension control
arms and links during towing and
recovery of a disabled vehicle or
to secure the vehicle to a flatbed
car carrier. Use the proper nylon
strap harnesses around the tires
to secure the flatbed car carrier.
Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck
could damage the vehicle.
Consult your dealer or a
professional towing service if the
disabled vehicle must be towed.

10-85

To tow the vehicle behind another
vehicle for recreational purposes,
such as behind a motor home, see
“Recreational Vehicle Towing” in this
section.

Recreational Vehicle
Towing
Recreational vehicle towing means
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle – such as behind a motor
home. The two most common types
of recreational vehicle towing are
known as dinghy towing and dolly
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
vehicle with all four wheels on the
ground. Dolly towing is towing the
vehicle with two wheels on the
ground and two wheels up on a
device known as a dolly.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-86

Vehicle Care

Here are some important things to
consider before recreational vehicle
towing:
.

What is the towing capacity of
the towing vehicle? Be sure
to read the tow vehicle
manufacturer's
recommendations.

What is the distance that will be
travelled? Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long they can tow.

Black plate (86,1)

Is the proper towing equipment
going to be used? See your
dealer or trailering professional
for additional advice and
equipment recommendations.
Is the vehicle ready to be
towed? Just as preparing the
vehicle for a long trip, make sure
the vehicle is prepared to be
towed.

Dinghy Towing
Front-wheel‐drive and
all-wheel-drive vehicles may be
dinghy towed from the front. These
vehicles can also be towed by
placing them on a platform trailer
with all four wheels off of the
ground. For other towing options,
see “Dolly Towing” following in this
section.
Notice: If 105 km/h (65 mph) is
exceeded while towing the
vehicle, it could be damaged.
Never exceed 105 km/h (65 mph)
while towing the vehicle.
For vehicles being dinghy towed,
the vehicle should be run at the
beginning of each day and at each
RV fuel stop for about five minutes.
This will ensure proper lubrication of
transmission components.

To tow the vehicle from the front
with all four wheels on the ground:
1. Position the vehicle that will be
towed and secure it to the
towing vehicle.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (87,1)

Vehicle Care

10-87

Once the destination has been
reached:
1. Shift the vehicle to P (Park).
2. Reinstall the shift lever boot by
inserting the front edge and
pressing the rear of the trim
plate until it snaps into place.
3. Start the engine and let it idle for
more than three minutes before
driving the vehicle.
2. Remove the shift lever boot by
pulling up on the rear of the trim
plate.

3. Use a small screw driver or tool
to press and hold the manual
release button on the front right.
4. Put the vehicle in N (Neutral).
Notice: If the vehicle is towed
without performing each of the
steps listed under “Dinghy
Towing,” the automatic
transmission could be damaged.
Be sure to follow all steps of the
dinghy towing procedure prior to
and after towing the vehicle.

Notice: Too much or too
little fluid can damage the
transmission. Be sure that the
transmission fluid is at the proper
level before towing with all four
wheels on the ground.
Notice: Do not tow a vehicle
with the front drive wheels on
the ground if one of the front
tires is a compact spare tire.
Towing with two different tire
sizes on the front of the vehicle
can cause severe damage to the
transmission.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-88

Black plate (88,1)

Vehicle Care

Dolly Towing (All-Wheel‐Drive
Vehicles)

Dolly Towing (Front-Wheel‐
Drive Vehicles)

All-wheel‐drive vehicles should not
be towed with two wheels on the
ground. To properly tow these
vehicles, they should be placed on
a platform trailer with all four wheels
off of the ground or dinghy towed
from the front. See Dinghy Towing
earlier in this section.

3. Set the parking brake.
4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.
5. Follow the dolly manufacturer's
instructions for preparing the
vehicle and dolly for towing.
6. Release the parking brake.

Towing the Vehicle From
the Rear

To tow the vehicle from the front
with the rear wheels on the ground,
do the following:
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
2. Move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park on
page 9‑20.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (89,1)

Vehicle Care

Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants.
Notice: Towing the vehicle from
the rear could damage it. Also,
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Never have
the vehicle towed from the rear.

Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct
sunlight.
Notice: Do not use
petroleum-based, acidic,
or abrasive cleaning agents as
they can damage the vehicle's
paint, metal, or plastic parts.
If damage occurs, it would not be
covered by the vehicle's warranty.
Approved cleaning products can
be obtained from your dealer.

10-89

Follow all manufacturer
directions regarding correct
product usage, necessary safety
precautions, and appropriate
disposal of any vehicle care
product.
Notice: Avoid using
high-pressure washes closer
than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface
of the vehicle. Use of power
washers exceeding 8,274 kPa
(1,200 psi) can result in damage
or removal of paint and decals.
Rinse the vehicle well, before
washing and after, to remove all
cleaning agents completely. If they
are allowed to dry on the surface,
they could stain.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to
avoid surface scratches and water
spotting.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-90

Black plate (90,1)

Vehicle Care

Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
sealant/wax materials is not
recommended. If painted surfaces
are damaged, see your dealer to
have the damage assessed and
repaired. Foreign materials such as
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage the vehicle's finish if they
remain on painted surfaces. Wash
the vehicle as soon as possible.
If necessary, use non-abrasive
cleaners that are marked safe for
painted surfaces to remove foreign
matter.
Occasional hand waxing or mild
polishing should be done to remove
residue from the paint finish. See
your dealer for approved cleaning
products.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
as damage can occur.

Notice: Machine compounding
or aggressive polishing on a
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
that are made for a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish on the
vehicle.
To keep the paint finish looking new,
keep the vehicle garaged or
covered whenever possible.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Parts
Regularly clean bright metal parts
with water or chrome polish on
chrome or stainless steel trim,
if necessary.
For aluminum, never use auto or
chrome polish, steam, or caustic
soap to clean. A coating of wax,
rubbed to a high polish, is
recommended for all bright metal
parts.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
Lenses and Emblems
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
to clean exterior lamps, lenses and
emblems. Follow instructions under
"Washing the Vehicle" in this
section.

Windshield and Wiper Blades
Clean the outside of the windshield
with glass cleaner.
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with
windshield washer fluid or a mild
detergent. Wash the windshield
thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
treatments may cause wiper
streaking.
Replace the wiper blades if they
are worn or damaged. Damage
can be caused by extreme dusty
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
snow, and ice.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (91,1)

Vehicle Care
Weatherstrips
Apply silicone grease on
weatherstrips to make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips
once a year. Black marks from
rubber material on painted surfaces
can be removed by rubbing with a
clean cloth. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants on
page 11‑13.

Tires
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
clean the tires.
Notice: Using petroleum-based
tire dressing products on the
vehicle may damage the paint
finish and/or tires. When applying
a tire dressing, always wipe off
any overspray from all painted
surfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
or Chrome
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
soap and water to clean the wheels.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean
water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
A wax may then be applied.

10-91

automatic car wash that uses
silicone carbide tire cleaning
brushes. Damage could occur
and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.

Steering, Suspension, and
Chassis Components

Notice: Chrome wheels and other
chrome trim may be damaged if
the vehicle is not washed after
driving on roads that have been
sprayed with magnesium,
calcium, or sodium chloride.
These chlorides are used on
roads for conditions such as
ice and dust. Always wash the
chrome with soap and water after
exposure.

Visually inspect the front and rear
suspension and steering system for
damaged, loose, or missing parts or
signs of wear. Inspect the power
steering for proper hook-up, binding,
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Visually
check constant velocity joints,
rubber boots, and axle seals for
leaks.

Notice: To avoid surface damage,
do not use strong soaps,
chemicals, abrasive polishes,
cleaners, brushes, or cleaners
that contain acid on aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels. Use only
approved cleaners. Also, never
drive a vehicle with aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels through an

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the
steel fuel door hinge unless the
components are plastic. Applying
silicone grease on weatherstrips
with a clean cloth will make them
last longer, seal better, and not stick
or squeak.

Body Component Lubrication

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-92

Black plate (92,1)

Vehicle Care

Underbody Maintenance

Finish Damage

Use plain water to flush dirt and
debris from the vehicle's underbody.
Your dealer or an underbody car
washing system can do this. If not
removed, rust and corrosion can
develop.

Quickly repair minor chips and
scratches with touch-up materials
available from your dealer to avoid
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
damage can be corrected in your
dealer's body and paint shop.

Sheet Metal Damage

Chemical Paint Spotting

If the vehicle is damaged and
requires sheet metal repair or
replacement, make sure the body
repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion
protection.

Airborne pollutants can fall upon
and attack painted vehicle surfaces
causing blotchy, ring-shaped
discolorations, and small, irregular
dark spots etched into the paint
surface.

Original manufacturer replacement
parts will provide the corrosion
protection while maintaining the
vehicle warranty.

Interior Care
To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
Immediately remove any soils. Note
that newspapers or dark garments
that can transfer color to home
furnishings can also permanently
transfer color to the vehicle's
interior.

Use a soft bristle brush to remove
dust from knobs and crevices on the
instrument cluster. Using a mild
soap solution, immediately remove
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
repellent from all interior surfaces or
permanent damage may result.
Your dealer may have products for
cleaning the interior. Use cleaners
specifically designed for the
surfaces being cleaned to prevent
permanent damage. Apply all
cleaners directly to the cleaning
cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly
on any switches or controls.
Cleaners should be removed
quickly. Never allow cleaners to
remain on the surface being
cleaned for extended periods
of time.
Cleaners may contain solvents that
can become concentrated in the
interior. Before using cleaners, read
and adhere to all safety instructions
on the label. While cleaning the
interior, maintain adequate
ventilation by opening the doors and
windows.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (93,1)

Vehicle Care
To prevent damage, do not clean
the interior using the following
cleaners or techniques:
.

Never use a razor or any other
sharp object to remove a soil
from any interior surface.

Never use a brush with stiff
bristles.

Never rub any surface
aggressively or with excessive
pressure.
Do not use laundry detergents
or dishwashing soaps with
degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
use approximately 20 drops
per 3.78 L (1 gal) of water.
A concentrated soap solution will
leave a residue that creates
streaks and attracts dirt. Do not
use solutions that contain strong
or caustic soap.

Do not heavily saturate the
upholstery when cleaning.

Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.

10-93

Interior Glass

Coated Moldings

To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
dampened with water. Wipe droplets
left behind with a clean dry cloth.
Commercial glass cleaners may be
used, if necessary, after cleaning
the interior glass with plain water.

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

Notice: To prevent scratching,
never use abrasive cleaners on
automotive glass. Abrasive
cleaners or aggressive cleaning
may damage the rear window
defogger.
Notice: Cleaning the windshield
with water during the first three to
six months of ownership will
reduce tendency to fog.

When lightly soiled, wipe with a
sponge or soft lint-free cloth
dampened with water.

When heavily soiled, use warm
soapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede
Start by vacuuming the surface
using a soft brush attachment. If a
rotating brush attachment is being
used during vacuuming, only use it
on the floor carpet. Before cleaning,
gently remove as much of the soil
as possible using one of the
following techniques:

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker cover
gently, so that the speaker will not
be damaged. Clean spots with just
water and mild soap.

Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no
more soil can be removed.

For solid soils, remove as much
as possible prior to vacuuming.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-94

Black plate (94,1)

Vehicle Care

To clean:
1. Saturate a clean lint-free
colorfast cloth with water or club
soda. Microfiber cloth is
recommended to prevent lint
transfer to the fabric or carpet.

cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
hidden area for colorfastness before
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
formation occurs, clean the entire
fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture by
gently wringing until water does
not drip from the cleaning cloth.

Following the cleaning process, a
paper towel can be used to blot
excess moisture.

3. Start on the outside edge of the
soil and gently rub toward the
center. Fold the cleaning cloth
to a clean area frequently to
prevent forcing the soil in to the
fabric.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
and Vehicle Information and
Radio Displays

4. Continue gently rubbing the
soiled area until there is no
longer any color transfer from
the soil to the cleaning cloth.
5. If the soil is not completely
removed, use a mild soap
solution followed only by club
soda or plain water.
If the soil is not completely
removed, it may be necessary to
use a commercial upholstery

For vehicles with high gloss
surfaces or vehicle displays, use a
microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces.
Before wiping the surface with the
microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle
brush to remove dirt that could
scratch the surface. Then use the
microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to
clean. Never use window cleaners
or solvents. Periodically hand wash
the microfiber cloth separately,
using mild soap. Do not use bleach
or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly
and air dry before next use.

Notice: Do not attach a device
with a suction cup to the display.
This may cause damage and
would not be covered by the
warranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,
Vinyl, and Other Plastic
Surfaces
Use a soft microfiber cloth
dampened with water to remove
dust and loose dirt. For a more
thorough cleaning, use a soft
microfiber cloth dampened with a
mild soap solution.
Notice: Soaking or saturating
leather, especially perforated
leather, as well as other interior
surfaces, may cause permanent
damage. Wipe excess moisture
from these surfaces after
cleaning and allow them to dry
naturally. Never use heat, steam,
spot lifters, or spot removers. Do
not use cleaners that contain
silicone or wax-based products.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (95,1)

Vehicle Care
Cleaners containing these
solvents can permanently
change the appearance and feel
of leather or soft trim and are not
recommended.
Do not use cleaners that increase
gloss, especially on the instrument
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
visibility through the windshield
under certain conditions.
Notice: Use of air fresheners may
cause permanent damage to
plastics and painted surfaces.
If an air freshener comes in
contact with any plastic or
painted surface in the vehicle,
blot immediately and clean with a
soft cloth dampened with a mild
soap solution. Damage caused
by air fresheners would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover and
Convenience Net
Wash with warm water and mild
detergent. Do not use chlorine
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and
then dry completely.

Care of Safety Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.

Use the following guidelines for
proper floor mat usage.
.

The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-certified floor
mats may not fit properly and
may interfere with the pedals.
Always check that the floor mats
do not interfere with the pedals.

Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.

Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.

Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.

Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.

{ WARNING
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them. In
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water.

Floor Mats

{ WARNING
If a floor mat is the wrong size
or is not properly installed, it
can interfere with the pedals.
Interference with the pedals can
cause unintended acceleration
and/or increased stopping
distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the
pedals.

10-95

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

10-96

Black plate (96,1)

Vehicle Care

Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mats
The driver side floor mat is held in
place by two button-type retainers.
The passenger side floor mat is held
in place by one button-type retainer.

1. Pull up on the rear of the floor
mat to unlock each retainer and
remove.

2. Reinstall by lining up the floor
mat retainer openings over the
carpet retainers and snapping
into position.
3. Make sure the floor mat is
properly secured and verify that
it does not interfere with the
pedals.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (1,1)

Service and Maintenance

Service and
Maintenance

Additional Maintenance
and Care

General Information

Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts

General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Cadillac Premium Care
Maintenance
Cadillac Premium Care
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3

Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-4

Special Application Services
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9

Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10

Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13
Maintenance Replacement
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15

Maintenance Records
Maintenance Records . . . . . . 11-16

11-1

General Information
Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
the required maintenance for the
vehicle. Follow this schedule to
help protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may
also help to maintain the value of
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
responsibility of the owner to have
all required maintenance performed.
Your dealer has trained technicians
who can perform required
maintenance using genuine
replacement parts. They have
up‐to‐date tools and equipment
for fast and accurate diagnostics.
Many dealers have extended
evening and Saturday hours,
courtesy transportation, and online
scheduling to assist with service
needs.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

11-2

Black plate (2,1)

Service and Maintenance

Your dealer recognizes the
importance of providing
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
technicians, the dealer is the place
for routine maintenance such as oil
changes and tire rotations and
additional maintenance items like
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.
Notice: Damage caused by
improper maintenance can lead to
costly repairs and may not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance intervals, checks,
inspections, recommended fluids,
and lubricants are important to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition.
The Tire Rotation and Required
Services are the responsibility of the
vehicle owner. It is recommended to
have your dealer perform these
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.

Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition, improves fuel economy,
and reduces vehicle emissions.
Because of the way people use
vehicles, maintenance needs
vary. There may need to be
more frequent checks and
services. The Additional Required
Services ‐ Normal are for
vehicles that:
.

Carry passengers and cargo
within recommended limits on
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9‑10.
Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving
limits.
Use the recommended fuel.
See Recommended Fuel on
page 9‑59.

Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services ‐ Normal chart.
The Additional Required
Services ‐ Severe are for vehicles
that are:
.

Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
in hot weather.

Mainly driven in hilly or
mountainous terrain.

Frequently towing a trailer.

Used for high speed or
competitive driving.

Used for taxi, police, or delivery
service.

Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services ‐ Severe chart.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (3,1)

Service and Maintenance

{ WARNING
Performing maintenance work
can be dangerous and can
cause serious injury. Perform
maintenance work only if the
required information, proper tools,
and equipment are available.
If they are not, see your dealer to
have a trained technician do the
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work on page 10‑4.

Cadillac Premium
Care Maintenance
Your vehicle comes with the
Cadillac Premium Care
Maintenance. It is a maintenance
program that covers select
maintenance services during
the first 4 years or 80 000 km
(50,000 mi), whichever comes first.
Cadillac Premium Care
Maintenance covers routine
maintenance services, when
scheduled in accordance with the
owner manual, including:
.

Oil changes based on the
vehicle's oil life monitor system.

Tire rotation every 12 000 km
(7,500 mi).

11-3

Engine air cleaner filter
replacement.

Passenger compartment air filter
replacement.

Multi‐point vehicle inspection
(MPVI) performed by a qualified
technician.

Cadillac requires that all Cadillac
Premium Care Maintenance
services be performed by a Cadillac
authorized service dealer.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

11-4

Service and Maintenance

Maintenance
Schedule
Owner Checks and Services
At Each Fuel Stop
.

Black plate (4,1)

Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil on page 10‑8.

Once a Month
.

Check the tire inflation
pressures. See Tire Pressure on
page 10‑51.

Inspect the tires for wear. See
Tire Inspection on page 10‑57.

Check the windshield washer
fluid level. See Washer Fluid on
page 10‑20.

Engine Oil Change
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message displays, have the
engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
under the best conditions, the
engine oil life system might not
indicate the need for vehicle service
for more than a year. The engine oil
and filter must be changed at least
once a year and the oil life system
must be reset. Your trained dealer
technician can perform this work.
If the engine oil life system is reset
accidentally, service the vehicle
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the
last service. Reset the oil life
system when the oil is changed.
See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10‑10.

Tire Rotation and Required
Services Every 12 000 km/
7,500 mi
Rotate the tires, if recommended
for the vehicle, and perform the
following services. See Tire
Rotation on page 10‑57.
.

Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. If needed,
change engine oil and filter, and
reset oil life system. See Engine
Oil on page 10‑8 and Engine Oil
Life System on page 10‑10.

Check engine coolant level. See
Engine Coolant on page 10‑14.

Check windshield washer fluid
level. See Washer Fluid on
page 10‑20.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (5,1)

Service and Maintenance
.

Visually inspect windshield
wiper blades for wear, cracking,
or contamination. See Exterior
Care on page 10‑89. Replace
worn or damaged wiper blades.
See Wiper Blade Replacement
on page 10‑25.
Check tire inflation pressures.
See Tire Pressure on
page 10‑51.
Inspect tire wear. See Tire
Inspection on page 10‑57.
Visually check for fluid leaks.

Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
page 10‑11.

Inspect brake system.

Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of
wear. See Exterior Care on
page 10‑89.

11-5

Check restraint system
components. See Safety System
Check on page 3‑19.

Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.

Visually inspect fuel system for
damage or leaks.

Visually inspect exhaust system
and nearby heat shields for
loose or damaged parts.

Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.

Lubricate body components. See
Exterior Care on page 10‑89.

Check starter switch. See Starter
Switch Check on page 10‑23.

Check tire sealant expiration
date, if equipped. See Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit on
page 10‑67.

Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function Check on
page 10‑24.

Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof on
page 2‑25.

Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check on
page 10‑24.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

11-6

Service and Maintenance

Black plate (6,1)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (7,1)

Service and Maintenance
Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services — Normal
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
replacement may be needed if
the vehicle is driven in areas with
heavy traffic, areas with poor air
quality, or areas with high dust
levels. Replacement may also be
needed if there is a reduction in air
flow, excessive window fogging,
or odors.

(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition. Check that
the purge valve, if the vehicle has
one, works properly. Replace as
needed.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first.
(4) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case output seals. High
pressure water can overcome the
seals and contaminate the transfer
case fluid. Contaminated fluid will
decrease the life of the transfer
case and should be replaced.

11-7

(5) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System on
page 10‑13.
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first.
(7) Inspect for fraying, excessive
cracking, or damage; replace,
if needed.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

11-8

Service and Maintenance

Black plate (8,1)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (9,1)

Service and Maintenance
Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services — Severe
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
replacement may be needed if the
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy
traffic, areas with poor air quality,
or areas with high dust levels.
Replacement may also be needed
if there is a reduction in air flow,
excessive window fogging, or odors.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition. Check that
the purge valve, if the vehicle has
one, works properly. Replace as
needed.

(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first.
(4) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case output seals. High
pressure water can overcome the
seals and contaminate the transfer
case fluid. Contaminated fluid will
decrease the life of the transfer
case and should be replaced.
(5) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System on
page 10‑13.
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first.
(7) Inspect for fraying, excessive
cracking, or damage; replace,
if needed.

11-9

Special Application
Services
.

Severe Commercial Use
Vehicles Only: Lubricate
chassis components every
5 000 km/3,000 mi.

Have underbody flushing service
performed once a year.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

11-10

Black plate (10,1)

Service and Maintenance

Additional
Maintenance and Care
Your vehicle is an important
investment and caring for it properly
may help to avoid future costly
repairs. To maintain vehicle
performance, additional
maintenance services may be
required.
It is recommended that your dealer
perform these services — their
trained dealer technicians know
your vehicle best. Your dealer
can also perform a thorough
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.

Battery

Brakes

The battery supplies power to start
the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.

Brakes stop the vehicle and are
crucial to safe driving.

To avoid break-down or failure to
start the vehicle, maintain a
battery with full cranking power.

Trained dealer technicians have
the diagnostic equipment to test
the battery and ensure that the
connections and cables are
corrosion-free.

Belts
.

Belts may need replacing if
they squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting.

Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and
recommend adjustment or
replacement when necessary.

Signs of brake wear may include
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping.

Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the brakes and
recommend quality parts
engineered for the vehicle.

Fluids
Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s
systems and components. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑13 for GM
approved fluids.
.

Engine oil and windshield
washer fluid levels should be
checked at every fuel fill.

Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (11,1)

Service and Maintenance

11-11

Hoses

Shocks and Struts

Tires

Hoses transport fluids and should
be regularly inspected to ensure
that there are no cracks or leaks.
With a multi-point inspection, your
dealer can inspect the hoses and
advise if replacement is needed.

Shocks and struts help aid in control
for a smoother ride.

Tires need to be properly inflated,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining
the tires can save money, fuel, and
can reduce the risk of tire failure.

Lamps
Properly working headlamps,
taillamps, and brake lamps are
important to see and be seen on
the road.
.

Signs that the headlamps need
attention include dimming, failure
to light, cracking, or damage.
The brake lamps need to be
checked periodically to ensure
that they light when braking.

With a multi-point inspection,
your dealer can check the lamps
and note any concerns.

Signs of wear may include
steering wheel vibration, bounce/
sway while braking, longer
stopping distance, or uneven
tire wear.
As part of the multi-point
inspection, trained dealer
technicians can visually inspect
the shocks and struts for signs
of leaking, blown seals,
or damage, and can advise
when service is needed.

Signs that the tires need to be
replaced include three or more
visible treadwear indicators; cord
or fabric showing through the
rubber; cracks or cuts in the
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
split in the tire.

Trained dealer technicians can
inspect and recommend the right
tires. Your dealer can also
provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth
vehicle operation at all speeds.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

11-12

Service and Maintenance

Vehicle Care
To help keep the vehicle looking like
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
information on how to clean and
protect the vehicle’s interior and
exterior, see Interior Care on
page 10‑92 and Exterior Care on
page 10‑89.
Wheel Alignment
Wheel alignment is critical for
ensuring that the tires deliver
optimal wear and performance.
.

Black plate (12,1)

Signs that the alignment may
need to be adjusted include
pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.

Your dealer has the required
equipment to ensure proper
wheel alignment.

Windshield
For safety, appearance, and the
best viewing, keep the windshield
clean and clear.
.

Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.

Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
recommend proper replacement
if needed.

Wiper Blades
Wiper blades need to be cleaned
and kept in good condition to
provide a clear view.
.

Signs of wear include streaking,
skipping across the windshield,
and worn or split rubber.

Trained dealer technicians can
check the wiper blades and
replace them when needed.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (13,1)

Service and Maintenance

11-13

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage
Engine Oil

Engine Coolant
Hydraulic Brake System
Windshield Washer

Fluid/Lubricant
Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specfication, or equivalent, of
the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is
recommended. See Engine Oil on page 10‑8.
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Engine Coolant on page 10‑14.
DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88863461, in
Canada 88863462).
Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.

Hydraulic Power Steering System

DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Automatic Transmission

DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive)

Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 19256084, in Canada 19256085).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

11-14

Black plate (14,1)

Service and Maintenance
Usage

Fluid/Lubricant

Chassis Lubrication

Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Key Lock Cylinders

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).

Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and
Release Pawl
Hood and Door Hinges
Power Liftgate Actuator Ball Joint
Weatherstrip Conditioning

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Category LB or GC-LB.
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Multi-Purpose Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674).
Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (15,1)

Service and Maintenance

11-15

Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
GM Part Number

ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

Part

20897358

A3147C

Engine Oil Filter

89017525

PF63

Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element

13271191

CF176

Spark Plugs

12622561

41–109

Driver Side – 65.0 cm (25.6 in)

22870539

—

Passenger Side – 42.5 cm (16.7 in)

22870540

—

Rear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in)

20825882

—

Wiper Blades

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

11-16

Black plate (16,1)

Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date

Odometer
Reading

Serviced By

Maintenance Stamp

Services Performed

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (17,1)

Service and Maintenance

Date

Odometer
Reading

Serviced By

Maintenance Stamp

Services Performed

11-17

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

11-18

Black plate (18,1)

Service and Maintenance

2 NOTES

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (1,1)

Technical Data

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Service Parts Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-3

12-1

Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's
engine code.

Service Parts
Identification Label
This label, on the inside of the rear
side cargo management cover, has
the following information:

This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
seen through the windshield from
outside. The VIN also appears on
the Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).

Model designation.

Paint information.

Production options and special
equipment.

Do not remove this label from the
vehicle.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

12-2

Black plate (2,1)

Technical Data

Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
Capacities

Application

Metric

Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a

English

For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge
amount, see the refrigerant label located under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.

Engine Cooling System
3.6L V6 Engine

12.8 L

13.5 qt

Engine Oil with Filter

5.7 L

6.0 qt

Fuel Tank

79.5 L

21.0 gal

Transfer Case Fluid

0.65 L

0.69 qt

150 Y

110 ft lb

Wheel Nut Torque

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications
Engine
3.6L V6 (LFX)

VIN Code

Transmission

Spark Plug Gap

Automatic

1.10 mm (0.043 in)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (3,1)

Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

12-3

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

12-4

Black plate (4,1)

Technical Data

2 NOTES

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (1,1)

Customer Information

Customer
Information
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure (U.S. and
Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure (Mexico) . . . . . . . . 13-3
Customer Assistance Offices
(U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Customer Assistance Offices
(Mexico) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S.
and Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-6
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program (U.S. and
Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Roadside Service
(Mexico) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Roadside Service (U.S. and
Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-11
Scheduling Service
Appointments (U.S. and
Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13

Courtesy Transportation
Program (U.S. and
Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Collision Damage Repair
(U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . 13-15
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-17

Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to
the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18
Reporting Safety Defects to
the Canadian
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19
Reporting Safety Defects to
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19

Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-20
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-21
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . 13-21
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-21
Radio Frequency
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-21

13-1

Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure (U.S. and
Canada)
Your satisfaction and goodwill are
important to your dealer and to
Cadillac. Normally, any concerns
with the sales transaction or the
operation of the vehicle will be
resolved by your dealer's sales or
service departments. Sometimes,
however, despite the best intentions
of all concerned, misunderstandings
can occur. If your concern has not
been resolved to your satisfaction,
the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE: Discuss your concern
with a member of dealership
management. Normally, concerns
can be quickly resolved at that level.
If the matter has already been
reviewed with the sales, service or
parts manager, contact the owner of
your dealership or the general
manager.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

13-2

Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be
resolved by your dealership without
further help, in the U.S., call the
Cadillac Customer Assistance
Center at 1-800-458-8006. In
Canada, call the Canadian Cadillac
Customer Care Centre at
1-888-446-2000.
We encourage you to call the
toll-free number in order to give your
inquiry prompt attention. Have the
following information available to
give the Customer Assistance
representative:
.

Black plate (2,1)

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). This is available
from the vehicle registration or
title, or the plate at the top left of
the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.

Dealership name and location.

Vehicle delivery date and
present mileage.

When contacting Cadillac,
remember that your concern will
likely be resolved at a dealer's
facility. That is why we suggest
following Step One first.

40 days. If you do not agree with the
decision given in your case, you
may reject it and proceed with any
other venue for relief available
to you.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners:
Both General Motors and your
dealer are committed to making
sure you are completely satisfied
with the new vehicle. However,
if you continue to remain unsatisfied
after following the procedure
outlined in Steps One and Two, you
can file with the Better Business
Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program
to enforce your rights.

You may contact the BBB Auto
Line Program using the toll-free
telephone number or write them at
the following address:

The BBB Auto Line Program is an
out-of-court program administered
by the Council of Better Business
Bureaus to settle automotive
disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal
dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the
program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within

BBB Auto Line Program
Council of Better Business
Bureaus, Inc.
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington, VA 22203-1838
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
www.dr.bbb.org/goauto
This program is available in all
50 states and the District of
Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
vehicle age, mileage, and other
factors. General Motors reserves
the right to change eligibility
limitations and/or discontinue its
participation in this program.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (3,1)

Customer Information
STEP THREE — Canadian
Owners: In the event that you do
not feel your concerns have been
addressed after following the
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
Limited wants you to be aware
of its participation in a no-charge
mediation/arbitration program.
General Motors of Canada Limited
has committed to binding arbitration
of owner disputes involving
factory-related vehicle service
claims. The program provides for
the review of the facts involved by
an impartial third party arbiter, and
may include an informal hearing
before the arbiter. The program is
designed so that the entire dispute
settlement process, from the time
you file your complaint to the final
decision, should be completed in
approximately 70 days. We believe

our impartial program offers
advantages over courts in most
jurisdictions because it is informal,
quick, and free of charge.
For further information concerning
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
the General Motors Customer Care
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
1-800-263-7854 (French),
or write to:
Mediation/Arbitration Program
c/o Customer Care Centre
General Motors of Canada Limited
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
The inquiry should be accompanied
by the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).

13-3

Customer Satisfaction
Procedure (Mexico)

Did you get the Warranty Extension
Plan? This plan is recommended by
General Motors to supplement the
warranty included with the new
vehicle purchase.
See your dealer for details.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

13-4

Black plate (4,1)

Customer Information

Customer Assistance
Procedure
Owner satisfaction and goodwill are
very important to your dealer and
General Motors.
Normally, any problem with the
transaction, sale, or usage of the
vehicle must be handled by your
dealer sales or service departments.
However, we recognize that
despite the good intentions of all
parties involved, sometimes a
misunderstanding may occur.
If you have a problem that has not
been satisfactorily handled through
the normal means, we suggest the
following steps:
STEP ONE
Explain your case to your dealer
service agent, service manager,
dealer sales agent, or sales
manager, depending on your case.

Make sure that they have all
necessary information. They are
interested in your continual
satisfaction.
STEP TWO
If you are not satisfied, please
contact the general manager or your
dealership owner to ask for their
help. If they are not able to resolve
your case, ask them to contact the
right people at General Motors for
support, if needed.
STEP THREE
If your case is not resolved in a
reasonable amount of time by your
dealer, please call the General
Motors Customer Assistance
Center (CAC) and provide the
following information:
.

Name

Address

Phone number

Model year

Brand

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)

Mileage

Delivery date

Description of the problem

Dealership name

Dealership address

See Customer Assistance Offices
(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5 or
Customer Assistance Offices
(Mexico) on page 13‑5.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (5,1)

Customer Information

Customer Assistance
Offices (U.S. and Canada)
Cadillac encourages customers
to call the toll-free number for
assistance. However, if a customer
wishes to write or e-mail Cadillac,
the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico
Cadillac Customer Assistance
Center
Cadillac Motor Car Division
P.O. Box 33169
Detroit, MI 48232-5169
www.Cadillac.com
1-800-458-8006
1-800-833-2622 (For Text
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Service: 1-800-882-1112
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
1-800-496-9994

Canada
General Motors of Canada Limited
Canadian Cadillac Customer Care
Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.gm.ca

All e-mail inquiries to the Customer
Assistance Center (CAC) should be
sent to: cac.cadillac@gm.com.

Mexico
01-800-466-0816

United States and Canada

1-888-446-2000
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Service: 1-800-882-1112

1-866-466-8195

Overseas

Guatemala

Please contact the local General
Motors Business Unit.

1-800-999-5252

Costa Rica
00-800-052-1005

Panama

Customer Assistance
Offices (Mexico)
To contact the Customer Assistance
Center (CAC), use the phone
numbers listed in this section.
Customer assistance is available
Monday through Friday, 08:00 to
20:00 hours, and Saturdays from
09:00 to 15:00 hours.

13-5

00-800-052-0001

Dominican Republic
1-888-751-5301

El Salvador
800-6273

Honduras
800-0122-6101

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

13-6

Black plate (6,1)

Customer Information

Customer Assistance for
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users (U.S. and Canada)
To assist customers who are deaf,
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
(TTYs), Cadillac has TTY equipment
available at its Customer Assistance
Center. Any TTY user can
communicate with Cadillac by
dialing: 1-800-833-2622. TTY users
in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center
Online Owner Experience
(U.S.) my.cadillac.com
The Cadillac online owner
experience is a one-stop resource
that allows interaction with Cadillac
and keeps important vehicle-specific
information in one place.
Membership Benefits

E (Vehicle Information):
Download owner manuals and view
vehicle-specific how-to videos.

G (Maintenance Information):
View maintenance schedules,
required alerts, OnStar onboard
vehicle diagnostic information, and
schedule service appointments.

F (Live Chat Support):

I (Service History):

Cadillac Owner Centre
(Canada) cadillacowner.ca

View
printable dealer-recorded service
records and self-recorded service
records.

D (Preferred Dealer
Information): Select a preferred
dealer and view dealer location,
maps, phone numbers, and hours.

J (Warranty Tracking
Information): Track the vehicle’s
warranty information.

Chat live
with online help representatives.
Visit my.cadillac.com to register your
vehicle.

Take a trip to the Cadillac Owner
Centre:
.

Chat live with online help
representatives.

Use the Vehicle Tools section.

Access third party enthusiast
sites and social media networks.

Locate owner resources such as
lease-end, financing, and
warranty information.

Retrieve favorite articles,
quizzes, tips, and multimedia
galleries organized into the
Features and Auto Care
Sections.

Download owner manuals.

Find Cadillac-recommended
maintenance services.

J (Recall Information):

View
active recalls or search by Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN). See
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
on page 12‑1.

H (Other Account Information):
View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite
radio, and OnStar account
information.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (7,1)

Customer Information

GM Mobility
Reimbursement Program
(U.S. and Canada)

General Motors of Canada also
has a Mobility Program. Call
1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)
for details. TTY users call
1-800-263-3830.

Roadside Service
(Mexico)

This program is available to
qualified applicants for cost
reimbursement of eligible
aftermarket adaptive equipment
required for the vehicle, such as
hand controls or a wheelchair/
scooter lift for the vehicle.

As a new owner, your vehicle is
automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Assistance program.
The services are available at no
cost under the terms and conditions
of the program. The Roadside
Assistance program is not part
of, or included, in the coverage
provided by the new vehicle limited
warranty.

For more information on the limited
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or
call the GM Mobility Assistance
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text
Telephone (TTY) users, call
1-800-833-9935.

Roadside Assistance provides
assistance to the driver and
passengers while driving the
vehicle within your city of residence
or on any passable road in Mexico,
the United States, and Canada.

13-7

Services are subject to the
limitations described in the following
pages. Program coverage varies by
country.
Roadside Assistance is available
24 hours a day, 365 days of
the year.
This program expires two years
from the date of the invoice for the
vehicle, regardless of vehicle
mileage and changes in vehicle
ownership.
For more information about the
renewal of this program at the end
of its term, contact the Cadillac
Customer Assistance Center at
01-800-466-0805.
Services Provided
.

Flat Tire Change: If unable to
change a flat tire, Roadside
Assistance will provide towing
service to the nearest authorized
Cadillac dealership. It is the
owner's responsibility for the
repair or replacement of the tire.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

13-8

Customer Information

This service is limited to the
transfer of the vehicle to the
repair facility.
.

Black plate (8,1)

Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the
vehicle to get to the nearest
service station.

Lock-Out Service: Service to
unlock the vehicle if you are
locked out.

Battery Jump Start: Service to
jump start a dead battery.

*Emergency Messages:
Transmission of urgent phone
messages.

*Emergency Calls: Call for
emergency services.

*Dealership Location
Assistance: Information
regarding addresses and
telephone numbers for Cadillac
dealers.

Emergency Towing: Tow to the
nearest dealer for warranty
service if the vehicle cannot be
driven.
If the vehicle is involved in an
accident during the commission
of a crime, administrative
violation, or breach of traffic
regulations, Roadside
Assistance will not provide
service. When the vehicle is not
accessible to be towed, all
maneuvers required to access it
will be at the owner's expense.
If the vehicle is in another city
outside of your residence,
Roadside Assistance is limited
to moving the vehicle to the
nearest dealer. If you would like
the vehicle moved to a different
dealer, you will be asked to
cover the difference in cost at
the time of the move.

If the vehicle cannot be received
by the nearest Cadillac dealer
due to scheduling conflicts, the
vehicle will be taken to a safe
place where it will remain for up
to 48 hours until it can be taken
to the dealer. If the storage costs
exceed the amount authorized,
the owner is responsible to pay
the difference at the time of
service. Contact Roadside
Assistance for more information
on authorized amounts.
.

*Trip Interruption: This service
is provided if you are prevented
from further usage of your
vehicle while traveling and it is
not possible for the nearest
Cadillac dealership to repair the
vehicle the same day, requiring
the vehicle to stay at the
dealership for a night or more.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (9,1)

Customer Information
If this happens, in addition to the
previously listed services and
prior to confirmation by the
dealership, you are entitled to
choose one of the following
alternatives, within the limits of
existing Roadside Assistance
program guidelines. If the costs
exceed the amount authorized
for these services, you must pay
the difference at the time of
service.
Roadside Assistance
will coordinate hotel
accommodations for all vehicle
travelers for up to two nights.
A rental car will be provided for
up to two days and the vehicle
must be returned to its original
destination, excluding vehicles
with a carrying capacity greater
than 3.5 tons.
Complimentary Transportation: If
you prefer to continue your trip
to the intended destination or
return to your place of
residence, and the trip requires

more than eight hours driving on
the road, transportation for the
driver and passengers by first
class bus or coach commercial
airline will be provided to a
location chosen by Roadside
Assistance, depending on
availability at the chosen
destination. Restrictions apply
based on vehicle specifications.
If you are on the road, taxi
service to the nearest bus
station or airport will be
provided.
.

*Complimentary
Transportation for Vehicle
Pick Up: Transportation to pick
up your vehicle after repairs are
complete. Once the dealer has
reported that the vehicle has
been repaired, Roadside
Assistance will provide bus or
commercial airline one-way
service (subject to availability)
for the person designated by you
to collect your vehicle at the
dealership's location if you or the

13-9

designated person are not in
the same town or city as the
dealership.
*These services are not provided
for U.S. or Canada residents. All
services provided in the U.S. and
Canada are at the owner's expense
and will be reimbursed by Roadside
Assistance.
Services Not Included in Roadside
Assistance
Roadside Assistance does not
cover or reimburse services for the
following:
.

Events caused by fraud or bad
faith by the driver.

Vehicle immobilization
situations due to a major force
or unforeseen circumstances,
such as natural phenomena
of an extraordinary nature,
earthquakes, volcanic eruptions,
and other cyclonic storms.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

13-10
.

Black plate (10,1)

Customer Information

Vehicle immobilization situations
arising from car accidents
caused by the driver of the
vehicle or third parties. This
means any occurrence that
causes physical injury to the
occupants and/or the vehicle
caused by external forces.
Acts of terrorism, riot or uproar,
armed forces or police actions
which prevent timely delivery of
assistance services.
Food service, beverages,
telephone calls, or other extra
costs. Accommodation costs
apply only to Mexico per the
terms and conditions of the
Roadside Assistance program.
Any damage to the vehicle
without intent, derived from the
services provided.

Cost of towing a trailer when
choosing a Cadillac dealer that
is nearest to the temporary
storage facility for the disabled
vehicle.

To contact Roadside Assistance by
phone, use the following numbers:

Cost of all maneuvers required
to access the vehicle when it is
not available to be towed.

United States

Cost of fuel provided.

Canada

Routine vehicle repair costs are not
covered by the Roadside
Assistance program. For more
information, see your new vehicle
warranty.
Contacting Roadside Assistance
Roadside Assistance services are
of no cost to you and available
24 hours a day, 365 days a year.
Costs are only incurred in situations
that exceed the limits of the
program, some of which are listed
previously in this section.

Mexico
01-800-466-0805
1-866-466-8906
1-800-268-6800
E-mail
asistencia.cadillac@gm.com
Cadillac reserves the right to make
any changes or discontinue the
Roadside Assistance program at
any time without notification.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (11,1)

Customer Information

Roadside Service
(U.S. and Canada)
U.S.: 1-800-224-1400.
Canada: 1-800-882-1112.
Text Telephone (TTY) Users
(U.S. Only): 1-888-889-2438.
Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year.

Calling for Service
When calling Roadside Service,
have the following information
ready:
.

Your name, home address, and
home telephone number.

Telephone number of your
location.

Location of the vehicle.

Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle.

Odometer reading, Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), and
delivery date of the vehicle.

Description of the problem.

13-11

Coverage

Cadillac Owner Privileges™

Services are provided up to
6 years/110 000 km (70,000 mi),
whichever comes first.

Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the
vehicle to get to the nearest
service station.

Lock-Out Service: Service to
unlock the vehicle if you are
locked out. A remote unlock may
be available if you have OnStar.
For security reasons, the driver
must present identification
before this service is given.

Emergency Tow from a Public
Road or Highway: Tow to the
nearest Cadillac dealer for
warranty service, or if the vehicle
was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is also given
when the vehicle is stuck in the
sand, mud, or snow.

In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
person driving the vehicle without
permission from the owner is not
covered.
Roadside Service is not a part of
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Cadillac and General Motors of
Canada Limited reserve the right to
make any changes or discontinue
the Roadside Service program at
any time without notification.
Cadillac and General Motors of
Canada Limited reserve the right to
limit services or payment to an
owner or driver if they decide the
claims are made too often, or the
same type of claim is made many
times.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

13-12
.

Black plate (12,1)

Customer Information

Flat Tire Change: Service to
change a flat tire with a spare
tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
must be in good condition and
properly inflated. It is your
responsibility for the repair or
replacement of the tire if it is not
covered by the warranty.

Battery Jump Start: Service to
jump start a dead battery.

Trip Interruption Benefits
and Service: If your trip is
interrupted due to a warranty
failure, incidental expenses may
be reimbursed during the
6 years/110 000 km (70,000 mi)
Powertrain warranty period.
Items considered are hotel,
meals, and rental car.

Cadillac Technician Roadside
Service (U.S. Only)

Services Not Included in
Roadside Service

Cadillac's exceptional Roadside
Service is more than an auto club or
towing service. It provides every
Cadillac owner in the United States
with the advantage of contacting a
Cadillac advisor and, where
available, a Cadillac trained dealer
technician who can provide on-site
service.

Impound towing caused by
violation of any laws.

Legal fines.

Mounting, dismounting,
or changing of snow tires,
chains, or other traction devices.

Towing or services for vehicles
driven on a non-public road or
highway.

A dealer technician will travel to
your location within a 30-mile
radius of a participating Cadillac
dealership. If beyond this radius, we
will arrange to have your car towed
to the nearest Cadillac dealership.
Each technician travels with a
specially equipped service vehicle
complete with the necessary
Cadillac parts and tools required to
handle most roadside repairs.

Services Specific to
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
.

Fuel delivery: Reimbursement
is approximately $5 Canadian.
Diesel fuel delivery may be
restricted. Propane and other
fuels are not provided through
this service.

Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
registration is required.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (13,1)

Customer Information
.

Trip Interruption Benefits and
Service: Pre-authorization,
original detailed receipts, and a
copy of the repair orders are
required. Once authorization has
been received, the Roadside
Service advisor will help you
make arrangements and explain
how to receive payment.
Alternative Service: If
assistance cannot be provided
right away, the Roadside Service
advisor may give you permission
to get local emergency road
service. You will receive
payment, up to $100, after
sending the original receipt to
Roadside Service. Mechanical
failures may be covered,
however any cost for parts and
labor for repairs not covered by
the warranty are the owner
responsibility.

13-13

Scheduling Service
Appointments (U.S. and
Canada)

Courtesy Transportation
Program (U.S. and
Canada)

When the vehicle requires warranty
service, contact your dealer and
request an appointment. By
scheduling a service appointment
and advising the service consultant
of your transportation needs, your
dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.

To enhance your ownership
experience, we and our participating
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
Transportation, a customer support
program for vehicles with the
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
Coverage period in Canada),
extended powertrain, and/or
hybrid-specific warranties in both
the U.S. and Canada.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
into the service department
immediately, keep driving it until it
can be scheduled for service,
unless, of course, the problem is
safety related. If it is, please call
your dealership, let them know this,
and ask for instructions.
If your dealer requests you to bring
the vehicle for service, you are
urged to do so as early in the
work day as possible to allow for
same-day repair.

Several Courtesy Transportation
options are available to assist in
reducing inconvenience when
warranty repairs are required.
Courtesy Transportation is not a
part of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. A separate booklet
entitled “Limited Warranty and
Owner Assistance Information”
furnished with each new vehicle
provides detailed warranty coverage
information.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

13-14

Black plate (14,1)

Customer Information

Transportation Options
Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
if you are unable to wait, GM helps
to minimize inconvenience by
providing several transportation
options. Depending on the
circumstances, your dealer can
offer one of the following:
Shuttle Service
Shuttle service is the preferred
means of offering Courtesy
Transportation. Dealers may provide
shuttle service to get you to your
destination with minimal interruption
of your daily schedule. This includes
one-way or round-trip shuttle service
within reasonable time and distance
parameters of your dealer's area.
Public Transportation or Fuel
Reimbursement
If the vehicle requires overnight
warranty repairs, and public
transportation is used instead of
your dealer's shuttle service, the
expense must be supported by

original receipts and can only be up
to the maximum amount allowed by
GM for shuttle service. In addition,
for U.S. customers, should you
arrange transportation through
a friend or relative, limited
reimbursement for reasonable
fuel expenses may be available.
Claim amounts should reflect actual
costs and be supported by original
receipts. See your dealer for
information regarding the allowance
amounts for reimbursement of fuel
or other transportation costs.
Courtesy Rental Vehicle
Your dealer may arrange to provide
you with a courtesy rental vehicle or
reimburse you for a rental vehicle
that you obtain if the vehicle is kept
for an overnight warranty repair.
Rental reimbursement will be limited
and must be supported by original
receipts. This requires that you sign
and complete a rental agreement
and meet state/provincial, local, and
rental vehicle provider requirements.
Requirements vary and may include
minimum age requirements,

insurance coverage, credit card,
etc. You are responsible for fuel
usage charges and may also be
responsible for taxes, levies, usage
fees, excessive mileage, or rental
usage beyond the completion of the
repair.
It may not be possible to provide a
like vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional Program
Information
All program options, such as shuttle
service, may not be available at
every dealer. Please contact your
dealer for specific information
about availability. All Courtesy
Transportation arrangements will be
administered by appropriate dealer
personnel.
General Motors reserves the right
to unilaterally modify, change,
or discontinue Courtesy
Transportation at any time and to
resolve all questions of claim
eligibility pursuant to the terms and
conditions described herein at its
sole discretion.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (15,1)

Customer Information

Collision Damage Repair
(U.S. and Canada)
If the vehicle is involved in a
collision and it is damaged, have the
damage repaired by a qualified
technician using the proper
equipment and quality replacement
parts. Poorly performed collision
repairs diminish the vehicle resale
value, and safety performance can
be compromised in subsequent
collisions.

Collision Parts
Genuine GM Collision parts are new
parts made with the same materials
and construction methods as the
parts with which the vehicle was
originally built. Genuine GM
Collision parts are the best choice to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
appearance, durability, and safety
are preserved. The use of Genuine
GM parts can help maintain the GM
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment parts
may also be used for repair. These
parts are typically removed from
vehicles that were total losses in
prior crashes. In most cases, the
parts being recycled are from
undamaged sections of the vehicle.
A recycled original equipment GM
part may be an acceptable choice to
maintain the vehicle's originally
designed appearance and safety
performance; however, the history of
these parts is not known. Such parts
are not covered by the GM New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by
companies other than GM and may
not have been tested for the vehicle.
As a result, these parts may fit
poorly, exhibit premature durability/
corrosion problems, and may not

13-15

perform properly in subsequent
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
covered by the GM New Vehicle
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
failure related to such parts is not
covered by that warranty.

Repair Facility
GM also recommends that you
choose a collision repair facility that
meets your needs before you ever
need collision repairs. Your dealer
may have a collision repair center
with GM-trained technicians and
state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be
able to recommend a collision repair
center that has GM-trained
technicians and comparable
equipment.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

13-16

Black plate (16,1)

Customer Information

Insuring the Vehicle
Protect your investment in the GM
vehicle with comprehensive and
collision insurance coverage. There
are significant differences in the
quality of coverage afforded by
various insurance policy terms.
Many insurance policies provide
reduced protection to the GM
vehicle by limiting compensation
for damage repairs by using
aftermarket collision parts. Some
insurance companies will not
specify aftermarket collision parts.
When purchasing insurance, we
recommend that you ensure that the
vehicle will be repaired with GM
original equipment collision parts.
If such insurance coverage is
not available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching
to another insurance carrier.
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
company may require you to have
insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Genuine Manufacturer replacement

parts. Read the lease carefully, as
you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs.

Vehicle license plate number.

Vehicle make, model, and
model year.

If a Crash Occurs

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).

Insurance company and policy
number.

General description of the
damage to the other vehicle.

If there has been an injury, call
emergency services for help. Do not
leave the scene of a crash until all
matters have been taken care of.
Move the vehicle only if its position
puts you in danger, or you are
instructed to move it by a police
officer.
Give only the necessary information
to police and other parties involved
in the crash.
For emergency towing see
Roadside Service (Mexico) on
page 13‑7 or Roadside Service
(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑11.
Gather the following information:
.

Driver name, address, and
telephone number.

Driver license number.

Owner name, address, and
telephone number.

Choose a reputable repair facility
that uses quality replacement parts.
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
section.
If the airbag has inflated, see What
Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? on page 3‑26.

Managing the Vehicle Damage
Repair Process
In the event that the vehicle requires
damage repairs, GM recommends
that you take an active role in its
repair. If you have a pre-determined
repair facility of choice, take the
vehicle there, or have it towed there.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (17,1)

Customer Information
Specify to the facility that any
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
original GM parts. Remember,
recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits,
your insurance company may
initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
the repair professional, and insist on
Genuine GM parts. Remember,
if the vehicle is leased, you may be
obligated to have the vehicle
repaired with Genuine GM parts,
even if your insurance coverage
does not pay the full cost.
If another party's insurance
company is paying for the repairs,
you are not obligated to accept a
repair valuation based on that
insurance company's collision

policy repair limits, as you have no
contractual limits with that company.
In such cases, you can have control
of the repair and parts choices as
long as the cost stays within
reasonable limits.

Service Publications
Ordering Information
Service Manuals
Service Manuals have the diagnosis
and repair information on the
engines, transmission, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical,
steering, body, etc.

Service Bulletins
Service Bulletins give additional
technical service information
needed to knowledgeably service
General Motors cars and trucks.
Each bulletin contains instructions
to assist in the diagnosis and
service of the vehicle.

13-17

Owner Information
Owner publications are written
specifically for owners and
intended to provide basic
operational information about the
vehicle. The Owner Manual includes
the Maintenance Schedule for all
models.
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
Owner Manual, and Warranty
Manual.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
Without Portfolio: Owner
Manual only.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

13-18

Black plate (18,1)

Customer Information

Current and Past Models
Technical Service Bulletins and
Manuals are available for current
and past model GM vehicles.
ORDER TOLL FREE:
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time
For Credit Card Orders Only
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
Or write to:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
Prices are subject to change without
notice and without incurring
obligation. Allow ample time for
delivery.
All listed prices are quoted in U.S.
funds. Make checks payable in U.S.
funds.

Reporting Safety
Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
to the United States
Government
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause
a crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds
that a safety defect exists in a
group of vehicles, it may order a
recall and remedy campaign.

However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may
call the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or
write to:
Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about motor
vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (19,1)

Customer Information

Reporting Safety Defects
to the Canadian
Government
If you live in Canada, and you
believe that the vehicle has a safety
defect, notify Transport Canada
immediately, and notify General
Motors of Canada Limited.
Call Transport Canada at
1-800-333-0510 or write to:
Transport Canada
Road Safety Branch
80 rue Noel
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defects
to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors.
Call 1-800-458-8006, or write:
Cadillac Customer Assistance
Center
Cadillac Motor Car Division
P.O. Box 33169
Detroit, MI 48232-5169
In Canada, call 1‐888‐446‐2000,
or write:
Canadian Cadillac Customer
Care Centre,
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
General Motors of Canada Limited
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

13-19

Vehicle Data
Recording and
Privacy
The vehicle has a number of
computers that record information
about the vehicle’s performance and
how it is driven. For example, the
vehicle uses computer modules to
monitor and control engine and
transmission performance, to
monitor the conditions for airbag
deployment and deploy them in a
crash, and, if equipped, to provide
antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules
may store data to help the dealer
technician service the vehicle.
Some modules may also store data
about how the vehicle is operated,
such as rate of fuel consumption or
average speed. These modules may
retain personal preferences, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and
temperature settings.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

13-20

Black plate (20,1)

Customer Information

Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air
bag deployment or hitting a road
obstacle, data that will assist in
understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety
systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
.

How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;

Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;

How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/
or brake pedal; and,

How fast the vehicle was
traveling.

These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are
recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs; no
data are recorded by the EDR under
normal driving conditions and no
personal data (e.g., name, gender,
age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties,
such as law enforcement, could
combine the EDR data with the
type of personally identifying data
routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
GM will not access this data or
share it with others except: with the
consent of the vehicle owner or,
if the vehicle is leased, with the
consent of the lessee; in response
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through
the discovery process; or, as
required by law. Data that GM
collects or receives may also be
used for GM research needs or may
be made available to others for
research purposes, where a need is
shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (21,1)

Customer Information

OnStar®
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar® and has an active
subscription, additional data may
be collected through the OnStar
system. This includes information
about the vehicle’s operation; about
collisions involving the vehicle; the
use of the vehicle and its features;
and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
OnStar Terms and Conditions and
Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.

Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a
navigation system as part of the
infotainment system, use of the
system may result in the storage of
destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information.

See the infotainment manual for
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.

Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID)
RFID technology is used in some
vehicles for functions such as tire
pressure monitoring and ignition
system security, as well as in
connection with conveniences such
as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitters for remote door locking/
unlocking and starting, and
in-vehicle transmitters for garage
door openers. RFID technology in
GM vehicles does not use or record
personal information or link with
any other GM system containing
personal information.

13-21

Radio Frequency
Statement
This vehicle has systems that
operate on a radio frequency that
comply with Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and with Industry Canada
Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. The device may not cause
harmful interference.
2. The device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
Changes or modifications to any of
these systems by other than an
authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

13-22

Black plate (22,1)

Customer Information

2 NOTES

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (1,1)

OnStar

OnStar Overview

OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

OnStar Services
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14-2
14-2
14-2
14-4
14-5

OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

If equipped, this vehicle has a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live Advisor
for Emergency, Security, Navigation,
Connection, and Diagnostic
Services.
The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
status light is:
.

Solid Green: System is ready.

Flashing Green: On a call.

Red: Indicates a problem.

Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Advisor.

Press

14-1

= to:

Make a call, end a call,
or answer an incoming call.

Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
voice commands.

Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Navigation voice commands.
Requires the available Directions
and Connections service plan.

Press Q to connect to a live
Advisor to:
.

Verify account information or
update contact information.

Get driving directions. Requires
the available Directions and
Connections service plan.

Receive On-Demand
Diagnostics for a check of the
vehicle’s key operating systems.

Receive Roadside Assistance.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

14-2

Black plate (2,1)

OnStar

Press the OnStar Emergency
button > to get a priority
connection to an Emergency
Advisor available 24/7 to:
.

Get help for an emergency.

Be a Good Samaritan or
respond to an AMBER Alert.

Get crisis assistance and
evacuation routes.

OnStar Services
Emergency
With Automatic Crash Response,
the built-in system can automatically
connect to help in most crashes,
even if help cannot be requested.
Press > to connect to an
Emergency Advisor. GPS
technology is used to identify the
vehicle location and can provide
critical information to emergency
personnel. The Advisor is also
trained to offer critical assistance in
emergency situations before first
responders arrive.

Security
OnStar provides services like Stolen
Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition
Block, and Roadside Assistance,
if the vehicle is equipped. OnStar
can unlock the vehicle doors
remotely, if it is equipped with
automatic door locks, and can help
police locate the vehicle if it is
stolen.

Navigation
OnStar navigation requires the
Directions and Connections
service plan.
Press Q to receive directions or
have them sent to the vehicle
navigation screen, if equipped.
Destinations can also be forwarded
to the vehicle from MapQuest.com.
The OnStar mapping database is
continuously updated. For coverage
maps, see www.onstar.com (U.S.)
www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (3,1)

OnStar

14-3

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

Route Preview

Get My Destination

1. Press Q to connect to a live
Advisor.

1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Request directions.

2. Say “Route preview.” System
responds with the next three
maneuvers.
3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice
commands.

2. Say “Get my destination.”
System responds with address
and the distance to the
destination, then responds with
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Repeat

3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice
commands.

3. Directions are downloaded to the
vehicle.
4. Follow the voice-guided
commands.

Using Voice Commands
During a Planned Route
Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Say “Cancel route.” System
responds: “Do you want to
cancel directions?”
2. Say “Yes.” System responds:
“OK, request completed, thank
you, goodbye.”

1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Repeat.” System responds
with the last direction given, then
responds with “OnStar ready,”
then a tone.
3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice
commands.

Other Navigation Services
Available from OnStar
OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers
to send destinations from
MapQuest.com to their Turn-by-Turn
Navigation or screen-based
navigation system. When ready, the
directions will be downloaded to the
vehicle.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

14-4

Black plate (4,1)

OnStar

Destination Download: Press Q,
then request the Advisor to
download directions to the
navigation system in the vehicle.
After the call ends, press the “Go”
button on the navigation screen to
begin driving directions.
Destinations can also be
downloaded on the go. For
information about eNav, Destination
Download, and coverage maps
see www.onstar.com (U.S.),
www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Connections
OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows
calls to be made and received from
the vehicle. The vehicle can also be
controlled from a cell phone through
the OnStar RemoteLink mobile
app. For coverage maps, see
www.onstar.com (U.S.),
www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Hands-Free Calling

Retrieve My Number

1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:
“Please say the name or number
to call.”

2. Say “My number.” System
responds: “Your OnStar
Hands-Free Calling number is.”

3. Say the entire number without
pausing, including a “1” and the
area code. System responds:
“OK calling.”

End a Call

Calling 911 Emergency

Store a Name Tag for Speed
Dialing

1. Press =. The system responds
“OnStar Ready,” followed by
a tone.

Press =. System responds: “Call
ended.”

1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” The system responds
“Please say the name or number
to call.”

2. Say “Store.” System responds:
“Please say the number you
would like to store.”

3. Say “911” without pausing. The
system responds “911.”

3. Say the entire number without
pausing. System responds:
“Please say the name tag.”

4. Say “Call.” The system responds
“OK, dialing 911.”

4. Pick a name tag. System
responds: “About to store . Does that sound OK?”

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (5,1)

OnStar

Place a Call Using a Stored
Number

pressure; to start the vehicle
(if equipped) or unlock it; or to
connect to an OnStar Advisor. For
OnStar RemoteLink information and
compatibility, see www.onstar.com
(U.S.), www.onstar.ca (Canada).

1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”

Diagnostics

5. Say “Yes” or say “No” to try
again. System responds: “OK,
storing .”

2. Say “Call .” System
responds: “OK, calling
.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration
Press = and say “Minutes” then
“Verify” to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.

OnStar Mobile App
Download the OnStar RemoteLink
mobile app to select Apple, Android
and BlackBerry devices to check
vehicle fuel level, oil life, or tire

OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will
perform a vehicle check every
month. It will check the engine,
transmission, antilock brakes, and
major vehicle systems. It also
checks the tire pressures, if the
vehicle is equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System. If a
diagnostics check is needed
between e-mails, press Q, and an
Advisor can run a check.

14-5

OnStar Additional
Information
Transferring Service
Press Q to request account transfer
eligibility information. The Advisor
can assist in canceling or removing
account information. If OnStar
receives information that vehicle
ownership has changed, OnStar
may send a voice message to the
vehicle, requesting updated account
information.

Reactivation for Subsequent
Owners
Press Q and follow the prompts to
speak to an Advisor as soon as
possible after acquiring the vehicle.
The Advisor will update vehicle
records and will explain the OnStar
service offers and options available.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

14-6

OnStar

How OnStar Service Works
Automatic Crash Response,
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,
Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
are available on most vehicles. Not
all OnStar services are available
everywhere or on all vehicles. For
more information, a full description
of OnStar services, system
limitations, and OnStar terms and
conditions:
.

Black plate (6,1)

In the U.S. see www.onstar.com
(U.S.) or call 1-888-4-ONSTAR.
(1-888-466-7827).
In Canada see www.onstar.ca
(Canada) or call
1-888-4-ONSTAR.
(1-888-466-7827).

TTY 1-877-248-2080.

Press Q to speak with an
Advisor.

OnStar services require a vehicle
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
available and operating for features
to function properly. These systems
may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.
OnStar service cannot work unless
your vehicle is in a place where
OnStar has an agreement with a
wireless service provider for service
in that area, and the wireless
service provider has coverage,
network capacity, reception, and
technology compatible with OnStar
service. Service involving location
information about the vehicle cannot
work unless GPS signals are
available, unobstructed, and
compatible with the OnStar
hardware. OnStar service may not
work if the OnStar equipment is not
properly installed or it has not been
properly maintained. If equipment or
software is added, connected,
or modified, OnStar service may not
work. Other problems beyond the
control of OnStar may prevent

service such as hills, tall buildings,
tunnels, weather, electrical system
design and architecture of the
vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a
crash, or wireless phone network
congestion or jamming.
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13‑21 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and Industry Canada
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

Services for People with
Disabilities
Advisors provide services to help
subscribers with physical disabilities
and medical conditions.
Press

Q for help with:

Locating a gas station with an
attendant to pump gas.

Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
that meets accessibility needs.

Providing directions to the
closest hospital or pharmacy in
urgent situations.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (7,1)

OnStar
TTY Users
OnStar has the ability to
communicate to the deaf,
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
customers while in the vehicle. The
available dealer-installed TTY
system can provide in-vehicle
access to all of the OnStar services,
except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Navigation.

OnStar.com (U.S.) or OnStar.ca
(Canada)
The website provides access to
account information, allows
management of the OnStar
subscription, and viewing of videos
of each service. Get subscription
plan pricing and sign up for OnStar
Vehicle Diagnostics. Click on the
“My Account” tab on the home
page. The website navigation and
services provided may vary by
country.

OnStar Personal Identification
Number (PIN)
A PIN is needed to access some of
the OnStar services, like Remote
Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle
Assistance. You will be prompted to
change the PIN the first time when
speaking with an Advisor. To
change the OnStar PIN, call OnStar
and provide the Advisor with the
current number.

Warranty
OnStar equipment may be
warranted as part of the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty. The
manufacturer of the vehicle
furnishes detailed warranty
information.

Languages
The vehicle can be programmed to
respond in English, French or
Spanish. Press Q and ask an
Advisor. Advisors can speak
English, French or Spanish.

14-7

Potential Issues
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
Assistance after the vehicle has
been off continuously for five days.
After five days, OnStar can contact
Roadside Assistance and a
locksmith to help gain access to the
vehicle.

Global Positioning
System (GPS)
.

Obstruction of the GPS can
occur in a large city with tall
buildings; in parking garages;
around airports; in tunnels,
underpasses, or parking
garages; or in an area with very
dense trees. If GPS signals are
not available, the OnStar system
should still operate to call
OnStar. However, OnStar could
have difficulty identifying the
exact location.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

14-8
.

Black plate (8,1)

OnStar

In emergency situations, OnStar
can use the last stored GPS
location to send to emergency
responders.
A temporary loss of GPS can
cause loss of the ability to send
a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route.
The Advisor may give a verbal
route or may ask for a call back
after the vehicle is driven into an
open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas
Avoid placing items over or near the
antenna to prevent blocking cellular
and GPS signal reception. Cellular
reception is required for OnStar to
send remote signals to the vehicle.

Unable to Connect to OnStar
Message
If there is limited cellular coverage
or the cellular network has reached
maximum capacity, this message
may come on. Press Q to try the
call again or try again after driving a
few miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues
OnStar services require a vehicle
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
available and operating for features
to function properly. These systems
may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment
The OnStar system is integrated
into the electrical architecture of the
vehicle. Do not add any electrical
equipment. See Add-On Electrical
Equipment on page 9‑72. Added
electrical equipment may interfere
with the operation of the OnStar
system and cause it to not operate.

Privacy
The complete OnStar Privacy
Statement may be found at
www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Privacy-sensitive users of wireless
communications are cautioned that
the privacy of any information sent
via wireless cellular communications

cannot be assured. Third parties
may unlawfully intercept or access
transmissions and private
communications without consent.

OnStar - libcurl and unzip
acknowledgments
Certain OnStar components include
libcurl and unzip software. Below
are the notices and licenses
associated with this software:
libcurl:
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
NOTICE
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
Stenberg, .
All rights reserved.
Permission to use, copy, modify,
and distribute this software for any
purpose with or without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the
above copyright notice and this
permission notice appear in all
copies.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (9,1)

OnStar
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice,
the name of a copyright holder
shall not be used in advertising or
otherwise to promote the sale, use
or other dealings in this Software
without prior written authorization of
the copyright holder.

unzip:
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
Info-ZIP copyright and license.
The definitive version of this
document should be available
at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
license.html indefinitely.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
rights reserved.
For the purposes of this copyright
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as
the following set of individuals:
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley,
Ed Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs,

14-9

Kai Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,
Rich Wales, Mike White
This software is provided “as is,”
without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event
shall Info-ZIP or its contributors be
held liable for any direct, indirect,
incidental, special or consequential
damages arising out of the use of or
inability to use this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to
use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications,
and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following
restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer, and
this list of conditions.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

14-10

Black plate (10,1)

OnStar

2. Redistributions in binary form
(compiled executables) must
reproduce the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer,
and this list of conditions in
documentation and/or other
materials provided with the
distribution. The sole exception
to this condition is redistribution
of a standard UnZipSFX binary
(including SFXWiz) as part of a
self-extracting archive; that is
permitted without inclusion of
this license, as long as the
normal SFX banner has not
been removed from the binary or
disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, but
not limited to, ports to new
operating systems, existing ports
with new graphical interfaces,
and dynamic, shared, or static
library versions–must be plainly
marked as such and must not be
misrepresented as being the
original source. Such altered
versions also must not be
misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases–including,
but not limited to, labeling of
the altered versions with the
names “Info-ZIP” (or any
variation thereof, including,
but not limited to, different
capitalizations), “Pocket UnZip,”

“WiZ” or “MacZip” without the
explicit permission of Info-ZIP.
Such altered versions are
further prohibited from
misrepresentative use of
the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP
e-mail addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own source
and binary releases.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (1,1)

INDEX

A
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Active Emergency
Braking System . . . . . . . . 1-19, 9-53
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . 9-37
Adaptive Forward
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Adaptive Forward Lighting
(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-72
Additional Information
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5
Adjustable Throttle and
Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Adjustments
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Thigh Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-11
Air Filter, Passenger
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Airbag System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
Passenger Sensing
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-22
Airbags
Adding Equipment to the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32
Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-16
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20
Alarm
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17

i-1

Alert
Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . .9-55
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . 10-23, 9-27
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-89
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-92
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Assistance Systems for
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50
Assistance Systems for
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Automatic
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . .10-11
Automatic Transmission
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
Shift Lock Control
Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

i-2

Black plate (2,1)

INDEX

B
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-25
Brake
Pedal and Adjustable
Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-15
System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-20
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Braking System
Active Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27

Bulb Replacement (cont'd)
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-33
Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59

C
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
California
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-60
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iii
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Cargo
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Management System . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Cargo Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Cautions, Danger, and
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-2
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-17
Check
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Child Restraints
Infants and Young
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36
Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-41
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50, 3-52
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Cleaning
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-89
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-92
Climate Control Systems
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (3,1)

INDEX
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-15
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Compressor Kit, Tire
Sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67
Connections
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-4
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Coolant
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Engine Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Engine Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Cover
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Cruise Control, Active . . . . . . . . . 9-37
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-5
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-6
Customer Information
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-17
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1, 13-3

D
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-15
Danger, Warnings, and
Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-20
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Diagnostics
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

i-3

Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Door
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Rear Seat Pass-Through . . . . .3-12
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-3
Drive Systems
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . 10-23, 9-27
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . 9-46
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Driving
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . .9-50
Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-65
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-23
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-7
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

i-4

Black plate (4,1)

INDEX

Driving (cont'd)
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

E
E85 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-61
ECO Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Economy Mode
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . 5-20
Electrical Equipment,
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-72
Electrical System
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Fuses and Circuit
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39

Emergency
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11
Check and Service Engine
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-6
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Cooling System Messages . . .5-32
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-3
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
Gasoline Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-22

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-70
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-20
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1

F
Features
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . .10-11
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-5
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-95
Fluid
Automatic Transmission . . . . .10-11
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Fog Lamps
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (5,1)

INDEX
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50
Front Fog Lamp
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Front Seats
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-59
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-60
E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . . . . . . .9-61
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23
Economy Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-64
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-62
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . .9-60
Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-60
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-25
Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-59
Requirements, California . . . . .9-60
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Fuel Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26

Fuses
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses and Circuit
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10-35
10-34
10-37
10-39

G
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45
Gasoline
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-60
Gasoline Engine, Starting . . . . . . 9-17
Gauges
Engine Coolant
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Warning Lights and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

i-5

General Information
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-65
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

H
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-5
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Adaptive Forward
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-25
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-26

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

i-6

Black plate (6,1)

INDEX

Headlamps (cont'd)
Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Twilight Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Heated
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Heater
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . 10-52
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 9-7
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Indicator
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Infants and Young Children,
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 13-21
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-44
Lamps
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-2
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-17
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57
Lane Departure Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
LATCH System
Replacing Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-49
LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-41

J
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82

K
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-34
Keyless Entry
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (7,1)

INDEX
Liftgate
Carbon Monoxide . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Light
Adaptive Forward Lighting
(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Lighting
Adaptive Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Lights
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-20
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . .5-20
Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning . . . . . . .5-23
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25

Lights (cont'd)
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . .5-21
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-14
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Service Electric Parking
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . 9-34
Locks
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-25
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

i-7

M
Maintenance
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16
Maintenance Schedule
Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-17
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Messages
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Battery Voltage and
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-32
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Object Detection System . . . . .5-35
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-37
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

i-8

Black plate (8,1)

INDEX

Messages (cont'd)
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Mirrors
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Automatic Dimming
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20
Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Monitor System, Tire
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53

N
Navigation
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Net
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-14

O
Object Detection System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Off-Road
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-34
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
OnStar®
System, In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23
OnStar® Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . 14-4
OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Ordering
Service Publications . . . . . . . . 13-17
Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-18

P
Park
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
Parking
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-24
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-21
Parking or Backing
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . .9-46
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (9,1)

INDEX
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-27
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3
Personalization
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Power
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-19
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22
Pregnancy, Using Safety
Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Privacy
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-21
Program
Courtesy Transportation . . . . 13-13
Proposition 65 Warning,
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

R
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-21
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-21
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Rear Axle
Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-34
Rear Climate Control System . . . 8-6
Rear Seat
Pass-Through Door . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12
Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-5
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Recommended
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-59
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13
Records
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85
Reimbursement Program,
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

i-9

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Replacement Parts
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-15
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-33
Replacing LATCH System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Replacing Safety Belt
System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-20
Reporting Safety Defects
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-19
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18
Restraints
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Ride Control Systems
Limited Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . .9-34
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37
Selective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-34

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

i-10

Black plate (10,1)

INDEX

Roads
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Roadside Service . . . . . . . 13-7, 13-11
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-3
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22

S
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-20
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-18
Safety Defects Reporting
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-19
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 13-13
Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67
Seats
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Heated and Ventilated Front . . . 3-9
Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-5
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Securing Child
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50, 3-52
Security
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . . . 9-34

Service
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-4
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-16
Maintenance, General
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1
Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17
Scheduling Appointments . . . 13-13
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Service Electric Parking
Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Shift Lock Control Function
Check, Automatic
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Shifting
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-55

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (11,1)

INDEX
Signals, Turn and
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Spare Tire
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Specifications and
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
StabiliTrak
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33
Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Starting the Gasoline
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
Starting the Vehicle
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Storage Areas
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Cargo Management System . . . 4-4
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Storing the Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
System
Active Emergency Braking . . . .9-53
Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-50
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-21, 7-1
Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Systems
Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-46

i-11

T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-6
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-18
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . . 3-5
Throttle, Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Tires
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-54
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-53
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

i-12

Black plate (12,1)

INDEX

Tires (cont'd)
Sealant and Compressor
Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-64
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Towing
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-65
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-70
General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-65
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-85
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-68
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .9-71
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85

Traction
Control System (TCS) . . . . . . . .9-31
Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . .9-34
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . .9-34
Trailer
Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . .9-71
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-68
Transmission
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39
Transportation Program,
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Twilight Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

U
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-45
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv

V
Vehicle
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

Black plate (13,1)

INDEX
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . 5-22
Vehicle Care
Storing the Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . 10-74
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

W
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . .9-57
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Washer, Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Wheels
Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64

When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-40
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22
Windshield
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-25
Wipers
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

i-13

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 11/9/12

i-14

Black plate (14,1)

INDEX

2 NOTES

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.5-c012 1.149602, 2012/10/10-18:10:24
Format                          : application/pdf
Subject                         : null
Modified                        : 2014:11:06 14:20:34.67-05:00
Title                           : Owner's Manual
Size                            : 6128431
Sha 1                           : 508709675a7af5de54e170224b6af2e025ac9b92
Extracted                       : 2014:11:03 11:14:40.866-05:00
Modify Date                     : 2012:12:14 13:05:07-05:00
Metadata Date                   : 2012:12:14 13:05:07-05:00
Create Date                     : 2012:11:09 14:26:10-05:00
Creator Tool                    : Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 9.1.550/W Unicode
Producer                        : Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 9.1.550/W Unicode
Tags                            : OwnerCenter:GMNA/asset_type/owner_manual, OwnerCenter:GMNA/2013/cadillac/srx
Instance ID                     : uuid:c1618ab8-1544-456d-afb8-959cb7a23d3c
Document ID                     : uuid:514233ee-6969-40bf-ac79-2531b81c24c5
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 432
Creator                         : Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 9.1.550/W Unicode

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Cadillac 2013 Srx Owners Manual Owner's

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation